Finance





Tobacco-Backed Muni Bonds See Boost From Smokers Stuck at Home.

The coronavirus pandemic has battered high-yield municipal bonds likely to be stung by the deep economic slowdown. But it’s improving the outlook for one segment of the market: debt backed by the legal settlement payments states receive from tobacco companies.

That’s because the size of the annual payouts are pegged to sales of cigarettes — and consumers stuck idly at home don’t seem to be cutting back much.

Whether its low gas prices, expanded unemployment benefits or bulk purchases by people sheltering-in-place, cigarette shipments have declined only 1.8% this year, according to Management Science Associates Inc., an analytics firm that tracks retail sales. That’s a far smaller drop than the 4% to 6% previously forecast by the tobacco company Altria Group Inc.

Bans on flavored electronic cigarettes may also be buoying traditional cigarette sales, said Mikhail Foux, the head of municipal strategy at Barclays Plc.

“Anecdotally, there’s a consumption increase,” Foux said. “People are sitting home and really have nothing to do.”

Municipal bonds repaid with revenue from a 1998 settlement with major tobacco companies were crushed during the muni market’s record sell-off in March, when investors pulled $40 billion from mutual funds in two weeks. High-yield funds sold their most liquid bonds — like the heavily traded tobacco debt — to raise needed cash, driving the securities to a 13% loss in March, according to Bloomberg Barclays Indexes. They’ve since rebounded along with the broader market.

Ohio’s Buckeye Tobacco Settlement Financing Authority bonds due in 2055, which dropped to about 73 cents on the dollar in March after being issued in February at 109 cents, have rallied back to 93 cents.

Money managers unloaded the liquid debt during March mass exodus
Municipal tobacco-bond prices may also benefit from corporate-bond investors looking for an escape from the woes of the energy industry, which dominates the high-yield corporate market, Vikram Rai, a strategist at Citigroup Inc., said in a call with clients Monday.

“We expect tobacco will get some tailwind from this phenomenon,” he said.

Bloomberg Markets

By Martin Z Braun

May 4, 2020, 11:17 AM PDT

— With assistance by Amanda Albright




Chapter 9 Bankruptcy Protection: The Final Option for Municipalities?

Many municipalities are facing strained budgets, or possibly worse, in light of severely reduced sales tax income and aggravated further by actions or inaction of the state legislature. It is difficult to predict with all the variables in play where municipalities’ revenues are going to be in the next six months or longer. This may result in a municipality being figuratively put “out of business.” If a municipality cannot pay its bills or bond obligations, there is a little known and seldom used provision in the Bankruptcy Code that should be explored — Chapter 9.

Chapter 9 of the Bankruptcy Code provides struggling municipalities with protection from creditors while they reorganize and renegotiate debt. Cities, counties, townships, school districts, public improvement districts, and other tax-funded entities — such as bridge, highway and gas authorities — are eligible for bankruptcy protection under Chapter 9.

Municipalities may obtain protection and relief by filing a petition and providing a list of their creditors, either with the petition or shortly afterward. Notice of the bankruptcy proceeding will then be sent to known creditors and other potentially interested parties. Creditors might challenge the petition and try to deny relief to the municipality. Experienced bankruptcy counsel can defend against such challenges, however, and show that the municipality is entitled to protection and relief under Chapter 9.

Chapter 9 municipalities are entitled to an automatic stay on all debts. This means that any collection efforts, including lawsuits and judgments, must immediately stop against a municipality in bankruptcy and are immediately suspended once a petition is filed. Municipalities are also excused from making principal or interest payments on general obligation bonds during the case. However, the bankruptcy does not operate as a stay for the application of pledged special revenues for payment of the indebtedness secured by those special revenues. In other words, a holder of a claim payable solely from special revenues can get paid during the bankruptcy from those special revenues.

Bankruptcy proceedings do not prevent municipalities from conducting normal operations or from using their property and revenue, as needed. Municipalities remain free to continue their typical day-to-day activities — and may even obtain credit and borrow money — throughout the bankruptcy process.

Municipalities are also permitted to renegotiate or reject certain contracts, including collective bargaining agreements, retiree benefit plans, and leases, subject to court approval, while the case is ongoing. Notably, municipalities in bankruptcy cannot be forced to liquidate assets to pay creditors. This provides them with greater protection than businesses pursuing bankruptcy and ensures that municipalities keep the resources they need to serve residents.

A key component of a Chapter 9 proceeding is filing a plan to adjust municipal debts and ensure long-term solvency. It is the municipality’s responsibility to propose a viable and fair plan that conforms with the Bankruptcy Code and other laws, covers reasonable costs related to the case, and pays creditors their original or renegotiated sums owed. Experienced bankruptcy attorneys can draft such a plan, and renegotiate and restructure debt obligations prior to its filing, to ensure that the plan survives any objections and is approved. Given the current situation with COVID-19, we would expect the income of the municipality to resume to prior levels before the pandemic at some point, thereby allowing the municipality to submit a workable plan to pay off its debts or a portion of them.

A Chapter 9 bankruptcy case ends once the plan is approved and the municipality properly deposits any funds that are meant to be distributed under the plan. The bankruptcy court will retain jurisdiction over certain aspects of the approved plan if there are disputes or issues.

Greensfelder Hemker & Gale PC – Peter Mueller, Randall Scherck and Sheldon Stock

April 30 2020




Check Out Your State - And Maybe Sell Its Tax-Exempt Bonds.

Which muni bonds are at risk? The ones from states with outsized pension debts.

Rent strikes. Moratoriums on foreclosures. A collapse in the tax revenues that support municipal bonds.

The suppliers of capital—landlords, banks, bondholders—are about to experience some unpleasantness. This report will look at prospects for the third group, savers who lend money to states and municipalities. To give away the ending: Tax-exempt bonds are dangerous.

So far into the 2020 recession, distress in the muni bond market is scarcely discernible. There was a moment of panic in March, but it was quickly over when the Federal Reserve stepped in to bid up the short-term paper of states and cities. Municipal bonds are currently fetching high prices, an average 12% premium over par value in the Vanguard Tax-Exempt Bond index fund.

Continue reading.

Forbes

by William Baldwin

Apr 26, 2020




State and Local Governments Pinched as Pandemic Hits Tax Revenue.

We’ve been seeing how individuals, families and businesses are feeling the economic consequences of the pandemic. Now, there’s growing alarm over the ripple effect that’s hitting local and state governments, as tax revenue craters.

Congress is debating how much support to provide and just how governments could spend any money that comes their way. And the Federal Reserve has taken the unusual step of saying it’s willing to purchase municipal bonds to help provide a backstop.

As far as state budgets go, April was supposed to be a pretty good month.

“About 15% of all income tax revenues in any single fiscal year is collected in the month of April,” said Lucy Dadayan, a senior research associate at the Urban Institute.

But 35 states plus Washington, D.C., extended income-tax deadlines to July 15, so a lot of that expected revenue isn’t coming for a while.

Richard McGahey, an economist at the New School, said that for many states, “that means they don’t know how much tax revenue they’ve got coming in till after their fiscal year starts, making it even harder for them to forecast revenues.”

Even harder because other revenue numbers, like sales taxes, are in flux as well. Tim Ryan, a municipal bond portfolio manager at investment firm Nuveen, said some states can just take the hit.

“Certain states have more rainy-day funds than others,” Ryan said. “But I think many will probably look to the bond markets to at least provide some stopgap financing.”

The municipal bond market is where towns, cities, states and transportation systems go for cash in a pinch. Usually, investors love muni bonds, and the Fed stays on the sidelines. Now, the central bank says it will spend as much as $500 billion to stabilize the market.

But not all states are jumping at the opportunity.

For example, in New Mexico, Deputy Treasurer Sam Collins knows revenue is going to take a hit.

“We estimate it’s going to be something in the range of $300 million to $400 million,” Collins said. “That will be delayed from March, April, May and June to July.”

But he still views the Fed’s program as a last resort. For now, he thinks the losses are something the state can absorb, although he says the full picture won’t be clear until May.

marketplace.org

by Kimberly Adams

Apr 30, 2020




Covid-19 Related Municipal Defaults Begin.

The COVID-19 pandemic has come to the municipal bond market. So far, 5 issuers of $407 million in bonds have used it as an excuse for not making their scheduled interest and principal payments and 2 have even used it to request additional draw-downs of reserve funds. The magnitude of the problem, however, will likely be much, much bigger. We note there are some 236 issuers of $23.89 billion who have been failing to make their scheduled monthly payments and relying on the bond reserve accounts to make up any shortfall. How many of them will now see a plausible excuse to cutoff fund remittances altogether? Hospitals and retirement facilities will likely stop payments unless they can qualify for federal loans and aid. In fact, would it surprise anyone to see a wave of lawsuits by relatives of those who died from the virus. And what about those private purpose issues which had to shut down or are dependent on sales or other tax revenues and now need cash to start back up. They are vulnerable because the bonds often represent the only capital invested in the project. We may see bond issuers going back to the current large bondholders and asking for loans of a secondary issue.

In the case of nursing and retirement homes, knowing the story and characters behind numerous deals, not collapsing would be the surprise. As some are fond of thinking, “A crisis is a terrible thing to waste.” We will keep track of those using the pandemic as an excuse for their failure and let you know who is blowing smoke. We expect that numerous projects and issues will fail, but mainly because for many, failure has been in the cards for years. Stay up-to-date with our newsletter, the Forbes/Lehmann Distressed Municipal Debt Report at distresseddebtsecurities.com.

Forbes

by Richard Lehmann

Apr 28, 2020,04:45pm EDT




Coronavirus Shutdown Weighs on Higher-Risk Muni Issuers.

Investors are rattled as low tax revenue, big payouts and underfunded pensions add to strain

Though some municipal bonds have rebounded alongside other markets in the past few weeks, the economic impact of the coronavirus pandemic is weighing down some higher-risk issuers, increasing strain on muni borrowers and rattling some long-time investors.

U.S. state and local governments borrow from investors in the form of municipal bonds, pledging a range of taxes and fees to repay the debt. But with many businesses shut down, cities and counties are collecting far less in taxes on restaurant meals, hotel stays and car rentals. Meanwhile, states are being forced to distribute hundreds of millions of dollars in unemployment checks to residents from whom they recently collected income taxes.

Adding to the financial pressure in the nearly $4 trillion municipal bond market, major public pension fund investments are down by $419 billion in the first quarter as a result of the virus’ market impact, according to Milliman, a consulting and actuarial firm. Analysts at the major ratings firms are lowering municipal outlooks by the dozens.

Continue reading.

The Wall Street Journal

By Heather Gillers

April 27, 2020 5:30 am ET




Muni Market Stages New Sell-Off on McConnell, Supply Wave.

The $3.9 trillion municipal-bond market is locked in a slow-motion sell-off amid concerns about the financial damage the economic slowdown is inflicting on states and cities.

The securities have struggled to recover from a historic rout in March as buyers fled at the fastest pace on record, causing prices to tumble by the most in at least four decades. While the bonds rebounded after the Federal Reserve intervened in the market, investors are still concerned about the growing toll the slowdown is taking on the tax revenue of governments nationwide.

It didn’t help that Senator Mitch McConnell last week said he would be open to states pursuing bankruptcy in lieu of Congress providing more federal aid to cover their deficits. While investment firms and officials like New York Governor Andrew Cuomo were quick to condemn his comments, it may have shaken the confidence of retail investors who dominate the municipal market by raising the specter that Washington will leave them to fend on their own.

Continue reading.

Bloomberg Markets

By Amanda Albright and Danielle Moran

April 28, 2020, 12:15 PM PDT Updated on April 28, 2020, 1:43 PM PDT




Muni-Market Doomsday Preppers Buy Basics: Water and Power Bonds.

No matter how bad the economic carnage gets, Americans will still need water and electricity.

That’s been a classic fall-back strategy for municipal-debt investors hunting for a refuge during times of turmoil, like the pandemic that’s now threatening to push states and cities into the worst fiscal crisis in decades.

So some money managers are moving into bonds backed by the revenue of water, sewer and electricity systems — services that residents effectively can’t do without. That’s made them one of the few reliable places to hide in the $3.9 trillion market that finances states and cities, toll roads, civic centers, hospitals and airports, all off which are being hit hard by the steep economic slowdown.

Sheila May, director of municipal-bond research at GW&K Investment Management LLC, said her firm has been looking for bonds that will “hold up” better, finding that so-called essential service debt may be a way to avoid some of the new risks that the pandemic poses.

“This virus doesn’t impact the need to have water and power and so on,” she said.

The shift to such sectors comes as credit is starting to matter again in the state and local government bond market, where only months ago investors were demanding little extra yield to own even the riskiest securities. But with unemployment surging, tourism virtually non-existent and massive deficits forecast for states, S&P Global Ratings changed its outlook on all public finance sectors to negative earlier this month.

Spartanburg, South Carolina, which this month sold bonds on behalf of its water system, said it hasn’t seen a huge hit from shutdowns in the area, according to bond documents. Its April 20 reading of meters for its largest commercial and industrial clients showed that usage has held steady, the documents said. One of the clients that did reduce usage, however, was Wofford College, which sent students home.

That doesn’t mean such systems are exempt from financial stress. Pennichuck Corp., a water utility company in New Hampshire, warned that its revenues could be affected if customers start missing payments, according to bond documents. Because the utility is restricted from turning off customers’ water to force them to pay, that could hurt its earnings, it said. A subsidiary of Pennichuck sold municipal bonds earlier this month.

Yet, even debt issued for the riskiest electric power companies and water and sewer utilities has avoided the steep losses that the broader high-yield muni market has seen.

Junk-rated water and sewer bonds have fallen 3% this year, while high-yield municipals have dropped almost 10%, according to Bloomberg Barclays indexes. Overall, electric system backed debt has lost 0.7% this year while water and sewer bonds have been effectively unchanged, better than the 1.6% loss for the broader municipal market.

Franklin Templeton said in a report last week that it viewed water and sewer municipal bonds favorably. But the firm noted that there are still risks that the pandemic poses given that business shutdowns could affect revenues.

While both water and power bonds also face the risk that residential customers will fail to pay their utility bills, they are usually only skipped as a last resort.

May, the analyst at GW&K, said those bills typically represent a small part of people’s income, which will help reduce delinquencies.

“It’s generally not one of the things that people can’t afford in this type of environment,” she said.

Bloomberg Markets

By Amanda Albright

April 29, 2020, 10:39 AM PDT




Moody's: Strong Resiliency and Liquidity of Toll Roads Offset Some of Coronavirus's Credit Negative Effects

Read the Moody’s Outlook.

Moody’s Analytics | Apr. 28




Moody's: Public Power Utilities Remains Stable but Sector Will Likely Face Lower Liquidity and Coverage in 2020-21.

Read the Moody’s Outlook.

Moody’s Analytics | Apr. 28




Moody's Outlook: Transportation Outlooks Largely Negative as Coronavirus Saps Demand; Utilities Outlooks Remain Mostly Stable

Read the Moody’s Outlook.

Moody’s Analytics | Apr. 28




S&P: Outlooks Revised On Certain U.S. Not-For-Profit Higher Education Institutions Due To COVID-19 Impact

Table of Contents

CHICAGO (S&P Global Ratings) April 29, 2020–S&P Global Ratings revised the outlooks to negative from stable and affirmed its ratings on certain U.S. not-for-profit colleges and universities (including all related entities), due to the heightened risks associated with the financial toll caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and related recession (see tables 1 and 2). For the same reasons, S&P Global Ratings revised the outlooks to stable from positive and affirmed the ratings on certain other U.S. not-for-profit higher education institutions (see table 3).

The public and private colleges and universities affected by these actions include primarily those with lower ratings (‘BBB’ rating category and below), but also those entities that, in our opinion, have less holistic flexibility (from both a market position and financial standpoint) at their current rating level. Although liquidity, as measured by available resources compared to debt and operating expenses, was the primary metric assessed, an institution’s overall credit profile, including draw, selectivity, matriculation rates, operating margins, and revenue diversity, was also considered. For public institutions, reliance on state operating appropriations and expectations around future funding levels was also an important part of our assessment.

A negative outlook reflects our view that there is at least a one-in-three chance that operating and economic conditions will worsen to a degree that affects the ability of the college or university to maintain credit characteristics in line with the current rating level.

Continue reading.




Fitch: USPF Housing Defines Coronavirus Scenarios for Loan Program Models

Fitch Ratings-New York-30 April 2020: Fitch Ratings’ U.S. Public Finance Tax-Exempt Housing team is monitoring the global pandemic and all the implications that go along with it; these are outside the calibration of Fitch’s regular through-the-cycle analysis, which is meant to capture sensitivity to more normal cyclical patterns. To reflect this unprecedented stress, Fitch has revised various assumptions relating to loan loss severity and frequency, liquidity and operating income stress to align with Fitch’s Global Economic Outlook and its company-wide baseline case scenarios. For more information about Fitch’s baseline and downside coronavirus scenarios, see ‘Fitch Ratings Coronavirus Scenarios: Baseline and Downside Cases – Update’.

This report describes changes in the assumptions used in the analysis of Housing Finance Agency (HFA) loan programs. For the single-family whole loan programs the changes are directly correlated to the change in the “U.S. RMBS Loan Loss Model Criteria” outlined in the “Exposure Draft: U.S. RMBS Coronavirus-Related Analytical Assumptions”. This criteria is used in conjunction with Fitch’s “U.S. Housing Finance Agency Loan Program Criteria”. In addition, this report describes how Fitch will analyze HFA multifamily pool programs that will experience increased delinquency rates in their portfolios due to moratoriums on evictions along with a rise in operating expenses. This report is specific to HFAs with multi-family programs that are not 100% guaranteed by Federal Housing Administration (FHA) or Government Sponsored Entities (GSE). Future rating reports will detail how USPF housing will define and apply the new scenarios to those ratings.

Fitch does not anticipate rating changes as a result of these changes; however, the Rating Outlook or Rating Watch status may change depending on the impact upon review of third party cash flows with the new assumptions.

Fitch’s longer lasting downside scenario envisions a longer, more severe downturn than the baseline scenario and as such would have a greater impact on home prices and sustainable home prices and would negatively impact both investment-grade and speculative-grade housing sector ratings. Longer-term impact to sustainable home prices will naturally flow through the macroeconomic variables inherent to that model that are updated each quarter. Fitch does not anticipate changing the analytical assumptions associated with the Sustainable Home Price (SHP) model, rather values may be lower over time as new macroeconomic data and forecasts are updated. Fitch will qualitatively describe the potential impact under this sensitivity and quantify the impact over time as updated forecasts are input into the SHP model.

Single-Family Loan Loss Analysis
One of the key stresses incorporated into the third-party cash flows is the loan loss rate. The loan loss assumption reflects the riskiness of the program’s asset quality. For the guaranteed mortgage backed securities (MBS) portion of the portfolio, the residential mortgage back security model is not run, and a zero loss is assumed in the cash flows. For the FHA-insured portion of the portfolio, a 3% loan loss assumption is incorporated into the cash flows, unless historical performance data provided for the program deviate from that assumption, in which case the loan loss assumption will be based on the data provided by the HFA. For all other insured or uninsured loans in the portfolio, an expected loan loss assumption for a specific loan pool is calculated by multiplying a loan loss severity factor by an expected loan default frequency factor. Arriving at these individual factors, pre-COVID-19, was a two-step process as described below.

Expected Loan Loss Severity
For single family whole loan portfolios that Fitch reviews on a loan-by-loan basis, the tax-exempt housing group employs Fitch’s U.S. RMBS loan loss model to derive a portfolio loan loss severity assumption. Once the data for the portfolio on an individual loan basis are input into the RMBS model, a loss severity output is produced at each rating level. The severity output factors in the mortgage insurance provisions for the portfolio. For more information regarding the model inputs, see the Loss Severity section of the “U.S. RMBS Loan Loss Model Criteria” For tax-exempt housing transactions, the model is not used to set enhancement levels for the bond program or to create thresholds for rating levels. This analysis remains in place and will continue to be employed.

Expected Loan Loss Frequency
To arrive at an expected loan loss frequency factor, Fitch reviews the program’s historical 60+ day loan delinquency data and compares that to both the program’s current 60+ day loan delinquency data and the current 60+ day delinquency data for FHA fixed-rate loans in the state as reported by the Mortgage Bankers Association (MBA). Generally, Fitch then applies a multiplier of 2.0x to either the current HFA reported 60+ day delinquency rate or to the most severe historical rate that the program experienced during the HFA industry’s peak delinquency period between 2009 and 2013 to arrive at a frequency stress. In cases where the trend of delinquencies is rising, declining slowly, showing quarter-by-quarter high volatility and/or the portfolio is underperforming state trends, Fitch generally applies a 2.0x multiple to the higher historical 60+ day delinquency rate to keep the stress assumption at the higher stressed frequency. When the housing trends within the state appear to be strengthening and the loan program performance signifies an ongoing trend and a more permanent shift, Fitch will likely apply the 2.0x multiplier to the current 60+ day delinquency rate to arrive at a frequency assumption.

Given the nature of the current environment, in some instances employing the 2.0x multiplier will be reserved for post crisis analysis as described below.

Changes to the Loan Loss Assumptions
Fitch is introducing a new forbearance delinquency cash flow scenario by loan type to reflect expected utilization of the payment holidays. Mortgage forbearance can either refer to a temporary or payment forbearance or it may refer to principal forbearance that result from a loan modification. Fitch believes the payment holidays being announced will function as a temporary or payment forbearance. The magnitude of the assumptions is based on observed delinquencies for HFA borrower in each loan type as observed from post crisis or recent natural disasters.

Fitch will begin applying the Payment Holiday Liquidity Stress effective immediately to coincide with the expected start of the payment holidays. These payment holidays are envisioned to be finite in nature; and therefore, Fitch will begin stepping down the stress in October 2020 and remove the stress completely by January 2021 under Fitch’s baseline case. If macroeconomic conditions deteriorate beyond what is envisioned in the baseline case, these timelines may be extended.

Liquidity Stress
For HFA single family whole loan programs, Fitch is assuming 30% of borrowers will receive payment holiday for six months. Therefore, Fitch will assume the higher of 30% or 2.0x the historic delinquency rates as the expected loss frequency for a six month period in order to stress the loan loss assumption during the global pandemic. For the cash flow loan loss assumption beyond the six-month period, Fitch will assume a loss frequency based on employing the 2.0x multiplier as described above. Fitch will continue to use the RMBS loan loss model to derive the portfolio loss severity assumption. The underwriting quality and large liquid reserves are likely to cushion the immediate impact; however, this will depend on the number of borrowers needing payment holiday.

Fitch does not anticipate rating changes as a result of this new stress; however, the Rating Outlook or Rating Watch status may change depending on the impact upon review of third party cash flows with the new assumptions.

Fitch may decide to extend the payment holiday assumptions for longer than six months and/or may change the utilization rate if evidence shows utilization of payment holidays for longer periods or a greater number of borrowers utilizing payment holidays as a result of the health and subsequent economic crisis caused by the coronavirus.

Multi-Family Loan Stress Analysis
The main method of calculating a multifamily bond program’s financial strength is gauging the level of overcollateralization present, or the amount that assets exceed debt. The primary ratio used to capture this is the financial asset parity ratio. This ratio is calculated by dividing the dollar amount of total program pledged assets (including the multifamily mortgages and amounts on deposit in program funds and reserves) by the total amount of bonds outstanding. While Fitch is not changing the underlying approach to analyzing these programs, we are considering the current environment’s impact on a HFAs portfolio.

Since Fitch deems the debt service coverage ratio (DSCR) to be most important in the analysis, it begins the review by benchmarking each individual subsidized and uninsured/unsubsidized loan’s DSCR. Fitch’s approach considers subsidized properties to provide a higher degree of predictability to a project’s revenue stream than unsubsidized properties given the more stabilized cash flow from federal and state subsidies. As such, the DSCR parameters for subsidized loans are lower than those for uninsured/unsubsidized loans. Fitch has observed that excess assets are typically provided for loans that are underperforming the benchmarks referenced in the “U.S. Housing Finance Agency Loan Program Criteria”. To stress the existing HFAs multifamily portfolio under Fitch’s baseline scenario, Fitch will continue to use outlined DSCR benchmarks by rating category; however, we will stress the underlying assets in each portfolio.

Multi-family Operating Income Stress
Fitch looked at data from the National Multifamily Housing Council (NHMC) Rent Payment Tracker on over 11,000 units nationwide as of April 2020. Affordable housing rental properties often fall into the Class C category. Based on the NHMC tracker these properties by mid-April experienced an 85% payment rate or 15% either non-payment or delayed payment. Fitch used this data as a proxy for rental payment performance and stressed the assumption by doubling the 15% in non-rental payment to 30% to account for potentially greater financial challenges for renters over the next six months. Fitch also added a 10%-20% increase in operating expenses due to virus mitigation efforts.

For affordable housing multifamily pools Fitch will assume that 30% of each unsubsidized property will experience non-payment or a lag in payment in addition to a 10%-20% increase in operating expenses during a six-month period. This will be a total discount to the reported DSCR of 50%. For subsidized properties, Fitch will assume that the rental payments will continue to be in effect however, the property will experience an increase in operating expenses of 10%-20%, thereby discounting the DSCR by 10%-20%. By applying these stresses to each property in any given portfolio, Fitch has assessed the likelihood of rating pressure due to a decline in the net operating income via a discount to both revenue and expenses.

Generally, the sources of excess funds are primarily the programs themselves. The program’s asset parity ratio is calculated by using the issuer’s audited financial statements and the balance sheet for that bond program. Fitch’s approach arrives at its excess assets assessment consistent with the portfolio’s risk profile and compares that with overcollateralization available in the bond program to support the rating or the agency’s general fund, if backed by the general obligation of the HFA. A typical housing bond program rated in the ‘AA’ rating category maintains an asset parity ratio of no less than 102% net of any excess assets or loan loss reserves. HFAs that fall to 102% will experience rating pressure.

Fitch may decide to increase the DSCR discount rates if evidence shows a higher percentage of non-rental payments for a prolonged period, as outlined in our downside scenario.

Contact
Mikiyon Alexander
Senior Director
+1-646-582-4796
Fitch Ratings, Inc.
33 Whitehall Street
New York, NY 10004

Kasia Reed
Analytical Consultant
+1-646-582-4864

Media Relations: Sandro Scenga, New York, Tel: +1 212 908 0278, Email: sandro.scenga@thefitchgroup.com

Additional information is available on www.fitchratings.com




Cybercriminals Are Beginning to Master the Exploitation of Public Entities: Squire Patton Boggs

In March, 2020, a smaller municipality of approximately 145,000 people fell victim to a sophisticated ransomware attack. When city officials issued statements to the public that personal information was not compromised, the cybercriminals retaliated. The bad actors flooded the internet and dark web with personal information from a portion of the stolen 200 gigabytes of data, and demanded nearly $700,000 in a ransom payment from the city coffers to make them stop. As a result, not only did the criminals shut down critical city functions with a traditional ransomware attack, they displayed a new and emerging tactic – exfiltration of personal data to extort ransom payments from smaller municipalities.[1] Historically, municipalities have been reticent to pay ransoms, choosing instead to rebuild their infrastructure. However, given that this response is becoming untenable, municipalities are now more lucrative targets.

In particular, smaller cities and publicly funded entities are becoming welcomed targets because they are often underfunded and underprepared for a sophisticated attack. Further, cybercriminals understand and exploit public officials’ responsibility to keep the public informed – which often triggers public officials to rush to make public statements prior to understanding the full scope of the attack. In this case, the bad actors leveraged public misstatements to embarrass and strong arm the municipality into paying a pricy ransom (whether city will pay is unclear). But as ransomware attacks become more sophisticated and directed at smaller municipalities at a greater pace, there are certain steps public sector leaders should consider in evaluating their cybersecurity posture and planning for what some say is the inevitable cyber-attack.

The first step in evaluating a municipality’s existing cybersecurity posture is to conduct a Cybersecurity Threat Risk Assessment (“Assessment”). The purpose of this Assessment is to identify cybersecurity vulnerabilities in its policies, procedures, and IT environment and to provide remediation strategies as appropriate. As a best practice, an outside team, comprised of an IT firm and cyber counsel, provides a specialized and objective evaluation. Certainly the pandemic is creating distressed situations, which makes the competition for investment dollars stiff. However, a detailed evaluation of the municipality’s cyber-risk profile and documented steps taken to remediate any gaps is an easy way to signal to potential investors and ratings agencies that the municipality is worth the investment.

Next, such an Assessment must include a review (or creation) of the municipality’s Incident Response Plan (“IRP”) – the municipality’s systematic and documented method of approaching and managing its response to a cyberattack. At the heart of an IRP is the inherent strategy to first understand the scope of the cyber incident before issuing statements, especially to the public. When smaller cities appear to be disorganized or underprepared in their response, it can alert the public and savvy municipal investors that the city lacked the proper internal controls to protect its sensitive information. This tarnishes the city’s reputation and highlights a poor cyber-risk mitigation strategy, which hurts public confidence and possibly the receipt of much needed investor capital.

Finally, municipalities should test their IRP via a mock cyberattack exercise to make sure that key people know what to do, who to contact, how to communicate to the public, and how to respond to the crisis, especially in the current operating environment where many officials likely will have to control the situation with a remote response force. Remember, many IRPs were developed prior to the pandemic and may not be easily executed in today’s operating environment.

With a little up front planning, smaller municipalities can show potential investors that they have mitigated their cyber-risk in the wake of this new cyber tactic. After all, and no matter the goal, the front-end cost of an Assessment and IRP will be far greater than potential recovery efforts absent one – as exemplified by the $700,000 ransom recently demanded.

Our Data Privacy & Cybersecurity, Restructuring & Insolvency, and Public Finance Practices are well-positioned to help navigate what risks impact the public sector. We can also assist in overall cybersecurity compliance efforts and help develop integrated compliance policies that can be administered effectively and efficiently in the face of uncertain times and operating environments.

[1] See, e.g., LA County Hit with DoppelPaymer Ransomware Attack, (last accessed April 26, 2020).




Productive Public-Private Partnering In Times Of Public Crisis: Now Is the Time for A National Investment Authority, A National Investment Council, Or A Health Finance Authority

I. Introduction: Public/Private Partnering – When, Why, & How

We are there again, friends…

In late 2008 and well into 2009, policymakers across our political spectrum – from Larry Summers to Glenn Hubbard, and from Barack Obama to John McCain – pushed for our public sector to buy stakes and attendant internal governing rights in our nominally private sector firms. Before that, from the 1930s well into the Cold War 1950s, policymakers not only pushed this, but did it – they made it happen. And earlier still, during the earliest decades of our nation’s first economic development, Alexander Hamilton’s First Bank of the United States, followed by Albert Gallatin’s Second Bank of the United States – both of them government instrumentalities – capitalized vulnerable infant industries by taking direct stakes in all relevant firms and then helping guide them from within.

These stakes effectively made government agencies owners, with all the rights shareholder-owners have always enjoyed and, in some cases, even more rights than that. They partnered public representatives possessed of a long-term ‘national view’ with private sector representatives who had ‘ears to the ground.’

Continue reading.

Forbes

by Robert Hockett

May 3, 2020




Community QE2: Newly Eased Terms and a New Game Plan For Use

I. Introduction

This week the Fed announced further easing of its three-week-old Municipal Liquidity Facility (‘MLF,’ ‘Facility’) for States and their Subdivisions struggling to address the national COVID-19 pandemic. Because this revised rendition of Community QE, as I call it, will be functioning as a literal lifeline to States and their Subdivisions, and because it remains, in light of its novelty, as unfamiliar as it will be essential, I will in this column briefly summarize what the newly eased Facility enables now and will likely enable in future. I’ll also elaborate an updated three-phase ‘Game Plan’ for States and Cities to put into operation with all deliberate speed – particularly if they have not yet acted on the earlier Game Plan I put out at the beginning of April.

II. The Revised MLF: Key Current Provisions

The revised MLF will continue to operate under color of Section 13(3) of the Federal Reserve Act (‘FRA’), which grants the Federal Reserve emergency lending authority in exigent circumstances. The Fed exercises this authority through purchase and hence ‘monetization’ of financial instruments. In this case the instruments in question will be what the MLF Term Sheet calls ‘Eligible Notes’ issued by ‘Eligible Issuers.’ The following provisions are of the most immediate importance. Present exceptions to, and likely future liberalizations of, terms are highlighted along the way.

Continue reading.

Forbes

by Robert Hockett

May 2, 2020




Trump Questions Whether to Aid States in Next Coronavirus-Stimulus Legislation.

President asks why taxpayers should bail out ‘poorly run states’ and cities, which he says are all controlled by Democrats

WASHINGTON — President Trump said he is skeptical of providing funding for states in the next round of coronavirus relief legislation, throwing into doubt the administration’s support for hundreds of billions of dollars sought by Democratic leaders and state governors of both parties.

“Why should the people and taxpayers of America be bailing out poorly run states (like Illinois, as example) and cities, in all cases Democrat run and managed when most of the other states aren’t looking for bailout help?” Mr. Trump tweeted Monday. “I am open to discussing anything, but just asking?”

In the run-up to the passage of the most recent stimulus bill last week, Mr. Trump said he supported more state and local funding in the next round, and Democrats and the Trump administration said it would be a priority in the talks. But since then, Senate Majority Leader Mitch McConnell (R., Ky.) has termed the potential aid a “blue state bailout” for the troubled pension funds of large Democratic-controlled states.

“We do want to help [states] with expenses that are directly related to the coronavirus outbreak,” said Mr. McConnell in a Fox News Radio interview on Monday. “But we’re not interested in helping them fix age-old problems that they haven’t had the courage to fix in the past.”

Mr. McConnell also said health-care providers and businesses need protection from potential lawsuits related to the crisis, calling it his “red line for the next negotiation.”

Democrats rejected the criticism. New York’s Democratic Gov. Andrew Cuomo defended his state on Monday as the “number-one giver,” saying “nobody puts more money into the pot” than the state, referring to the amount states pay in taxes compared with how much funding they receive from the federal government.

Illinois Sen. Tammy Duckworth, a Democrat, called the president’s tweet “a ridiculous statement from someone who is supposed to be the President of the UNITED States of America,” in a tweet of her own. “We are in all in this together and it’s literally the Federal Government’s job to help every state weather a national crisis.”

Last month, Congress passed a $2.2 trillion aid package with $150 billion for state and local governments, but the money can be used only for coronavirus-related expenses. Another round of stimulus spending that Mr. Trump signed into law last week included more money for small businesses and hospitals, but no additional state and local funding.

Some governors raised the issue of direct aid for states during a conference call with the president Monday, according to a recording of the conversation listened to by The Wall Street Journal.

Oklahoma Gov. Kevin Stitt, a Republican, asked for more time before Congress decides on whether and how to allocate money to states in another round of stimulus legislation. The last bill “has not even really hit our state yet,” he said. “We need to figure out if we need more before we go back to the well again for a fourth round.”

New Jersey Gov. Phil Murphy, a Democrat, made a pitch for direct aid, saying the money would fund core emergency services and keep government workers from being laid off. “I think about it two ways: One is this is really funding for firefighters, the police, the teachers, the EMS folks, that’s where that money would go and we need it,” he said. “And frankly, we’ve already got unemployment, huge challenge in this country. Again, whatever you can do with direct state funding would be great.”

The National Governors Association has asked for an unrestricted $500 billion for states, and some governors have said they may need to lay off first responders and teachers if Congress doesn’t help. Illinois Senate President Don Harmon asked Congress for more than $40 billion, including $10 billion to help its struggling pension program, according to his spokesman, who said the request reflects the likely impact over three fiscal years.

In an acknowledgment of the strains municipalities are facing, the Federal Reserve said on Monday said it would expand a program it is establishing to provide financing to state and local governments squeezed by declining tax revenue. It would buy debt of up to three years in maturity issued by 261 municipal borrowers, including the 50 states, the District of Columbia, counties of at least 500,000 residents and cities of at least 250,000. It had previously limited the program to counties of at least 2 million and cities of 1 million. The Fed will lend up to $500 billion through the program.

The timing of when Congress would consider future coronavirus legislation is unclear. Mr. McConnell plans to reconvene the Senate next Monday and called for legislation to protect health-care workers and entrepreneurs from lawsuits and liability related to the crisis. The House is also set to return next week.

House Speaker Nancy Pelosi (D., Calif.) said Monday that funding for states is critical for the next bill.

“We have to have state and local,” Mrs. Pelosi said on MSNBC on Monday. “We have to protect our heroes: the health-care workers, the first responders, police, fire, emergency services, people transportation, food, the Postal Service and the rest.”

The Wall Street Journal

By Natalie Andrews and Catherine Lucey

Updated April 27, 2020 7:40 pm ET

—Rebecca Ballhaus contributed to this article




Trump Says He’s in No Rush to Give Money to States Short on Cash.

President Donald Trump said he is “in no rush” to provide federal assistance to states that are short of money because of the coronavirus, and said Democrats would have to make concessions if they want grants for state governments.

“If they do it, they’re going to have to give us a lot,” Trump said in a podcast interview with conservative commentator Dan Bongino that aired Friday.

The National Governors Association, chaired by Maryland Republican Governor Larry Hogan, has called on Congress to allocate an additional $500 billion in funding for state shortfalls.

Although the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act provides $150 billion for states and localities, those funds must be spent on virus relief only. The Federal Reserve announced it will start buying short-term municipal debt using its emergency lending programs, which has helped the market recover from the havoc wreaked by the virus.

The Brookings Institution estimates that at least $500 billion needs to be infused into state and local governments for them to continue providing services such as education, public safety, and health care.

House Speaker Nancy Pelosi has said states and localities are seeking about $1 trillion in assistance as part of the next stimulus bill.

Trump had previously signaled he was supportive of direct relief to states after a meeting last month with New York Governor Andrew Cuomo, who has estimated his state may have a budget shortfall of as much as $15 billion due to declining tax revenues.

But the president retreated from that stance after Senate Majority Leader Mitch McConnell labeled such funding a bailout for states run by Democrats and instead proposed allowing states to declare bankruptcy.

Trump has not explicitly endorsed the bankruptcy proposal, but has said he’s skeptical of providing assistance to states with longstanding budget issues. On Wednesday, McConnell said he would be “open” to considering state aid but said the next stimulus package would need to include federal liability protection for businesses that reopen following the coronavirus outbreak.

Fiscal challenges aren’t limited to blue states. Across the country, states are reeling from lost revenue: With 30 million people thrown out of work in the past several weeks, income tax collections are tanking, and sales taxes have evaporated after stores and restaurants shuttered. Most states receive a majority of their revenue from those two sources.

On Friday, White House press secretary Kayleigh McEnany said Trump doesn’t want financial assistance to states “to be an excuse for decades and decades of bad Democrat governance that have run these states into a financial predicament.”

She also reiterated comments Trump made previously that he’d demand an end to “sanctuary cities” — municipalities that prevent their police from cooperating with immigration authorities — as a bargaining chip for federal money.

“That is a negotiation item that the president will certainly bring up,” McEnany said.

Bloomberg

By Justin Sink and Jordan Fabian

May 1, 2020, 11:11 AM PDT Updated on May 1, 2020, 12:07 PM PDT




Trump Ties Virus Aid for States to Action on ‘Sanctuary’ Cities.

President Donald Trump indicated he wouldn’t allow federal aid for states facing budget deficits from the coronavirus outbreak unless they take action against “sanctuary cities” — municipalities that prevent their police from cooperating with immigration authorities.

“We would want certain things” as part of a deal with House Democrats to aid states, he said at a White House event on Tuesday, “including sanctuary city adjustments, because we have so many people in sanctuary cities.”

“What’s happening is people are being protected that shouldn’t be protected and a lot of bad things are happening with sanctuary cities,” he added.

Trump has long complained about the cities and has previously sought to cut off their federal funding unless they end the policies.

Democrats have said the next round of federal stimulus must include aid for states. But Senate Majority Leader Mitch McConnell, has indicating he’d be in favor of aiding states, but not helping those burden by pension obligations to bail out old debts. He said those states should be allowed to declare bankruptcy, which they can’t currently do.

Bloomberg Markets

By Jennifer Jacobs and Mario Parker

April 28, 2020, 1:26 PM PDT




With the Virus Spreading, Red States Will Need Bailouts, Too.

It’s not just Democratic states that are reeling from a sudden, dramatic loss of tax revenue.

On April 27, President Trump took to Twitter to escalate the spat over the next coronavirus stimulus, questioning whether the federal government should rescue “poorly run” states led by Democrats. His tweet echoed the comments of Senate Majority Leader Mitch McConnell, who suggested during a radio interview that states with large pension obligations under union contracts could pursue bankruptcy instead of federal aid. The Kentucky Republican’s office gave his comments a twist in a press release with a section titled “On Stopping Blue State Bailouts.”

It’s true that many of the states that are ground zero for the Covid-19 pandemic—New York and New Jersey, as well as California and Illinois—are solidly Democratic. But the fiscal challenges that states now face aren’t limited to the blue ones and go well beyond pension obligations. States across the country are reeling from a brutal double whammy of lost revenue: With 30 million people thrown out of work in the past several weeks, income tax collections are tanking, and sales taxes have evaporated after stores and restaurants shuttered. Most states receive a majority of their revenue from those two sources.

Continue reading.

Bloomberg Businessweek

by Danielle Moran

May 1, 2020




Pelosi Says States and Cities Seek $1 Trillion in Next Stimulus.

House Speaker Nancy Pelosi said Thursday states and cities alone are seeking as much as $1 trillion in aid in the next coronavirus relief package, a figure that may be tough to reach as Congress juggles demands to bolster the economy.

Pelosi said state governments are still finalizing their request but have so far sought $500 billion, while local governments have a similar figure. Lawmakers also are considering other proposals including another round of cash payments to taxpayers, expanded unemployment insurance, assistance to renters and wider broadband access.

“State and local, I talked about almost $1 trillion right there,” Pelosi said at her weekly news conference. “We are not going to be able to cover all of it, but to the extent we can keep the states and localities sustainable, that is our goal.”

With the economy stalled, the next coronavirus spending bill may end up being more costly than the $2.2 trillion package enacted last month. Democrats are also talking about another round of cash payments to individuals — something the White House says it is open to — and extending expanded unemployment benefits into the autumn. The rising price tag of coronavirus response has fueled objections from some conservatives and deficit watchdogs as the U.S. budget deficit for fiscal 2020 soars above $4 trillion.

House Minority Leader Kevin McCarthy indicated an openness to targeted state and local aid in the next bill in a press call Thursday. He said states should be required to open their accounting books and prove that expenses were virus-related to prevent them from using the money for other fiscal burdens, such as public employee pension obligations.

“It has to be for Covid,” he said. “If you go and apply it to the states themselves and give the governors a lot of flexibility, they will use it to pay off other things and not help the cities and counties, the people who really need it.”

Senate Majority Leader Mitch McConnell has previously outlined similar conditions on state aid. Pelosi in a separate interview on CNN Thursday said the aid should only be for revenue losses caused by the pandemic. “It has nothing to do with any other issue of the budget of any state,” she said.

Adding to the pressure on Republicans, the conservative group Americans for Prosperity Thursday sent a letter to all four top congressional leaders asking them to reject state “bailouts.”

“States that have spent lavishly, borrowed excessively, and ignored looming pension debt should not use the current crisis to shift the cost of those bad policy decisions onto taxpayers in other states,” said the letter by the group, part of the political network affiliated with libertarian billionaire Charles Koch. “Nor should they exploit firefighters, teachers, and other state workers to justify these bailouts.”

Democrats are discussing funneling local aid directly to municipalities through the Community Development Block Grant program and to make it available to cities with less than 10,000 people.

The speaker said she expects the House to consider the bill in the coming weeks but the exact timing is not clear.

“I can’t answer to the timing because we are at the mercy of the virus,” Pelosi told reporters. She said she expects the House to return to Washington during the week of May 11.

Senate Republicans haven’t yet said they would be willing to do another stimulus bill any time soon. McConnell said this week he is open to helping state and local governments with coronavirus expenses. But he’s said that any new bill must contain liability protections for businesses that reopen during the pandemic.

Democrats so far are resisting McConnell’s effort on liability. Pelosi said this week that “there isn’t any interest in having less protections for our workers.”

In contrast, House Democrats have talked about expanding federal safety regulations that businesses must follow to shield workers from the virus, as well as providing federal hazard pay for essential workers such as grocery clerks and meat packers.

House Majority Whip Jim Clyburn of South Carolina said at the news conference with Pelosi that Democrats want to make internet broadband more accessible and affordable in the next bill and that President Donald Trump has agreed to address the issue.

“The greatest thing for the 21st century will be having broadband in every house,” said Clyburn. Only 30% of the households in his district have an internet hookup, and that is forcing students to do their schoolwork in their parents’ cars in locations with wi-fi, he said.

“The only place they can do their homework is in the parking lot of the library,” Clyburn said.

Education, Housing

House Democrats also are weighing direct assistance for renters, big increases in education and public housing grants to localities, expanded Medicaid funding and a fund for voting by mail in the November elections.

Democrats’ focus on broadband, as well as access to clean water, may be an acknowledgment that a massive infrastructure package may not be possible in the next virus bill.

Republicans in both chambers aren’t grabbing onto that proposal or one for a payroll tax cut, both leading goals for Trump.

McConnell said this week he sees the potential for a small infrastructure package at some point, but not in the next stimulus bill. He cited concerns about deficit spending, and said “there isn’t a path” to getting a big package to rebuild roads and bridges.

“Infrastructure is unrelated from the coronavirus pandemic” and shouldn’t be part of the next bill, he said on Fox News.

In the Senate, Democrats this week added more demands including a “Heroes Fund” that would offer up to $25,000 in hazard pay to hospital workers, grocery store clerks and others deemed essential to addressing the crisis.

Undocumented Immigrants

Senate Minority Leader Chuck Schumer and other Democrats want the next bill to extend work authorizations for certain undocumented immigrants in jobs deemed essential to addressing the coronavirus outbreak.

That includes 200,000 young undocumented immigrants who were protected from deportation by President Barack Obama’s Deferred Action for Childhood Arrivals executive order, and another 130,000 immigrants in the U.S. under Temporary Protected Status.

Schumer said Treasury Secretary Steven Mnuchin told him Wednesday that Treasury will have a report Thursday on how many minority-owned small businesses are getting loans under the Paycheck Protection Act. Schumer said lawmakers are considering whether the next stimulus bill should address lending to those businesses.

Also, Schumer and almost every Senate Democrat this week introduced a plan that would require Trump to use the Defense Production Act to obtain materials for critical medical supplies, and to establish a supply chain and oversight of those efforts.

Concern About Deficit

The rising price tag of the next stimulus is rasing concern about the deficit among budget watchdogs, who say Congress must make the next bill more efficient and targeted than the last four virus bills.

“Borrowing is both inevitable and desirable because it is maybe what prevents us from going into a depression,” said Marc Goldwein of the Committee for a Responsible Federal Budget, a non-partisan policy research group in Washington. “That doesn’t mean that borrowing is free and we should borrow unlimited amounts. I’m not convinced that there is the evidence base that we should be spending another $3 trillion on top of the essential $4 trillion we are likely to borrow for this fiscal year.”

Bloomberg Politics

By Erik Wasson, Billy House, and Laura Litvan

April 30, 2020, 8:53 AM PDT Updated on April 30, 2020, 3:01 PM PDT




Fed Wants States to Try Banks Before $500 Billion Credit Line.

The Federal Reserve is trying to ensure that states, cities and counties knock on Wall Street’s door first.

The central bank’s guidance about the details of its $500 billion municipal lending facility, released late Monday, says that states and local governments will need to provide a written certification that they’d tried to raise money elsewhere first. That may curtail its use because the municipal-bond market has largely stabilized since the Fed announced its planned intervention, allowing governments to issue more than $20 billion of debt over the last several weeks.

The provision is indicative of the cautious approach the Fed has taken since Congress extended it the power to wade for the first time into the $3.9 trillion municipal-securities market, where waves of panicked selling set off a liquidity crisis in March. The lending program promises to extend a lifeline to keep governments afloat if markets seize up again — and the mere prospect of the Fed’s intervention was enough to pull the market out of its biggest rout in at least four decades.

But it’s still uncertain how much it will be used. While the Fed significantly lowered its minimum population limits so it could lend to 87 cities and 140 counties, according to Census Bureau data, the requirement that governments try banks first will ensure that it’s only used as a last resort. The loans will also be priced at a premium to market rates in “normal” conditions, potentially penalizing borrowers who draw from it.

Matt Fabian, a partner at Municipal Market Analytics, said the step ensures that governments continue to tap the public markets instead of queuing up at the Fed.

“It guarantees capital markets or commercial lenders an opportunity to provide a loan before the Fed ultimately funds it,” Fabian said. “Which is good for the private markets and should return a sense of normalcy faster than otherwise.”

Sales of short-term notes like those the Fed will buy — which governments use to cover expenses until tax collections come in — represent a fraction of the overall municipal market, with just $5 billion sold so far this year, according to data compiled by Bloomberg. But such borrowing is poised to increase as states push back their tax filing deadlines until July and the steep economic slowdown causes tens of billions of dollars in sales- and income-tax revenue to disappear.

It’s unclear how well the public market could absorb borrowing on the scale that’s needed, with prices still steadying from the biggest sell-off in at least four decades. Prices have slipped steadily since the middle of the month, giving back earlier gains, with 10-year yields rising 6 basis points to 1.35% Tuesday.

The pricing of the facility may also represent a way to restrain borrowing, though the Fed didn’t detail how large a penalty it will charge, as required under federal law.

The pricing is the “million dollar question,” said Emily Brock, director of the federal liaison center for the Government Finance Officers Association, a lobbying group.

Morgan Stanley strategists said in a note on Tuesday that they expect a “majority” of the Fed’s municipal lending facility to be used. Still, the pricing could affect the usage of the facility if the penalties are too steep, strategists led by Michael Zezas.

The Fed’s guidance said that issuers should look to the Fed if they can’t obtain “adequate credit accommodation” from banks, a definition that includes “prices or on conditions that are inconsistent with a normal, well-functioning market.”

“Obviously the definition of ‘normal’ will go a long way to determining how much the facility is used,” Zezas said.

Already, the Fed’s commitment to backstop the market has helped pushed down yields on the shortest-dated securities, which surged during last month’s liquidity crisis. One-year AAA debt is yielding 0.8%, down from 2.8% in late March, according to Bloomberg BVAL benchmarks.

The Fed also extended its lending to the end of the year rather than the end of September, likely in response to concerns that governments might not know the extent of their cash needs for a while. The Fed also increased the eligible maturity date on the notes that it will purchase to three years instead of two.

The Fed made those changes after getting feedback from a variety of stakeholders, Brock said. She said the changes signal that the Fed “earnestly wants to make sure this is used.”

Bloomberg Markets

By Amanda Albright

April 28, 2020, 10:29 AM PDT




Fed Tells Municipalities to Seek Funding from Banks First.

Before states and local governments turn to the Fed looking for a loan, the central bank wants them to first look to Wall Street.

“Each eligible issuer must also provide a written certification that it is unable to secure adequate credit accommodations from other banking institutions and that it is not insolvent,” the Fed stated in guidance on what entities can apply for its $500B municipal facility.

Any of the 50 U.S. states, a city of more than 250K residents and a county with more than 500K residents can be eligible issuers under the facility.

Seeking Alpha

By: Liz Kiesche, SA News Editor

Apr. 28, 2020




U.S. Fed Extends Help on Bond-Buying to Smaller Cities and Counties.

WASHINGTON — The Federal Reserve on Monday broadened its help for local governments, offering to buy bonds of up to three years’ duration from counties with as few as 500,000 residents and cities with as few as 250,000 residents.

The initial population size limits of 2 million for counties and 1 million for cities had restricted the Fed program to about two dozen of the largest local governments when it was announced earlier this month. That led to complaints, particularly among Democratic lawmakers, that institutions in the front line of the pandemic fight might, because of cratering tax revenues, be forced to choose between essential health services and basic services like police and fire protection.

The changes announced Monday mean the Fed is now willing to buy the municipal bonds of around 90 cities and over 100 counties, from California’s Los Angeles County, with a population topping 10 million, to Glendale City, Arizona, population 250,702.

All state governments are also included.

The revised program will allow “substantially more” local governments access to Fed help “to help manage cash flow stresses caused by the coronavirus pandemic,” the central bank announced. The Fed also said it was willing to buy slightly longer-term bonds, of three years’ instead of two years’ duration, and said it will leave the facility open until December instead of the planned September closing date and will allow some “multistate” entities to participate.

The Fed said it was considering extending the program to include local government entities that use revenue bonds, a form of financing used, for example, by local utility authorities that have a revenue stream.

The overall size of the Fed facility will remain at $500 billion.

By Reuters

April 27, 2020

(Reporting by Howard Schneider; Editing by Chris Reeseand Leslie Adler)




Federal Reserve Expands Lending to More Cities and Counties.

WASHINGTON (AP) — The Federal Reserve will allow a much larger number of cities and counties to participate in a lending program that it announced earlier this month.

The program initially allowed only 10 cities and 16 counties to participate. It then came under criticism for leaving out many large metropolitan areas with heavy African-American populations.

But the Fed said Monday that it will open the program to cities with 250,000 people, and counties with 500,000, down from 1 million and 2 million, respectively. The program will also provide three-year loans, up from the two-year loans it previously announced.

States and cities are facing a double hit from collapsing tax revenues as businesses shutter and 26 million people have sought unemployment aid. At the same time health care costs have skyrocketed because of the coronavirus.

As part of a set of lending programs that could provide as much as $2.3 trillion, the Fed said earlier this month that it would lend to all 50 states and 10 cities and 16 counties that met the initial population cut-offs.

The Fed’s announcement helped bring down interest rates for all municipal borrowers, but one study by the Brookings Institution found that the 35 most heavily African-American cities were excluded from the Fed’s direct lending, including Atlanta and Detroit. That’s because those cities happened to have smaller core cities and bigger metro areas, but the Fed only looked at the city populations.

Rep. Maxine Waters, a Democrat from California who chairs the House panel that oversees the Fed, wrote Fed Chair Jerome Powell April 16 and urged him to expand the program.

The lower population figures have now made about 80 cities and more than 100 counties eligible, including New Orleans, Newark, New Jersey, Miami, and Minneapolis, as well as Atlanta and Detroit.

Democrats in the House and Senate are pushing for the federal government to provide more funding to the cities and states to cover their rising budget shortfalls. But that push has run into resistance from Sen. Mitch McConnell from Kentucky, the leader of the Republican majority.

The Fed’s support for muni securities is only a partial solution, some economists say, because the states and cities are facing such a large fall in revenues that more lending will simply add to interest costs.

“They need the federal government to fill in a massive hole for them,” said David Wilcox, a former Fed official and now a senior fellow at the Peterson Institute for International Economics. “That’s not the business of a central bank.”

Associated Press

by Christopher Rugaber

April 27, 2020




Fed Extends Municipal Liquidity Facility Beyond Largest Cities.

The Federal Reserve on Monday extended the scope of its liquidity facility concerning municipal debt to include slightly smaller U.S. counties and cities.

The program will now allow counties with a population of at least 500,000 residents and cities with a population of at least 250,000 to be eligible for selling their short-term debt directly to a special purpose vehicle established by the Fed and the U.S. Treasury.

When the facility was originally announced on April 9, the facility set the county threshold at two million residents and the city threshold at one million residents. Fed officials had been telling smaller counties and cities to seek funding at the state level, which is also eligible for the facility.

The facility will continue to support $500 billion of short-term notes through $35 billion of credit protection from the U.S. Treasury, appropriated from the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (CARES) passed some weeks ago.

The new terms of its Municipal Liquidity Facility will also allow for the purchase of slightly longer notes. The original terms only allowed for debt up to 24-months, but the new terms will take on debt that matures up to 36 months.

Issuers will have to have at least an investment grade rating as of April 8.

Yahoo Finance

by Brian Cheung

April 27, 2020




U.S. Muni Market Assesses Fed's Lifeline for Cash-Strapped States, Cities.

CHICAGO — The Federal Reserve broadened the universe of states and local governments that can tap into a new $500 billion borrowing program for cash needed in the wake of the coronavirus outbreak, but certain newly disclosed requirements may shut some out, municipal market analysts said on Tuesday.

The U.S. central bank said on Monday it will buy bonds from counties with as few as 500,000 residents and cities with as few as 250,000 residents, an increase from its original plan that only targeted states and the largest local governments.

The $3.8 trillion muni market, where yields climbed on Tuesday as a concession to bigger supply, was digesting program details. The iShares National Muni Bond ETF also fell 0.4%.

With the flow of more federal money uncertain, cities, states and counties facing deep revenue losses from the economic fallout of shutdowns aimed at curbing the spread of the novel coronavirus may need to borrow to keep their governments operating.

The Fed offered a municipal liquidity facility as an alternative to flooding the muni market, which has been subject to recent bouts of unprecedented volatility, with cashflow debt issuances.

While the Fed extended the maturity of the loans to three years from two, it also released details on eligibility and pricing information that have caused a stir. One requires “written certification” that the government cannot “secure adequate credit accommodations from other banking institutions.”

“Clearly, the way it’s written will hamper participation,” said Mikhail Foux, head of municipal strategy at Barclays, adding that the program will “effectively be used as a backstop unless the language is changed.”

The language appears to allow consideration of abnormal pricing conditions in which borrowing costs or terms are “inconsistent with a normal, well-functioning market.”

Eligibility is also limited to governments with investment-grade credit ratings as of April 8.

Matt Fabian, a partner at Municipal Market Analytics, said the program will still be helpful to the muni market.

“By forcing governments to look to the traditional market first, it will restore the traditional market faster,” he said.

As for the cost of borrowing under the yet-to-be-launched program, the Fed said it will establish a pricing methodology based on an issuer’s long-term rating and the maturity of its notes, plus a spread over an existing benchmark or index.

In addition, issuers must pay an origination fee equal to 10 basis points of the principal amount of the notes purchased under the program.

In triple-A-rated Virginia, lawmakers passed legislation allowing the state to tap the program for itself or local governments, according to state Treasurer Manju Ganeriwala, who said there were no immediate plans to do so.

She added that the program’s pricing would have to be beneficial.

“If I could just get a better rate in the market, I would rather do that,” she said.

Jennifer Sciortino, a spokeswoman for the New Jersey Treasurer’s Office, said the state is awaiting more details on interest rates and loan terms, as well as for action by state lawmakers on emergency bond legislation that would allow for it to participate in the program.

By Reuters

April 28, 2020

(Reporting By Karen Pierog, editing by Alden Bentley and Sonya Hepinstall)




How the Fed’s Expanded Support Can Help the Muni Market.

Analysts warn, however, that downgrades and negative outlooks could nevertheless increase.

The Federal Reserve has stepped in once again to help a part of the economy suffering from the coronavirus-fueled recession while it waits on more support from Congress.

It is expanding its $500 billion municipal liquidity facility (MLF) to include more cities and counties as well as multi-state entities.

U.S. counties with at least 500,000 residents and cities with a population of at least 250,000 residents will now be eligible for the Fed backstop. The comparable requirements were 2 million and 1 million residents previously, when the Fed first announced the MLF earlier in the month.

“The new population thresholds allow substantially more entities to borrow directly from the MLF than the initial plan announced on April 9,” the Fed explained in a statement.

The facility was created to help states, cities and counties that cannot meet their financial needs through the capital markets because their spending rose sharply while their tax revenues fell substantially due to the COVID-19 pandemic.

“The Fed is effectively providing a guarantee on the ability for these issues to borrow,” explained Matt Fabian, partner at Municipal Market Analytics, an independent research firm.

It will purchase eligible notes from municipal issuers that can prove they could not borrow in the capital markets without paying much higher interest rates than “normal” and can provide confirmation of that so long as they meet other requirements, said Fabian.

“It’s unclear to us how the Fed will determine ‘normal’ pricing,” wrote analysts at Morgan Stanley. The Fed said pricing guidance “will be forthcoming” and it is also considering extending the use of the lending facility to municipal entities that issue revenue bonds.

The municipal notes available for the Fed backstop include tax anticipation notes (TANs), tax and revenue anticipation notes (TRANs), bond anticipation notes (BANs), and other similar short-term notes from eligible issuers. They also must have a term no longer than 36 months, an increase from the 24-month limit the Fed originally announced, and must be rated investment grade as of April 8.

The expansion of the municipal liquidity facility “will help states and localities “get through immediate liquidity issues,” Fabian said.

Current liquidity in the muni market is thin but better than it was in late March and early April before the Fed announced its municipal lending facilities. But it could be tested as downgrades and negative outlooks increase.

In the last two months, Illinois, New Jersey, New York, Alaska, Connecticut, Hawaii and the New York Metropolitan Transportation Authority have been hit by downgrades or negative watches from the major rating agencies, and many more could follow as a result of the current economic downturn.

But even in the midst of the developments, there are opportunities for muni investors, says Fabian.

MTA bonds, which have been downgraded by major credit agencies to the equivalent of A or A-, are yielding 6% for a 10-year term. On a tax-equivalent basis that’s around 12% for New Yorkers in the highest bracket for federal, state and local taxes. Investors, however, “have to assume that debt will be downgraded to BBB, but that the MTA will survive the current crisis. You’re effectively betting it’s too big to fail,” said Fabian.

The agency has seen its ridership fall by over 90%, which has hurt revenues, leading the MTA to seek federal and state aid to help close a $8.5 billion budget deficit this year.

No matter what the municipal issue, advisors need to alert clients to the fact that municipal bond servicing is subordinate to local governments providing health and welfare services.

“Clients have to understand that there could be issues [with munis] that they haven’t had to deal with before,” Fabian said.

Morgan Stanley analysts said the Fed’s latest move was “an additional boost to high grade” muni bonds. The high-yield muni market, in contrast, will remain “weak for the foreseeable future,” according to the analysts.

They expect the municipal bond issuers will tap the majority of the $500 billion muni lending facility from the Fed, but the Fed could eventually provide even more support “if market conditions deteriorate further, at least until the broader economy is clearly healed.”

ThinkAdvisor

By Bernice Napach | April 28, 2020 at 05:45 PM




Fed to Extend Loans to More Cities, Counties.

Central bank widens eligibility for new local-government lending program, allowing more than 200 municipalities to participate

The Federal Reserve said Monday it would broaden the number of local governments from which it will buy debt through a forthcoming lending program.

The Fed will allow one borrower for each county of at least 500,000 people and city of at least 250,000, down from earlier cutoffs of 2 million and 1 million, respectively.

The central bank will also purchase debt with maturities of up to three years, instead of any earlier cap of two years.

The Fed will lend up to $500 billion through the facility, and the Treasury Department has provided $35 billion to cover any losses.

After announcing the program earlier this month, the central bank faced strong support from lawmakers and other elected officials to expand the number of municipalities that would be allowed to borrow. Lawmakers in both parties had chafed against the larger population cutoffs, with several saying it would improperly exclude American cities with large minority populations.

The Fed unveiled the program more than two weeks ago and initially limited participation to around 75 issuers—including all 50 states and the District of Columbia. The latest change will allow for as many as 261 state, city and county issuers to participate.

The central bank will require issuers to have been highly rated as of April 8, which is the day before the it announced the creation of the municipal lending program. That could pose a challenge for the city of Detroit, which is now large enough to qualify for the program but has a speculative-grade rating from Moody’s Investors Service and S&P Global Ratings.

The program will also allow very highly-rated multi-state issuers, such as the Port Authority of New York and New Jersey, to sell debt through the program. The program, administered through the New York Fed, isn’t open to U.S. territories.

The Fed said it is considering expanding the program to a limited number of governmental entities that issue bonds backed by their own revenues.

The market for municipal bonds has recovered significantly since freezing up midway through last month, but prices remain well below where they were at the beginning of March. Thirty-year AAA-rated bonds backed by state taxes yielded 2.13% Monday compared with 1.52% March 2, according to Refinitiv. Bond prices rise as yields fall.

Lobbyists for cities and towns as well as the banks and brokerages that trade municipal bonds have been pushing the Fed to expand its program so smaller communities can participate directly.

The Fed has long seen lending to states and cities as a political minefield. Fed officials worry they might end up holding municipal debts that borrowers can’t repay. Left unanswered are questions such as what role the central bank would play in a bankruptcy and if it would support the borrower or line up with other creditors to get its money back.

The Wall Street Journal

By Nick Timiraos

Updated April 27, 2020 6:31 pm ET

—Heather Gillers contributed to this article.




Fed Expands Muni-Debt Program to Cover Smaller Cities, Counties.

The Federal Reserve expanded the scope and duration of the Municipal Liquidity Facility, a $500 billion emergency lending program for state and local governments enduring the economic fallout from the coronavirus pandemic.

The U.S. central bank lowered the population thresholds under which counties and cities would be eligible to sell short-term debt to the facility. The new levels were at least 500,000 for counties and 250,000 for cities, down from 2 million and 1 million.

“That’s fantastic,” said Aaron Klein, a fellow at the Brookings Institution who was among critics of the program’s original guidelines. The effort would now cover many of the nation’s large cities that were previously excluded, he said, including Atlanta, Miami, Baltimore, Boston and New Orleans.

Klein and others had criticized the program’s design for disproportionately excluding cities with large minority populations.

Record Sell-Off

The facility, which is not yet operational, is among nine programs announced by the Fed to limit the economic harm from the virus as businesses shutter to limit contagion. Its mere announcement on April 9 has helped municipal bonds recover from a record sell-off in March.

The rout caused borrowing costs for state and local governments to soar and billions of dollars in bond deals to be scuttled, raising concerns that municipalities would be unable able to raise money just as they shoulder the cost of fighting the pandemic.

Most recently, state and local debt has continued to struggle, with 30-year benchmark yields rising about 0.2 percentage points since April 20, according to Bloomberg BVAL.

”The broadening of the scope here might benefit market stability given the fragmented nature of munis,” said Doug Benton, a senior municipal credit manager at Cavanal Hill Funds in Texas.

Wider Access

Lobbying groups like Government Finance Officers Association had asked the Fed to expand the scope of its short-term lending facility and offer access to a wider range of issuers, saying that some states may be reluctant to take on debt on behalf of smaller cities.

There are 87 cities that have populations above 250,000 as of 2018 and 140 counties that have populations above 500,000 as of 2019, according to Census Bureau statistics.

Guy LeBas, chief fixed income strategist at Janney Montgomery Scott LLC, said the expansion doesn’t change the economics of the program. Smaller cities and counties could benefit from the funding under the original structure, but had to go hat in hand to their state governments. Under the new terms, they can sell debt directly to the facility.

Fallen Angels

The program was expanded to include certain multi-state entities. A new term sheet for the program also adds a so-called fallen angel provision, allowing some issuers whose credit ratings were downgraded after April 8 to qualify, provided they had been rated investment grade by two agencies as of that date.

The Fed said it was considering expanding the MLF to allow a limited number of governmental entities that issue bonds backed by their own revenue to participate directly in the facility.

The termination date for the program was also extended, to Dec. 31 from Sept. 30.

Earlier: Trump Questions Whether U.S. Should Aid ‘Democrat’ States

The statement offered no new information on how the Fed intended to price the securities it purchases under the program, repeating this would be based on the issuer’s rating at the time of purchase “with details to be provided later.”

Separately, the New York Fed said PFM Financial Advisors LLC was acting as the administrative agent for the MLF.

Bloomberg Markets

By Christopher Condon and Amanda Albright

April 27, 2020, 1:30 PM PDT Updated on April 27, 2020, 3:21 PM PDT

— With assistance by Steve Matthews, Danielle Moran, and Alexandre Tanzi




Expansion of Federal Reserve’s Municipal Liquidity Facility.

Economic Development News

On April 27, 2020, the Federal Reserve announced major changes to its Municipal Liquidity Facility (MLF) initiative. These changes were designed to expand and ease the eligibility requirements for governmental bodies to access much-needed, short-term funding through the MLF.

First announced on April 9, 2020, the MLF offers up to $500 billion in short-term loans to states and local governments to manage current cash flow stress and for other specified purposes. Loans under the MLF are made with funds provided by the Federal Reserve through a special purchase vehicle (SPV). The SPV, in turn, purchases short-term municipal securities – most commonly in the form of Tax Anticipation Notes (referred to commonly as “TANs”), Tax and Revenue Anticipation Notes (referred to commonly as “TRANs”), and Bond Anticipation Notes (referred to commonly as “BANs”) – issued by eligible governmental bodies (“Eligible Notes”).

Significant Changes in the New Announcement

Expansion of Eligible Governmental Borrowers

The most significant change in the new announcement is expansion of the number of eligible borrowers. Originally, only cities with more than 1 million residents and counties with more 2 million residents could apply. That resulted in just 20 potential borrowers. These thresholds were cut in half (i.e., cities with more than 500,000 residents and counties with more than 1 million residents) under the new announcement. Now, approximately 87 cities and 140 counties may qualify. It is noteworthy that the program does not prohibit a qualifying borrower from re-lending proceeds to smaller public bodies within its jurisdiction (e.g., a listed county obtaining a loan and re-lending the proceeds to cities and towns within its jurisdiction that do not meet the minimum population threshold).

A complete list of eligible cities and counties may be found here.

Investment-Grade Credit Rating

Previously, the Federal Reserve evaluated the creditworthiness of each potential borrower on a case-by-case basis. Under the new announcement, a borrower’s creditworthiness is based on its long-term credit rating from at least two nationally recognized credit rating agencies (e.g., S&P Global Ratings, Moody’s Investor Service, Inc. or Fitch Ratings, Inc.). Eligible borrowers must possess an “investment-grade” credit rating (i.e., BBB-/Baa3, or higher) as of April 8, 2020, from at least two of these credit rating agencies. For those that met this requirement but were subsequently downgraded, the threshold drops to BB-/Ba3. The Federal Reserve maintains final approval of the overall collateral securing repayment of the Eligible Note (e.g., general obligation, special tax pledge, utility revenue pledge).

Maturity Date

Previously, Eligible Notes had to mature within 24 months of issuance. The new announcement extends that maturity to 36 months.

Application and Closing Deadline

Under the new announcement, the deadline to apply for and close a loan has been extended from September 30, 2020, to December 31, 2020.

New Form of Eligible Issuer – Multi-State Entities

The updated MLF term sheet also includes “Multi-State Entity” within the list of eligible issuers. A Multi-State Entity is defined as “an entity that was created by compact between two or more States, which compact has been approved by the United States Congress[.]” Well-known interstate compacts include the Emergency Management Assistance Compact, the Multistate Tax Compact and the Southern Dairy Compact. To be eligible, Multi-State Entities must have been rated at least A-/A3 by two or more NRSROs as of April 8, 2020. If the Multi-State Entity is subsequently downgraded, it must be rated BBB-/Baa3 or higher by two or more credit rating agencies at the time of closing.

If you have questions or would like further information regarding how your community can access emergency funding through the Municipal Liquidity Facility, please contact Jim Murphy or Madison Haynes.

Bradley Arant Boult Cummings LLP – Jim Murphy and Madison Crooks Haynes




The Fed Goes Local: A Review of the Municipal Liquidity Facility - Milbank

The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) has taken strong steps to support near-term liquidity in the nearly $4 trillion market for municipal bonds issued by states and local governments. The Federal Reserve’s expansion of the Municipal Liquidity Facility (the “MLF”) represents the most significant step so far by the Federal government to provide direct financial assistance to cash- strapped states, cities and counties facing a double hit from the COVID-19 pandemic: higher costs to deal with the public health crisis coupled with reduced or delayed revenues from taxes and fees.

More broadly, Congress and the President have enacted multiple emergency relief programs to address the impact of COVID-19 on public health and the economy in the United States.1 None of these legislative packages yet provide the massive financial assistance that state and local governments have sought. In the absence of such funding, given the reliance of state and local governments on debt raised in the tax-exempt municipal bond markets, the Federal Reserve has stepped in under its pre-existing statutory authority under Section 13(3) of the Federal Reserve Act to enable certain state and local governments to borrow directly from the Federal Reserve to bridge current funding shortfalls, subject to newly increased limits, for up to three years.2

On April 9, 2020, the Federal Reserve first announced the MLF, which we summarized in a Client Alert on April 10, 20203. The MLF represents a novel and meaningful attempt to stabilize the municipal bond market and is a clear indicator that the Federal Reserve understands the significance of the state and local sector to the overall economy. Traditionally, the Federal Reserve’s programs to inject liquidity into the banking sector or the capital markets have not been used to support public issuers. Now, the Federal Reserve for the first time is providing widespread support to ensure the liquidity of and flow of credit to state and local governments as the economic effects of the COVID-19 crisis continue to deepen.

On April 27, 2020, the Federal Reserve announced an expansion of the scope and duration of the MLF. As detailed further below, this expansion substantially increased the number of eligible cities and counties and extended the maturity date of, and the termination date to purchase, Eligible Notes (as defined below). This expansion of the MLF additionally shows the Federal Reserve’s expectation that increased measures are required to stabilize the municipal bond market and casts a considerably wider net geographically on the municipalities to which assistance can be provided. The changes also indicate a willingness to adapt the MLF as the COVID-19 situation unfolds and suggest a growing realization that, at a minimum, the liquidity problems of state and local municipalities will continue beyond Q3 at least to year-end 2020.

Below is a summary of the MLF based on the term sheet4 the (“Term Sheet”), initially effective as of April 9, 2020 as revised on April 27, 2020, issued by the Federal Reserve:

The MLF is not designed to bail out insolvent or financially distressed issuers, apart from the impact of COVID-19. Eligible Issuers must meet minimum credit criteria based on at least two major nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (e.g., S&P Global Ratings, Moody’s Investor Service, Inc. and Fitch Ratings, Inc.): (1) with respect to Multi-State Entities (i.e., an entity that was created by a compact between two or more states and approved by the United States Congress), ratings of at least A-/A3 as of April 8, 2020 and (2) with respect to entities that are not Multi-State Entities (i.e., a state, city or county), ratings of at least BBB-/Baa3 as of April 8, 2020; provided that if such Eligible Issuers are subsequently downgraded, ratings of at least BBB-/Baa3 and BB-/Ba3, respectively, at the time the SPV makes a purchase of Eligible Notes from such Eligible Issuers.

Though the Term Sheet provides a decent snapshot of the scope of the MLF, it also raises a number of questions that the Federal Reserve will need to provide additional clarification on:

It is unclear when the MLF will be activated and will begin purchasing Eligible Notes. It is possible that the MLF terms will be further updated based on public comment and related factors

Milbank LLP – Douglas Landy, Allan T. Marks and Albert Ji




Federal Reserve Board Expands the Scope and Duration of the Municipal Liquidity Facility: McGuireWoods

This alert updates and replaces an April 10, 2020, alert based on an April 27 Federal Reserve Board announcement that expanded the scope and duration of the Municipal Liquidity Facility (MLF). Any capitalized terms used in this alert and not otherwise defined herein have the meaning provided under the previous alert.

On April 27, the Federal Reserve Board announced an expansion of the scope and duration of the new Municipal Liquidity Facility (MLF) announced on April 9. The MLF provides up to $500 billion in lending to states and municipalities to help manage cash flow stresses caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. In addition to its announcement, the Federal Reserve also released a revised MLF term sheet and updated Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) in response to ongoing inquiries relating to the MLF from potential Eligible Issuers and their representatives. The following is a summary of the pertinent changes to the MLF.

In addition to the above modifications, the Federal Reserve is considering further expansion of the definition of Eligible Issuers to include a limited number of other governmental entities that provide essential public services on behalf of states, cities or counties that issue bonds backed by their own revenue. Any decision to include such additional Eligible Issuers would be publicly announced at a future date.

More guidance regarding the MLF is expected in the near future. McGuireWoods continues to monitor all new information released by the Department of Treasury and Federal Reserve.

McGuireWoods LLP – Lisa Medina Williams, Kay McNab, Arthur E. Anderson II, Douglas E. Lamb and David N. Gustin

April 29 2020




Federal Reserve Updates Key Features of the Municipal Liquidity Facility: MoFo

On April 27, 2020, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“FRB”) amended the term sheet for its Municipal Liquidity Facility (“MLF”) to expand the scope and duration of the facility (the “April 27 Update”). Additional information regarding the MLF is also available in a set of Frequently Asked Questions published on the website of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (“FRBNY”).

The MLF was approved by the FRB on April 8, 2020 as one of several actions authorized under Section 13(3) of the Federal Reserve Act to support the economy. Under the MLF, the FRBNY will commit to loan to a special purpose vehicle (“SPV”) on a recourse basis, which will then purchase up to $500 billion in Eligible Notes from Eligible Issuers. Eligible Notes will be purchased only at the time of issuance. The U.S. Department of the Treasury will make an initial equity investment of $35 billion in the SPV.

Previously, the FRB stated that the facility would stop purchasing Eligible Notes on September 30; the April 27 Update extends this to December 31, 2020. In addition, the April 27 Update reduces population requirements for city and county eligibility; adds Multi-State Entities (“MSEs”) as Eligible Issuers; and extends the permissible term for Eligible Notes. As updated, the MLF will have the following features:

Morrison & Foerster LLP

April 29 2020




McConnell's Reckless COVID-19 Bailout Claim on Pensions.

Senate Majority Leader Mitch McConnell’s suggestion that states financially strapped by the pandemic should declare bankruptcy rather than receive federal aid would further devastate the national economy, destabilize the municipal bond markets and unfairly damage the retirements of government workers.

McConnell, R-Kentucky, says the federal government should not bail out governments of blue states like California because of the past fiscal mistakes they have made, most notably their poorly run public employee retirement promises.

“We’re not interested in solving their pension problems for them,” he told Fox News. “We’re not interested in rescuing them from bad decisions they’ve made in the past, we’re not going to let them take advantage of this pandemic to solve a lot of problems that they created themselves and bad decisions in the past.”

On the surface, it’s a politically appealing argument to McConnell’s conservative base because state and local governments across the country have promised retirement benefits to government workers but failed to properly fund them.

California is one of the worst. The shortfall in its state and local government pensions works out to about $27,500 for every resident. The Golden State needs to clean up its pension mess.

But bankruptcy is not the answer — not for California or any other state. Certainly not now. McConnell’s apparent attempt to leverage the coronavirus crisis for partisan purposes, by “stopping blue state bailouts,” is mean-spirited and politically misguided.

While California ranks third in the nation in pension debt per state resident, red-state Alaska tops the list and half of the top 14 are red states or swing states, according to pensiontracker.org, run by Stanford’s Institute for Economic Policy Research. Twelfth on the list is McConnell’s home state of Kentucky.

By the way, if McConnell wants to even the ledger on federal subsidies, that’s fine with us in California. As an Associated Press analysis found, “High-tax, traditionally Democratic states (blue), subsidize low-tax, traditionally Republican states (red) — in a big way.”

Meanwhile, the most basic problem with McConnell’s argument is that states cannot currently file for bankruptcy. That would require federal legislation, which itself would be constitutionally questionable because the U.S. Constitution’s contracts clause prohibits state governments from “impairing the obligation of contracts.”

But even assuming that it could be done, it would be horrible policy.

The federal government is trying desperately to shore up struggling businesses, large and small, to keep Americans working. Undermining state and local governments, which employ about 20 million people, or about 12% of the nation’s workforce, and which have been devastated by declining tax revenues, would be counterproductive folly.

Then there’s the effect on the markets. State and local governments issue bonds to fund capital projects. If they were forced into bankruptcy, it could send the $3.8 trillion muni market into a sell-off.

“It will be highly disruptive to the municipal bond market broadly and will result in significantly higher borrowing rates at a time when those costs are least absorbable,” according to a BofA Global Research report reviewed by Reuters.

Finally, there are the pension plans that are the apparent target of McConnell’s ire. He’s right that state and local governments have promised more than they can afford, pushing retirement debt onto future generations of taxpayers. Yes, state and national pension laws should be rewritten to stop the abuses.

But destabilizing the ability of those local governments to fund those pensions would hurt taxpayers and, in some states, the workers and retirees who earned those benefits, leaving them with less money to spend to help shore up the economy.

Public employee pensions must be reformed. But pushing state and local governments over a fiscal cliff in the middle of a crisis is not the solution.

The San Jose Mercury News

May 3rd, 2020 | by The San Jose Mercury News editorial board

This is an editorial from The San Jose Mercury News.




The Municipal Bond Market is Facing Its Own Challenges Amid Pandemic.

The U.S. Federal Reserve came to the rescue with its quantitative easing program, propping up corporate and high yield bonds. The municipal bond market will face its own challenges as the economy pushes forward in a post-coronavirus world.

One case in point is the $900 million bond offering from the Metropolitan Transportation Authority.

“The new MTA deal will likely be a test case for one of the more severely impacted revenue bond issuers,” said Jeffrey Lipton, Oppenheimer head of municipal research and strategy.

Continue reading.

ETF TRENDS

by BEN HERNANDEZ on APRIL 30, 2020




Municipal Bond Perspective: Where We Go From Here.

Summary

As the COVID-19 pandemic evolved during the first quarter, the municipal bond market experienced one of its most volatile periods in years. Here, the Franklin Municipal Bond Department shares how they plan to navigate the market, which they think is likely to show signs of distress and elevated volatility for some time.

Since the second week of March, when a broad financial market selloff due to the global COVID-19 outbreak extended into the municipal market, many investors have asked for our outlook on the health of the overall muni market, as well as specific sectors and states.

In our view, the indiscriminate nature of the recent municipal market selloff has certainly created more attractive opportunities than at the start of the year. We also view recent actions by the Federal Reserve and Congress as favorable for the market.1

However, we also believe that the municipal market is still likely to show signs of distress and elevated volatility for some time. In addition, the longer the coronavirus weighs on economic activity, the more credit and default risk will come into play, albeit to varying degrees across different sectors and states.

While we would reiterate the view that it is still too early to predict the full impact of the outbreak, it is abundantly clear to us that certain sectors and states are much more likely to be negatively impacted than others. Our research analysts have been intensely reviewing municipal-market sectors and subsectors based on assessments of impact and resiliency as it relates to the coronavirus, including hospital, transportation, education, and water and sewer. A summary of these views is outlined in the following sections.

Hospitals

Hospitals continue to be on the frontline of the COVID-19 pandemic. As expected, we continue to learn of significant impacts to revenue, liquidity and volume to hospitals across the nation.

Many hospitals have already secured and drawn on lines of credit to deal with short-term liquidity pressures. Over the next 9-12 months, we anticipate widespread technical defaults, with liquidity and debt service coverage issues beginning as early as this month. We also see more widespread violations picking up around the end of June, which will trigger ratings declines for many issuers in the sector.

While we recognize that the operating environment is more likely to get worse before it eventually gets better, we currently do not anticipate monetary payment defaults given significant federal, state and Federal Emergency Management Agency support and the return of high contribution margin elective and outpatient procedures once social distancing measures are relaxed.

Water & Sewer

Bonds in the water and sewer sector are tied to essential services and are traditionally viewed as more being more defensive compared to bonds in many other revenue sectors. According to our analysis, balance sheets are strong as utilities have deleveraged since the last recession and debt service coverage levels currently provide a nice margin of safety.

In addition, our research shows the sector benefits from favorable liquidity dynamics, which have also improved since the last recession. In our view, management teams are nimble and remain well-equipped to manage through economic volatility. For example, many utilities, especially large entities, have implemented rate stabilization funds and/or developed residential assistance programs over time to alleviate rate pressure to qualified, low-income customers which should provide short-term flexibility.

Although the sector clearly ranks favorably based on our assessments, it is not without risks and there are several factors we will be monitoring closely:

Airports

Our short-term outlook for the sector is negative as the current downturn in traffic will cause financial stress to airport balance sheets, which will require many to rely on their cash positions to offset revenue losses. However, given the financial strength of the sector, we believe airports have the requisite resources to weather a decline in air travel over the next several months.

While there may be some downgrades of the weaker airports operating in more limited economies such as those that are largely tourism-based, we do not anticipate many defaults in the near term, if any.

Toll Roads

The coronavirus has had, and will continue to have, a significant impact on vehicle traffic, with most non-essential businesses closing and employees working from home as much as possible. Again, this will certainly cause downward financial pressure on the toll roads themselves in the near term, but we believe they can withstand a temporary downturn in traffic. The following are key points to consider for the sector:

For roads that are still under construction or that have major expansion projects underway, they too are likely to be affected by labor and material shortages due to the coronavirus that could cause significant delays. We would expect managed lanes, smaller roads and those less seasoned to be impacted more than larger, well-integrated systems. Yet again, public-private partnership structures typically hold very little cash (excess cash flow goes to the parent companies), so those are more likely to encounter liquidity issues. Just to reiterate, if the situation is prolonged and results in an extended recessionary environment, senior and subordinate debt structures will be of great importance in the event of bankruptcy filings.

Our short-term outlook for the broader sector is negative, but, once again, given the financial strength of many issuers in the space, we believe toll roads have the resources to withstand declines in traffic over the next several months. While there may be some downgrades of the smaller systems in more limited economies, as well as those that are largely tourism-based, we do not anticipate many defaults in the near term.

Higher Education

Education revenue bonds are issued to finance the improvement of facilities at public and private colleges. As the coronavirus has spread across the United States, most universities were very quick to act by closing campuses and fully transitioning to online classes.

Fortunately, most schools already offer online courses, and so this delivery format is not foreign. While we recognize the potential for short-term challenges, we generally believe that faculty and students will be able to adapt. Beyond this transition, several key themes stand out as we assess the impact and resiliency of the sector:

Against this backdrop, our main concern for the sector is fall 2020 enrollment, especially since we are in the middle of what traditionally constitutes the peak recruiting period for the fall 2020 semester. On-campus tours and in-person meetings have switched to virtual tours and online meetings. How and to what extent the coronavirus will affect the decision-making process for these prospective students is unknown at this point and something we will be monitoring very closely.

Impacts at the State Level

As a general matter, we expect the broad economic shutdown, the unprecedented loss of jobs and delayed tax filing deadlines will cause state and local governments to receive less revenue. Among other things, financial performance will depend on the economic makeup and overreliance on sensitive revenue streams that fund state and local governments. State and local government revenues often come from a mix of sales taxes, income taxes and/or property taxes, which can vary based on the level of government.

We expect that sales taxes and income taxes will experience immediate shocks as a result of social distancing and demand-side pressures. In many cases, states have delayed filing deadlines for income and, in some cases, sales taxes, which could also create cash flow issues for some borrowers. However, the combination of federal support and access to the Fed’s Municipal Liquidity Facility (MLF) should help states deal with potential cash flow issues from revenue delays and/or reductions over the near term. Timing is also an important factor in that not all revenue streams will be impacted during the same fiscal year, allowing governments an opportunity to adjust budgets lower.

We have developed two proprietary multi-factor models to evaluate each state’s ability to confront a crisis and address various macroeconomic challenges, whether it’s driven by COVID-19, oil-market volatility or some other major economic shock. These models help us evaluate the financial preparedness of every state and identify state or local governments whose economies depend heavily on at-risk sectors like tourism, oil and gas, transportation and retail. We expect the use of reserves to be a primary tool for states over the short term. The models help us to identify those that have more flexibility than others (i.e., which states are better prepared to confront economic and financial challenges, particularly in the short term).

We assess the resiliency of state and local governments credit-by-credit, but there are some general themes to note:

The situation is obviously very fluid and, while it is subject to continued changes and developments, we would outline the following bull, base and bear case scenarios:

In our view, some pockets of the state and local government sector will still present attractive opportunities in the bear case scenario. For example, states with strong reserves and strong leadership are more likely to balance reserve usage and spending cuts, which also improves their ability to lend support at the local level, further contributing to the economy and ultimately state taxes.

Meanwhile, there will still be weak performers in our bull case scenario. For example, credits highly concentrated in the at-risk economic sectors of tourism, oil and gas, transportation and retail will face significant challenges in any case scenario. Governments with very high fixed costs (e.g., debt, pensions, retiree health care) will have much less flexibility to effectively cut costs to match revenue declines.

We believe credit research will be critical, and no matter what scenario unfolds, we will continue to leverage our traditional analysis, qualitative insights and revenue estimates, to best position our portfolios.

Conclusion

We believe levels of municipal market volatility are likely to remain elevated over the next few months, and potentially longer. However, our seasoned team of analysts and portfolio managers have experienced difficult market periods in the past, and we are using that collective knowledge to navigate through this panic as well.

Drawing on our dedicated research team, we remain focused on issuers that we believe possess the ability to withstand prolonged declines in economic activity. We will also seek to leverage the flexibility provided across all of our municipal strategies to capitalize on the potential opportunities that market selloffs – particularly indiscriminate ones – can create.

What Are the Risks?

All investments involve risks, including possible loss of principal. All investments involve risks, including possible loss of principal. Because municipal bonds are sensitive to interest-rate movements, a municipal bond portfolio’s yield and value will fluctuate with market conditions. Bond prices generally move in the opposite direction of interest rates. Thus, as prices of bonds in an investment portfolio adjust to a rise in interest rates, the portfolio’s value may decline. Investments in lower-rated bonds include higher risk of default and loss of principal. Changes in the credit rating of a bond, or in the credit rating or financial strength of a bond’s issuer, insurer or guarantor, may affect the bond’s value.

1 On March 27, Congress passed the $2.2 trillion Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (CARES) Act. Thanks to the relief bill, the Fed now has the ability to purchase corporate and municipal bonds with maturities longer than six months in the amount of $454 billion, an amount which could increase over time.

Franklin Templeton Investments

Apr. 28, 2020




BBN: Taxable Munis Look Attractive At A Discount

Summary

Main Thesis

The purpose of this article is to evaluate the BlackRock Taxable Municipal Bond Trust (BBN) as an investment option at its current market price. While munis have come under a bit of pressure over the past week, I still believe the fundamental outlook is solid enough to warrant positions. A primary concern is the financial position of state and local governments, as the COVID-19 crisis has had a dramatic impact on government revenues. However, tax revenues have been increasing consistently, on the local level, over the past decade. This puts many municipalities in a reasonable position to withstand the current headwinds. Further, support from both the Federal Reserve and Congress to assist state and local governments during this time should prevent any wave of defaults hitting the muni sector. Finally, BBN in particular is a solid way to play the taxable sector. The fund has a marked discount to NAV, and continues to benefit from demand outside retail American investors, including large corporations and non-US investors.

Continue reading.

Seeking Alpha

Apr. 27, 2020




GASB Issues Guidance on Accounting for P3s.

Norwalk, CT, April 20, 2020 — The Governmental Accounting Standards Board (GASB) has issued new guidance to improve accounting and financial reporting for public-private and public-public partnership arrangements (commonly referred to as P3s) and availability payment arrangements (APAs).

Statement No. 94, Public-Private and Public-Public Partnerships and Availability Payment Arrangements, provides guidance for P3 arrangements, including those that are outside of the scope of the GASB’s existing literature for those transactions—namely Statement No. 60, Accounting and Financial Reporting for Service Concession Arrangements, and Statement No. 87, Leases. The Statement also makes certain improvements to the guidance previously included in Statement 60 and provides accounting and financial reporting guidance for APAs.

P3s

Statement 94 defines a P3 as an arrangement in which a government transferor contracts with a governmental or nongovernmental operator to provide public services by conveying control of the right to operate or use a nonfinancial asset, such as infrastructure or other capital asset—the underlying P3 asset—for a period of time in an exchange or exchange-like transaction.

Some P3s meet the definition of a service concession arrangement (SCA). The Statement carries forward the financial reporting requirements for SCAs that were included in Statement 60, with modifications to apply the more extensive requirements related to recognition and measurement of leases to SCAs.

P3s that meet the definition of a lease should apply the guidance in Statement 87, if existing assets of the transferor that are not required to be improved by the operator as part of the P3 arrangement are the only underlying P3 assets and the P3s do not meet the definition of an SCA.

This Statement provides specific guidance for all other P3s from the perspective of both a government that transfers rights to another party and governmental operators that receive those rights.

APAs

Statement 94 defines an APA as an arrangement in which a government compensates an operator for services that may include designing, constructing, financing, maintaining, or operating an underlying infrastructure or other nonfinancial asset for a period of time in an exchange or exchange-like transaction.

The Statement requires governments to account for APAs related to those activities and in which ownership of the asset transfers by the end of the contract as a financed purchase of the underlying infrastructure or other nonfinancial asset. It also requires a government to report an APA that is related to operating or maintaining a nonfinancial asset as an outflow of resources (for example, expense) in the period to which payments relate.

The Statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2022, and all reporting periods thereafter. Earlier application is encouraged. In light of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and the Board’s newly added project to consider postponing the effective dates of certain pronouncements, the Board extended the effective date for Statement 94 by one year from the date proposed in the Exposure Draft.




GASB Provides Guidance to Assist Stakeholders with Implementing Its Pronouncements.

Norwalk, CT, April 23, 2020 — The Governmental Accounting Standards Board (GASB) today issued implementation guidance containing questions and answers intended to clarify, explain, or elaborate on the implementation and application of certain GASB pronouncements.

Implementation Guide 2020-1, Implementation Guidance Update—2020, addresses new questions about application of the Board’s standards on multiple topics, including but not limited to:

Implementation Guide 2020-1 also includes amendments to previously issued implementation guidance. In addition, it delays the effective date of certain questions and answers that were originally published in Implementation Guide No. 2019-2, Fiduciary Activities, pending the completion of the GASB’s project on Certain Component Unit Criteria and Accounting and Financial Reporting for Section 457 Plans.

The requirements of Implementation Guide 2020-1 are primarily effective for reporting periods beginning after either June 15, 2021 or December 15, 2021. Those effective dates are one year later than is typical for an Implementation Guidance Update, consistent with the GASB’s proposed Statement, Postponement of the Effective Dates of Certain Authoritative Guidance. Early application is encouraged for guidance related to standards that already have been implemented. Please see the guide’s Effective Date and Transition section for additional details.




Oil Price Drop Brings Risk to Energy-Dependent Munis (Radio)

MUNIS in FOCUS: Eric Kazatsky, Senior U.S. Municipals Strategist for Bloomberg Intelligence, discusses Senator McConnell advocating state bankruptcy and risks to energy-dependent states. Hosted by Lisa Abramowicz and Paul Sweeney.

Play Episode

Bloomberg Radio

April 24, 2020




How U.S. Public Transit Can Survive Coronavirus.

Subway and bus systems in the U.S. face financial peril as ridership collapses due to lockdowns. To keep transit alive, here’s a playbook for immediate and long-term fixes.

Public transportation has been in a state of crisis since the coronavirus pandemic began. Ridership in major cities in the U.S., Europe and China is down by 50-90% from pre-crisis levels. Local taxes used to subsidize systems in America, such as sales taxes, have taken a big hit as well. Transit operators are running out of money quickly. While the federal government has allocated $25 billion in emergency aid to help cover operational losses, the next six months will still present an enormous financial challenge to local agencies as they struggle to attract riders back onto buses and subways and continue capital projects.

As urban research scholars specializing in public transit costs, we worry that this dynamic could result in damaging decision-making. Historically, it has been during times of crisis that agencies have deferred maintenance, cut service and canceled expansion projects. It’s these choices, made under extreme duress, that have crippled American transit agencies before.

But there is a way forward. We offer these pathways for saving transit, immediately and into the future.

Continue reading.

CITY LAB

by ALON LEVY & ERIC GOLDWYN

APRIL 24, 2020




School Facilities Implications for COVID‐19 Response: Orrick

When the current wave of cases has subsided, social distancing measures will relax and, eventually schools will reopen. There is no guarantee or even strong likelihood that an effective treatment, prophylaxis, or vaccine will be available or widely deployed at that point. Schools will reopen with the strong possibility of subsequent waves of infection as strong or stronger than the wave we are currently experiencing. Schools will continue to play an active role in the public health fight against such subsequent waves by developing and implementing social distancing protocols and effective protocols for responding to infections in the school community. These ongoing public health requirements have implications for the school district’s facilities. This article tries to anticipate some of those implications and to note where available bond dollars could be put to use.

Read more.

Orrick Public Finance Alert | April.23.2020




Getting Familiar with Education Sector Municipal Debt.

Believe it or not, schools are the second-largest public infrastructure investment in America behind transportation. For investors, getting familiar with education-sector municipal debt is crucial for understanding this massive segment of the market.

Colleges and universities rely on municipal debt for capital improvement programs, such as expanding campus facilities, at a time when post-secondary enrollment is beginning to decline. Demographic trends suggest this pattern will continue due to lower birth rates and the skyrocketing costs of post-secondary education.

Let’s take a look at the current status of the education sector of the municipal debt market and explore the opportunities and challenges the sector presents for investors.

Continue reading.

municipalbonds.com

by Sam Bourgi

Apr 22, 2020




Fitch Updates Coronavirus Scenarios for U.S. Airports Portfolio.

Fitch Ratings-New York-21 April 2020: Fitch Ratings has developed revised coronavirus rating and sensitivity scenarios for U.S. airports to reflect airline decisions and the greater reductions being experienced in passenger traffic, in the order of 90% or higher across most U.S. airports. These scenarios incorporate the increased concern that impact on air travel from this health crisis will be deeper and more prolonged, and combined with the resulting effects on the underlying economy will cause a less robust recovery that may extend beyond 2022, according to Fitch Ratings.

The coronavirus has already resulted in sharp economic contractions both in the U.S. and globally, affecting demand for air travel at a rate never seen in past shock events such as pandemic outbreaks or terrorist attacks. Airlines ranging from global network carriers to those concentrated on domestic-focused routes have taken most flights out of service. This action will last at least through the full 2Q20 and likely for most of the 2H20 as well. Even with early discussions underway to have limited reopenings of the national or local-level economies, return of a more normalized air travel environment remains unclear.

Both the airports and air carriers have received varying levels of financial assistance from the federal government in the magnitude of tens of billions of dollars. These funds provide near-term protections to address massive revenue losses for both sectors. However this liquidity infusion is not going to support longer term needs should the pandemic result in a persistent severe global recession.

Key Assumptions
As a result of the negative environment facing airports, Fitch has revised its key enplaned passenger assumptions into three new cases as compared to two initial coronavirus scenarios published in the Non-Rating Action Commentary released on March 23, 2020 (http://www.fitchratings.com/site/pr/10115357). The three cases are labelled as the Coronavirus Rating Case, Coronavirus Sensitivity Case and the Coronavirus Severe Sensitivity Case. The differences for each case focus on the severity of the 2020 traffic reduction when compared to base year 2019 as well as the level of initial recovery in 2021 through the next several years. Recognizing there are different fiscal year periods for each airport, the assumed traffic levels will be accordingly adjusted.

Rating Case
–For calendar year 2020 Fitch assumes an overall enplanement decline of approximately 50% relative to 2019 actual levels based on the following assumptions of quarterly traffic activity starting in the 2Q period: 2Q20 (-90%); 3Q20 (-60%) and 4Q20 (-30%);
–For calendar years 2021 and 2022, Fitch assumes recoveries to -15% and -5%, respectively, relative to 2019 levels;
–Following 2022, Fitch assumes 100% traffic recovery followed by a moderate level of continued traffic growth of 2% per annum

Sensitivity Case
–For calendar year 2020 Fitch assumes an overall enplanement decline of approximately 60% relative to
2019 actual levels based on a one-quarter delay in the initial recovery process as reflected in the
following assumptions: 2Q20 (-90%); 3Q20 (-75%) and 4Q20 (-60%);
–For calendar years 2021 and 2022, Fitch assumes recoveries to -20% and -5%, respectively, relative to
2019 levels;
–Following 2022, Fitch assumes 100% traffic recovery followed by a moderate level of continued traffic
growth of 2% per annum.

Severe Sensitivity Case
–For calendar years 2020 and 2021, Fitch assumes the same degree of enplanement declines and initial
recovery as the Sensitivity Case above; however, the timeline to a full recovery to 2019 levels is only
reached by 2024;
–For calendar years 2022 and 2023, Fitch assumes a 4% annual growth in enplanements relative to the
prior year;
–For calendar year 2024, Fitch assumes 100% traffic recovery to 2019 levels followed by a moderate
level of continued traffic growth of 2% per annum.

Contact:

Seth Lehman
Senior Director
+1-212-908-0755
Fitch Ratings, Inc.
33 Whitehall St
New York, NY 10004

Jeffrey Lack
Director
+1-312-368-3171

Media Relations: Sandro Scenga, New York, Tel: +1 212 908 0278, Email: sandro.scenga@thefitchgroup.com

Additional information is available on www.fitchratings.com




S&P Credit FAQ: A Review Of Transportation Criteria: Liquidity And Debt Service Coverage In Light Of COVID-19

Table of Contents

Frequently Asked Questions

The virtual collapse of demand levels for many transportation infrastructure providers as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic is focusing attention on their liquidity, reserves, financial flexibility, and projected financial performance. As we evaluate the magnitude and impact of these severe volume declines on issuers in the context of a global recession, key metrics outlined in our criteria and other financial flexibility measures provide a critical, forward-looking view of how long the enterprise can operate while meeting near- and longer-term financial obligations. Importantly, understanding these measures of liquidity, including how we view unrestricted versus restricted assets, days’ cash on hand, cash burn rates, and debt service coverage (DSC), as well other adjustments, provides the market with uniform benchmarks to allow comparative analysis at a time when management teams are proactively using all available tools to meet their obligations.

In this commentary, we review these key metrics and their significance to our assessment of overall credit quality, addressing how external support or liquidity injections, such as federal grants from the CARES Act made available to airport and transit operators, will be incorporated into our analysis, and examining how other cash flow analysis can be useful in the coming months.

Continue reading.




S&P: 18 Utility Rating Outlooks Revised To Stable From Positive Due To Pandemic, Recession Uncertainty

NEW YORK (S&P Global Ratings) April 23, 2020–S&P Global Ratings revised its outlook to stable from positive and affirmed its various long-term ratings on 18 public utility credits (see table below).

“The outlook revisions have been predicated on a combination of factors, including uncertainty surrounding the local service area economy in light of the recession,” said S&P Global Ratings credit analyst Edward McGlade. While these outlook revisions apply to credits that previously carried positive outlooks, they correspond with the negative outlook revision we took on the entire Public Utilities Sector on April 1, 2020, which highlighted the sector’s vulnerability to the potential negative economic effects presented by the COVID-19 pandemic.

We consider increased pressures on the service area economies and each utility’s financial profile due to social distancing measures and persistent fears of the spread of the COVID-19 virus, as a social factor under our environmental, social and governance (ESG) factor assessment.

Continue reading.




S&P: Tourism-Dependent U.S. States Could Face Credit Pressure From COVID-19's Outsized Effects On The Industry

Table of Contents

Key Takeaways

Continue reading.




Fed to Name Participants in Cares Act-Backed Loan Programs.

The Federal Reserve will disclose the names of borrowers from several of its emergency lending facilities backed by U.S. taxpayer money from the $2.2 trillion coronavirus rescue bill, following congressional pressure for transparency.

The Fed said on Thursday that it will publish the names and details of participants in its facilities set up in the CARES Act, as well as the amounts that were borrowed and the interest rate charged on its website at least every 30 days. It will also report the overall costs, revenues and fees of each of the facilities.

“The Federal Reserve is committed to transparency and accountability by providing the public and Congress detailed information about our actions to support the economy during this difficult time,” Chairman Jerome Powell said in a statement.

The central bank won’t immediately disclose borrowers in three programs linked to short-term funding programs instituted before the Cares Act to help stem the economic crisis from the outbreak.

Lawmakers from both parties had been pressing the Fed to spell out which companies were getting assistance, in an effort to make sure that taxpayer money was going where it was intended. There has also been growing public frustration that small businesses had been beaten to funds by bigger companies with better access to banks and lawyers. Congress is debating another multi-billion dollar spending package to re-start that program, which is not being run by the Fed.

‘Significant Victory’

“This is a significant victory for the public,” tweeted Bharat Ramamurti, a member of the Congressional watchdog appointed to scrutinize implementation of the Fed and Treasury’s virus-relief work. “We will need to look carefully at the first report to see if other information is needed but this is a very good step.”

As part of the Cares Act signed into law late last month, the Fed established programs aimed at lending to small and mid-size businesses, states and municipalities. Several of those six facilities are not yet up and running.

It will not apply the same disclosure terms to the three Fed facilities launched prior to the passage of the Cares Act — the Primary Dealer Credit Facility, the Money Market Mutual Fund Liquidity Facility and the Commercial Paper Funding Facility — which collectively have lent out more than $80 billion as of April 22, the latest date for which data is available.

Congress appropriated $454 billion in the Cares Act to support lending efforts by the central bank that can be leveraged into trillions of dollars of credit. The Fed is setting up its emergency programs under Section 13-3 of the Federal Reserve Act, which outlines rules for disclosure of loan details to Congress.

Stigma Risk

The Fed did not disclose individual borrower details in its facilities following the 2008 financial crisis until it was forced to do so by the courts after a lawsuit brought by Bloomberg LP, the owner of Bloomberg News. Its reluctance to make such information public stems from the concern that it may incite market panic or disincentivize borrowers from taking advantage of the programs for fear of resulting stigma.

“If the threshold for them is that they won’t take the money if people know they took the money, then it seems like they don’t need the money,” Marcus Stanley, policy director of Americans for Financial Reform, said before the Fed’s announcement.

The PDCF loans to U.S. government bond dealers. The MMMLF is working with banks to help money funds meet redemption demands. The CPFF is directly financing the short-term IOUs of U.S. corporations. The Fed regards the markets around these programs as systemically critical to financial stability.

Powell will request confidentiality for those three when he submits information to Congress and the Fed will eventually disclose borrowers when the programs close, according to the Fed.

The Fed is still working on disclosure policies for the Term Asset-Backed Securities Loan Facility, designed to assist the flow of credit to consumers and the Paycheck Protection Program Lending Facility, which supports loans to small businesses to encourage them to keep workers on the payroll.

On the Main Street lending facilities, aimed at firms with 10,000 employers or less, the Fed will disclose both borrowers and bank intermediaries. The same approach will hold for the TALF if the Fed chooses immediate disclosure.

Bloomberg Markets

By Catarina Saraiva and Craig Torres

April 23, 2020, 11:30 AM PDT Updated on April 23, 2020, 2:35 PM PDT

— With assistance by Saleha Mohsin




Developing Public Finance Concerns in the COVID-19 Era.

INTRODUCTION

The COVID-19 global pandemic presents unprecedented financial, operational and other challenges for participants in the public finance industry. The situation is extremely fluid and new developments occur almost daily. The response by local governments, lenders, borrowers, trustees and underwriters to the unique issues that they will face will have to be tailored to specific circumstances and incorporate “best practices” as they arise. This alert will touch upon three primary areas of impact identified in this early phase of the pandemic. This alert does not address certain Federal relief programs that are available to 501(c)(3) entities.

SELECTED FEDERAL TAX ISSUES

Financing Vehicles to Address Cash Flow Deficits and Working Capital Needs

A loss of expected revenue, such as sales taxes and other taxes or assessments in the case of municipalities and other local governments, or operational revenues, in the case of 501(c)(3) conduit borrowers, can result in shortfalls in budgets. Certain financing vehicles provide tools to address these shortfalls on a tax-exempt basis.

Cash Flow Deficit Financings. Federal tax law has long permitted the issuance of tax-exempt tax or revenue anticipation notes, generally on a short-term basis, to finance a cumulative cash flow deficit. These obligations are sized taking into account, on a monthly basis, the available amounts of revenues, the anticipated expenses and a permitted working capital reserve that results in a cumulative cash flow deficit. The term is typically limited to 13 months and certain rebate accounting can be avoided by sizing the obligations to cover a deficit that occurs within six months of the date of issuance of the obligations.

Extraordinary Working Capital Financings. Federal tax law also permits the financing of certain extraordinary working capital expenditures without regard to a cash flow deficit. These are expenditures for extraordinary, nonrecurring items that are not customarily payable from current revenues, such as casualty losses or extraordinary legal judgments in amounts in excess of reasonable insurance coverage. The scope of “extraordinary” in the context of the COVID-19 pandemic is not clear. In particular, because the definition focuses on expenditures, it is not certain whether an unexpected loss of revenue will meet this provision. Guidance from the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) on the scope of the extraordinary working capital definition is being sought by the National Association of Bond Lawyers (NABL).

Prior to 2016 there was no stated term limit for extraordinary working capital obligations; the term is now also limited to 13 months. These extraordinary expenditures can also be the subject of a reimbursement borrowing, where proceeds of the obligations are used to reimburse the issuer for expenditures made before the date of issuance of the obligations. Generally, the issuer must adopt a reimbursement resolution within 60 days of the expenditure being made to have a valid reimbursement.

Beginning in 2016, IRS permitted by regulations the issuance of long-term working capital obligations, including extraordinary working capital borrowings. The 2016 rules require the issuer (i) on the issue date to determine the first fiscal year following the 13 month period after date of issue in which it reasonably expects to have available amounts (the “first testing year”), which must be within 5 years of the date of issuance; (ii)beginning in the first testing year and each fiscal year thereafter, to determine the available amount as of the first day of each fiscal year; and(iii) within 90 days of the start of each fiscal year, to apply that amount (or if less, the available amount on the date of the required redemption or investment) to redeem and/or invest in “eligible tax-exempt bonds,” up to the amount of the outstanding working capital bonds. These rules effectively require the bond documents to include a provision requiring a call or mandatory partial prepayment from surplus revenues, unless the issuer can acquire certain outstanding bonds.

Forbearance and Reissuance Matters

Issuers and conduit borrowers of outstanding tax-exempt obligations who face financial pressures as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic may consider seeking assistance from their lenders in the form of forbearance or restructuring of their outstanding obligations. While lenders may be amenable to making certain changes, the parties to these obligations should keep in mind that modifications may cause the obligations to be treated as reissued for federal tax purposes. Unless appropriate steps are taken, the reissuance can result in an outstanding obligation being deemed a new taxable obligation under Section 1001 of the Internal Revenue Code. Reissuance can also have gain or loss implications for the lenders.

When Does a Forbearance or Other Loan Modification Trigger Reissuance for Tax Purposes?  The tax regulations under Section 1001 look to whether there has been a modification of one or more terms of a debt instrument and whether that modification is significant. The general rule for significant modification under the regulations is not particularly helpful; it provides that a modification is a significant modification only if, based on all facts and circumstances, the legal rights or obligations that are altered and the degree to which they are altered is economically significant. Fortunately, the regulations provide safe harbors for certain types of modifications.

Absent a change in another term of the debt instrument, a temporary forbearance by the lender, i.e., an agreement to stay collection or temporarily waive an acceleration clause or similar default right, is not a modification that triggers reissuance unless and until the forbearance remains in effect for a period that exceeds (i) two years after the issuer’s initial failure to perform and (ii) any additional period during which the parties conduct good faith negotiations or during which the issuer is in a title 11 bankruptcy or similar case. If the negotiations result in a change in terms of the instrument, a reissuance analysis of that change is required.

If a change in interest rate results in a change in the annual yield of a tax-exempt bond by more than the greater of ¼ of one percent or 5% of the annual yield of the unmodified instrument, there will be a reissuance.

A change in the timing of payments under a debt instrument is significant if it results in a material deferral, taking into account the length of the deferral, the original term, and the amount of the payments. The regulations provide a safe harbor deferral period, beginning on the original due date of the first scheduled payment that is deferred and extending for a period equal to the lesser of 5 years or 50% of the original term of the debt instrument. A deferral that fits within this safe harbor does not trigger a reissuance.

In addition, a modification that adds, deletes or alters customary accounting or financial covenants is not treated as a significant modification that triggers a reissuance. The substitution of new collateral for existing collateral of a tax-exempt bond may cause a reissuance, if it changes payment expectations. A change in payment expectations may occur if there is a substantial enhancement or substantial impairment of an issuer’s capacity to meet its payment obligations.

Other Considerations.  The regulations under Section 1001 should be consulted when addressing any proposed modification of the term of tax-exempt obligations. Because a reissuance is treated as an exchange of one debt instrument for another, it may be possible to maintain the tax-exemption of reissued debt as a current refunding of the original debt, by meeting all the requirements imposed by the Internal Revenue Code for refunding bonds. At a minimum, the issuer will need to file a new Form 8038 for the reissued bonds. In the case of conduit bonds, this will require that the actual issuer be involved in the transaction. An agreement to modify a debt instrument between just the conduit borrower and the lender/bondholder may result in the new debt instrument being taxable because it is not treated as issued by a state or local government.

SELECTED COVENANT COMPLIANCE ISSUES

If an issuer or conduit borrower experiences cash flow or other operational issues as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, the impact can be expected to ripple through to its debt obligations. The effect on each party will be specific to the terms of any particular transaction, including the type of security granted, the financial covenants and other tests that must be met, and how an event of default is triggered. The following highlights certain issues that may arise.

Covenant Compliance.  Issuers and conduit borrowers should be familiar with all the financial and other covenants in their loan and bond documents, including debt service coverage and liquidity ratios, minimum performance benchmarks and whether a debt service reserve tap triggers an event of default. While some covenant provisions provide opportunities to cure, others trigger immediate defaults. Due to current circumstances, it may be difficult for obligors to respond quickly to cash flow or minimum covenant issues that may cause a technical default under the related documents, although the obligor continues to meet its debt service payments. In certain instances, modifications to covenants may be the best route, but could have federal tax implications, some of which are noted above.

Events of Default and Remedies.  Although events of default and remedies are deal-specific, there are some general considerations to be taken into account. Any forbearance arrangement can have federal tax implications, as noted above. The applicable documents may contain cross-default and acceleration provisions. The remedy of specific performance may be impracticable in light of current circumstances, particularly in the context of subject to annual appropriation financings. “Material adverse effect” clauses that trigger defaults are often drafted ambiguously and may be the subject of dispute.

Other Considerations.  Obtaining requisite consent to modifications to debt documents from bondholders may prove complicated when bonds are widely owned and held in book-entry-only format, particularly in transactions involving a trustee who may act only at the direction of bondholders.

SELECTED DISCLOSURE ISSUES

Issuers and conduit borrowers face unique considerations in addressing the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on their financial position, operations and expectations when preparing a disclosure document related to their debt obligations and in evaluating their obligations under Rule 15(c)2-12 (“Rule”) of the Securities Exchange Commission (SEC) and their written continuing disclosure undertakings. The following highlights selected concerns.

Primary Disclosure Document Considerations.  There is currently no specific guidance from the SEC or the National Association of Bond Lawyers on how to address the impact of COVID-19 in primary disclosure documents and “best practices” in this regard will likely develop over time. Each transaction gives rise to its own unique circumstances in the context of disclosure and issuers and conduit borrowers must evaluate the disclosures to be made in the context of their obligations under the anti-fraud provisions of applicable securities laws. This is made more difficult because of the uncertainty surrounding the COVID-19 crisis, including its duration. Although market participants are aware of this uncertainty, issuers and conduit borrowers should not rely on this “general” knowledge when evaluating the disclosures to be made. In addition, under the Rule, an obligated person must disclose in its offering documents a failure to comply with its continuing disclosure obligations during the prior five years. Offering documents may now have to include an explanation of why a late filing was made due to the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Continuing Disclosure Considerations.  During a webinar presented on March 19, 2020 by the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board (MSRB), two key questions were addressed by Ahmed Abonamah, deputy director of the SEC’s Office of Municipal Securities and David Hodapp, assistant general counsel of the MSRB: (1) can the SEC provide relief for late filings due to extenuating circumstances arising from the COVID-19; and (2) should an obligated person file a voluntary general event notice about COVID-19 on the MSRB’s Electronic Municipal Market Access website (“EMMA”), including to report that its offices are closed to the public and that personnel is working remotely. From the reported discussion of these questions on the webinar, the following summarizes the responses:

Obligated persons should be familiar with all of the reporting requirements in their written undertakings, which may trigger notice events in specific circumstances in addition to the material events listed in the undertaking. Among matters, obligated persons should take care to closely follow the ratings of their debt obligations. The SEC has previously indicated in adopting statements for amendments to the Rule that a ratings watch or outlook change is not a reportable event. Depending on the particular undertaking, matters relating to a spike in rates for variable rate instruments, failed remarketings and commercial paper roll overs may trigger a reporting event. For undertakings entered into after February 28, 2019, a notice event may be triggered if an existing privately-placed obligation is modified. Finally, COVID-19 impacts may trigger material events for which notice is required.

As noted at the outset, this is a developing and evolving situation and the proper response will, in large part, be fact specific for each market participant. This alert is only intended to highlight selected matters to be considered in the context of the COVID-19 pandemic. Members of the Greenspoon Marder Public Finance Department are available to provide guidance in these and other matters that arise as we all navigate these unusual times together.

Greenspoon Marder LLP

USA April 22 2020




Can the Municipal Bond Market Weather the Coronavirus Storm?

The U.S. Federal Reserve is stepping in to toss a life preserve to the bond markets, including corporate debt and high yield, but few may have seen municipal bonds seeking help. Local government debt is perceived as some of the safest debt, but the coronavirus pandemic is raining on that safe haven parade.

“With local economies grinding to a virtual halt, businesses closed and more than 22 million Americans thrown out of work, the fallout is rippling through the $3.9 trillion markets that finances far more than just governments that virtually never default on their debts,” a Bloomberg report said. “Hospitals, airports, stadiums and speculative ventures like the Virgin Trains USA railroad in Florida have also sold debt through government agencies — and it’s backed by the money generated by their businesses.”

The report went on to state that a wave of defaults could follow, but whether it’s low tide or tsunami depends on how quickly local governments can recover in a post-coronavirus environment.

Continue reading.

ETF TRENDS

by BEN HERNANDEZ on APRIL 20, 202




Robots Bought Munis Amid Record Sell-Off’s ‘Baptism of Fire’

In March, Jason Diefenthaler, director of tax-exempt portfolio management at Wasmer Schroeder, noticed something.

On a typical morning, the Naples, Florida-based money manager would get 25 bids each for the 50 to 300 municipal bonds he put up for sale to dealers. Now, he was getting two to five and they weren’t coming from Wall Street. Instead, independent firms that use algorithms to respond to thousands of auctions, were providing the best bids and buying bonds.

“Legacy dealers that we were accustomed to seeing step in were pulling back from all the volatility,” Diefenthaler said.

The liquidity crisis peaked in mid-March as fears about the economic impact of the coronavirus pandemic unleashed an unprecedented $40 billion stampede out of municipal-bond mutual funds during a two-week period. With Wall Street dealers’ inventories of unwanted securities swelling and traders focused on executing large trades for their biggest clients, algorithmic trading firms stepped in to make markets in smaller “odd-lot” bonds. These blocks of $100,000 or less make up 80% of secondary market trades.

On March 19, at the height of the sell-off, the number of unique bonds put up for auction in the secondary market rose to 32,000, triple the average. Headlands Tech Global Markets LLC, an affiliate of Headlands Technologies LLC, a Chicago-based quantitative trading firm, responded to 20,000 offerings, executing 4,400 trades, Chief Executive Officer Matt Andresen said in an interview. In March, the firm averaged 4,700 trades a day, compared with 1,600 in February.

“Our activity exploded,” Andresen said. “We knew this was a chance to really make our name in a baptism of fire.”

Nevada-based Sierra Pacific Securities LLC’s trading volume increased two to three times, reaching more than 1,000 trades a day, said Jarrod Dean, the firm’s co-president. New York-based Brownstone Investment Group LLC’s said its daily portfolio turnover, a measure of trading activity, reached as high as 20% in March.

Quantitative trading firms like Headlands, Sierra Pacific and Brownstone crunch more than a decades worth of data to build pricing models for hundreds of thousands of municipal bonds that rarely trade. Wall Street banks also employ machines to trade the smaller pieces of debt that prevail in the retail-oriented municipal market.

They bid each day on thousands of securities put up for sale on electronic platforms like ICE Bonds, Tradeweb Markets Inc. and MarketAxess Holdings Inc. After purchasing the bonds, the firms turn around and offer them seeking to capture a profit.

The $3.9 trillion municipal market still largely functions through over-the-counter trading where mutual funds, insurance companies and wealth managers place orders over the phone directly with dealers. However, electronic trading is growing, with 12% to 15% done that way, Greenwich Associates estimated last year.

The average daily volume of municipal-bond trades on Tradeweb rose to about $400 million in March, a 44.8% increase from a year earlier, the company reported. MarketAxess reported an average of $61 million traded in March, triple the prior year. ICE Bonds, a unit of Intercontinental Exchange doesn’t report trading volume.

Firms using a pricing algorithm picked up a larger share of trades on Tradeweb in March, said John Cahalane, head of Tradeweb Direct, the company’s retail trading platform. He declined to share specifics.

“If you didn’t have some kind of suggested pricing or algorithmic pricing, you couldn’t possibly have been responding to just the sheer number of requests for quotes,” Cahalane said. “If there was an advantage the algo firms had during that period, it was the ability to be present.”

Yet, some investors said they saw a noticeable decline in bidding by algorithmic traders during the extremely volatile period. With too many sellers at once and buyers scarce, prices went into free-fall and closely-watched trading relationships went haywire. On March 23, yields on five-year municipal bonds skyrocketed to 6.5 times yields those on Treasuries of the same maturity, almost three times the peak during the 2008 financial crisis.

“Their presence in the market at times of volatility has diminished,” said Lyle Fitterer, co-head of municipal investments at Baird Advisors, said of algo firms. “They don’t take a tremendous amount of capital risk.”

The pullback by computer traders was more evident among banks that use them, not independent firms, said Ben Pease, Head of Municipal Trading at Breckinridge Capital Advisors Inc., which oversees $40 billion assets. The average number of bids Breckinridge received on odd-lot bonds from major bank algos dropped by almost half during the weeks of March 9 and March 16 from the prior two weeks, he said. On average, they bid on about 30% of Breckinridge’s thousands of items, down from about 75%, he said.

“My feeling is that banks were selectively allocating their remaining capital, which ultimately reduced bids for the extensive numbers of odd lots and small blocks seeking liquidity,” Pease said. “‘Pure’ algo shops provided more liquidity when it was needed, albeit at a higher cost.”

The cost to trade investment-grade state and local government bonds maturing between 5 and 10 years rose to almost 2.6 percentage point on March 25 as all dealers demanded more compensation for the risk of taking debt onto their balance sheets, according to BondWave, a financial technology company.

Headlands was able to balance its buying and selling throughout the month, Andresen said. Computers enabled the firm to react to the market and update prices in real time. The market value of the firm’s portfolio was just under $1 billion at its peak in March.

“It was definitely harrowing,” said Andresen, a former co-chief executive at Citadel Securities, who founded Headlands in 2010. “Your P&L will swing around and your portfolio will swing around. We’re not going to panic, we’re not going to drop out of the market.”

Bloomberg Markets

By Martin Z Braun

April 20, 2020, 8:22 AM PDT Updated on April 20, 2020, 4:00 PM PDT




Two New Muni-Bond Delinquencies Triggered by Coronavirus Crisis.

Two new municipal-bond delinquencies have emerged, both of which appear to be triggered by the Covid-19 crisis, according to the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board, the regulator for municipal bonds.

The first is for Massachusetts Development Finance Agency Health Care Facility Revenue Bonds, Series 2007A, Series 2007C, Series 2007D, Series 2007E, and Series 2007F, and Series 2010. The proceeds were used to fund the Lafayette Rehabilitation and Skilled Nursing Facility and the Fairhaven Healthcare Center. The interest payment due on April 15 wasn’t paid, the agency said in a filing.

The second delinquency was for the City of Topeka, Kan., Economic Development Refunding Revenue Bonds, Series 2011A, which originally funded the YMCA of Topeka’s new recreation center. “Recently, the overall revenue of the Topeka Y has dropped, impairing the ability of the Topeka Y to properly fund the Series 2011A Bonds,” the YMCA said in a filing.

On April 14, a bond issued by the City of Terre Haute, Ind., is believed to be the first municipal default disclosure related to disruptions caused by the novel coronavirus.

Barron’s

By Leslie P. Norton

April 21, 2020 2:25 pm ET




The Coronavirus Crisis Is Starting to Hit Muni Bonds. Why That Matters.

Delinquencies in the municipal market—already on the rise as counties and cities get squeezed by the coronavirus crisis—are likely to worsen amid soaring unemployment, rising alarm about stressed municipalities, and Federal conflict about aid. This could lead to pernicious consequences for investors, who rely on muni bonds for safety and income, as well as for the people who rely on the multitude of city services—such as schools, hospitals, transportation, and sewers—that these bonds finance.

This week, Sen. Majority Leader Mitch McConnell said he supports the idea of allowing states to use bankruptcy protection to reduce debts instead of supporting them with more federal aid. Trouble is, most cities and states can’t operate on deficit spending and the law currently prohibits bankruptcy for states.

Meanwhile, Congress approved a $484 billion coronavirus rescue package , which included no funding for state and local governments.

Continue reading.

Barron’s

By Leslie P. Norton

April 24, 2020 6:30 pm ET




Tax-Exempt Bond Tools for Governments Facing Cash Flow Challenges.

With their taxpayers facing financial difficulties from Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID-19), state and local governments may in turn face temporary cash flow disruptions. To alleviate these disruptions, governmental entities may want to consider short term tax-exempt working capital financings permitted by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code). Revenue Anticipation Notes (RANs) or Tax Anticipation Notes (TANs, collectively, TRANs) are designed to cover short-term mismatches between revenues and expenses. Some governmental entities use these tools on a regular basis, but others may be missing out, particularly now, on the benefits of these tools. This Alert is intended to help governmental entities avail themselves of these short-term borrowing options.

The Concept

Every state and local government assesses and imposes taxes, whether sales taxes, ad valorem property taxes, wage taxes, or personal and business income taxes. Some of these taxes produce cash flow reasonably consistently through the year. Others come in in large, predictable receipts. State and local governments also receive other revenue, some on a predictable schedule, some not. Every state and local government has rather predictable working capital costs, the timing of which may not vary as much as the timing of its revenue receipts. This mismatch creates a need for short-term borrowing to pay budgeted expenses before the budgeted revenues are received; a need that may be met with TRANs.

When the economy grinds to a sudden halt, state and local governments are forced to reevaluate their budgets and their related cash flow needs and expectations and may determine that they would benefit from a short-term working capital borrowing in anticipation of revenue to be received later. For example, these entities may defer the timely payment of taxes causing a mismatch between revenues and expenses not previously experienced. This is another potential use for TRANs.

Additional incentive for issuing TRANs may be the added liquidity feature offered by the Federal Reserve. As discussed in an April 10 GT Alert, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System launched a Municipal Liquidity Facility, which will purchase up to $500 billion of TRANS and other short-term notes from states and certain local governments.

Applicable Rules

Governmental Purpose

Borrowing to meet cash flow requirements of a governmental operations budget is a governmental purpose that generally may be financed with tax-exempt bonds. The rules that limit the ability of a state or local government to borrow for working capital needs are the rules related to arbitrage and rebate.

The Arbitrage and Rebate Rules

The arbitrage rules restrict how many bonds may be issued, when they may be issued, and how long they may remain outstanding. If too many bonds are issued, or if bonds are outstanding longer or issued earlier than they are needed, the bonds will be treated as an over-issuance and will be taxable arbitrage bonds (the Over-Issuance Rule).

Additionally, two arbitrage rules place investment restrictions on proceeds of the bonds and certain other amounts. The first rule generally restricts the yield on unspent proceeds of the bonds and on amounts available to repay the bonds (collectively, gross proceeds) to a yield that is not materially higher than the yield on the issue (the “Yield-Restriction Rule”). The second rule generally requires that in most circumstances investment earnings above the yield be “rebated” or paid to the U.S. Treasury (the Rebate Rule). Typically, if gross proceeds of a tax-exempt bond are subject to the Yield-Restriction Rule, they will not be invested at a return that generates a rebate obligation under the Rebate Rule. Because in some investment environments it may be difficult to invest gross proceeds below the yield on the issue, the Yield-Restriction Rule permits higher yielding investments during the period when the gross proceeds would be expected to be spent or held (each, a temporary period). During these “temporary periods” there may be excess investment earnings that will be subject to the Rebate Rule, unless an exception to the Rebate Rule applies.

How the Rules Apply to TRANs

The Over-Issuance Rule limits when, how much, and for how long a state or local government may borrow for working capital purposes on a tax-exempt basis. Under this rule, a bond that qualifies for a “temporary period” under the Yield Restriction Rule will not violate the Over-Issuance Rule. However, in applying the Over-Issuance Rule, as well as in applying the Yield Restriction Rule and the Rebate Rule, the Code treats tax-exempt proceeds as spent on working capital only if there are no other amounts available to be spent for such purpose (the Proceeds Spent Last Rule). Each of the applicable rules is explored below.

Under the Yield Restriction Rule, an issuer that issues a TRAN may benefit from a 13-month “temporary period” during which the issuer may invest the proceeds of the TRAN at an unrestricted yield provided that the proceeds of the TRAN are expected to be used for expenses within 13 months. A longer period of two years is permitted for TANS if (a) the TAN is reasonably expected to be paid from tax revenues from one fiscal year, and (b) the TAN matures by the earlier of two years or 60 days after the last date for timely payment of those taxes. Under the Rebate Rule, there is an exception that permits an issuer to keep arbitrage earned if all gross proceeds are spent within six months of the issue date. There is also statutory safe harbor for determining if the TRAN meets the six-month exception to the Rebate Rule. That safe harbor (the Six Month Safe Harbor) applies if the actual cumulative deficit, as described below, exceeds 90 percent of the proceeds of the TRANs within six months after issuance.

Under the Proceeds Spent Last Rule, proceeds will be treated as spent for working capital expenditures only after other available amounts (in the case of working capital expenditures, revenues and taxes available for that purpose) are spent. To apply this rule, a governmental entity must consider its expected available revenues (including any amounts unspent from the prior year) and expected expenditures to determine the amount of cash flow deficit that may be financed with a TRAN. In making this computation, the issuer generally is permitted to disregard a reasonable working capital reserve, generally equal to 5 percent of the prior fiscal year’s actual working capital expenditures. However, in applying the Six Month Safe Harbor to rebate, a governmental entity is not permitted to disregard a reasonable working capital reserve.

The small issuer exception to the Rebate Rule may also apply. Ordinarily, this rule applies if the governmental entity reasonably expects, as of the issue date, that it will not issue during the calendar year more than an aggregate face amount of tax-exempt governmental bonds of $5 million, or the issuer does not in fact issue more than such amount during the calendar year.

Additionally, a TRAN will not be considered outstanding longer than is reasonably necessary, under the anti-abuse rules in the regulations, if the final maturity date is not later than the applicable temporary period, generally 13 months.

Computation Example

Governmental entity has $2 million available cash for working capital expenditures at the start of the fiscal year. Its prior year’s actual working capital expenditures were $33 million, which means the governmental entity may set aside a reasonable working capital reserve of $1.65 million (5% x $33 million), which it will finance from the $2 million available cash. The governmental entity receives a small portion of its revenues throughout the year, but generally it receives its tax revenues in Months 2 and 3. In this hypothetical, the governmental entity permits taxpayers an additional 90 days to timely pay taxes to accommodate financial difficulties that its taxpayers are facing from COVID-19 shutdowns. The entity also expects more late payment of taxes than in prior years, resulting in a large portion of taxes expected to be received in Month 7. Thus, most of the tax revenues will be received in Months 5 and 6, leaving the governmental entity with significant cash shortfall in Months 2 and 3. The governmental entity intends to finance that shortfall with TRANs that is issued in Month 1 and that matures in Month 11.

Greenberg Traurig LLP – Rebecca L. Caldwell-Harrigal and Vanessa Albert Lowry

April 17 2020




XBRL US Data Quality Committee Public Exposure of 12th Ruleset.

US GAAP and IFRS filers, investors, XBRL providers encouraged to participate

The XBRL US Data Quality Committee (DQC) has published its 12th Ruleset for a 45-day public review and comment period, which closes on June 1, 2020. DQC rules aid US GAAP and IFRS issuers in preparing consistent, error-free financials, by providing automated checks that test an XBRL-formatted financial statement prior to SEC submission. Issuers that use the rules can find and correct errors, to ensure that regulators and investors are provided with good quality data and the most accurate view of corporate financial health. Access the public review: https://xbrl.us/data-quality/rules-guidance/public-review/

The latest Ruleset contains three new rules for US GAAP filers which alert filers to situations where: 1) an invalid value was reported for a percentage item; 2) values on Maturity Schedules were not tagged correctly; and 3) scale is not correct for values reported for common stock outstanding. The Ruleset also augments the existing US GAAP Negative Value rule with additional concepts to help filers guard against signage problems.

Ruleset 12 also contains two new rules for IFRS filers which identify: 1) values that were reported as positive but should be negative, and 2) values reported for durational elements that do not aggregate correctly.

Separately, the Data Quality Committee is also seeking comment on guidance prepared to help in XBRL formatting for Variable Interest Entities. This guidance is out for public review until May 1, 2020. Access this guidance: https://xbrl.us/data-rule/guid-vie/

The XBRL US Filing Results & Quality Checks application allows SEC Filers or other interested parties to check EDGAR submissions for DQC errors for any company here: https://xbrl.us/data-quality/filing-results/

Graphical depictions of historical DQC error count, categorized by rule type, can be seen here: https://xbrl.us/data-quality/filing-results/dqc-results/

The DQC, which is funded through the XBRL US Center for Data Quality, is responsible for developing guidance and validation rules that can prevent or detect inconsistencies or errors in XBRL data filed with the SEC, and focuses on data quality issues that adversely affect data analysis. All approved rules and guidance are free and publicly available.

Filers have immediate access to all final approved rules as well as the 12th Ruleset in public review so that they can check their filings prior to SEC submission. There are several options available to filers:

Through software that has been certified to run with the ruleset: https://xbrl.us/certification
Through the XBRL US checking tool: https://xbrl.us/check
By downloading the Approved Rules and using them with Arelle – the open source version of the SEC’s EDGAR Renderer/Previewer: https://xbrl.us/dqc-releases

To access the approved rules and guidance, go to: https://xbrl.us/rules-guidance

Members of the XBRL US Center for Data Quality include Altova, the American Institute of CPAs (AICPA), Broadridge Financial Solutions, Certent, DataTracks, Donnelley Financial Solutions (DFIN), P3 Data Systems, RDG Filings, Toppan Merrill, and Workiva.

For more information on the XBRL US Data Quality Committee and the Center for Data Quality, go to: http://xbrl.us/data-quality

About XBRL US

XBRL US is the non-profit consortium for XBRL business reporting standards in the U.S. and represents the business information supply chain. Its mission is to support the implementation of business reporting standards through the development of taxonomies for use by U.S. public and private sectors, with a goal of interoperability between sectors, and by promoting XBRL adoption through marketplace collaboration. XBRL US has developed taxonomies for U.S. GAAP, credit rating and mutual fund reporting under contract with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, taxonomies for public utilities reporting for the U.S. Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, and has developed industry-specific taxonomies for corporate actions, solar financing, state and local government financials, and surety processing. http://xbrl.us

Links:
Access the public review: https://xbrl.us/data-quality/rules-guidance/public-review/
Learn about the XBRL US Center for Data Quality: https://xbrl.us/cdq
Find software that has been certified to run the rules: https://xbrl.us/certification




Senators Want Federal Innovation Centers to Help State and Local Governments.

A group of 16 democratic senators wrote a letter to congressional leadership urging them to relax regulations that prevent two federal innovation hubs from quickly partnering with state and local governments, as the IT systems of lower levels of government struggle to handle coronavirus-related inquires.

The letter, dated April 22, calls for additional emergency funding for the General Services Administration’s Technology Transformation Service and the Office of Management and Budget’s U.S. Digital Service to provide IT assistance to state and local governments.

The senators wrote that TTS and USDS have the technologists and resources to assist state and local governments, whose systems are overwhelmed by the vast amount of citizens applying for government help, like unemployment or small business loans.

However, red tape makes it difficult for the entities to partner below the federal level. TTS’ rules mandate that it must establish an Intergovernmental Cooperation Act agreement that could take up to three to four months to formulate, the letter said. OMB policies also require a waiver for states to use “best-in-class” digital products developed by TTS.

“The COVID-19 pandemic has overwhelmed state and local government benefits systems due to unprecedented numbers of applications and outdated systems,” the senators wrote. “More than 22 million Americans have filed unemployment claims in the past four weeks alone. News reports abound showing hours-long hold times for Americans seeking assistance with unemployment claims, small business loans and grants, and other emergency programs. These federal programs, which are administered by the states, are of the utmost importance to American workers and businesses.”

The senators called for $50 million for the USDS for new technologists to help state and local governments and a reduction on restrictions on working with state and local governments. As for TTS, the senators asked for $25 million in emergency appropriations for the Federal Citizen Services Fund, which provides funding for engagement opportunities for public-facing government programs. The letter also asked that regulations preventing partnership be waived.

“During this national emergency, when speed is vital for millions of Americans, red tape is preventing the federal government’s skilled technologists from helping the state and local agencies that need them most,” the senators wrote.

The letter notes that many states are using legacy systems to serve its citizens. For example, the letter adds, New Jersey is running a system that uses COBOL code, a legacy program language, prompting its governor to call for COBOL programmers to help the state.

The letter is signed by Sens. Ron Wyden, D-Ore., Sheldon Whitehouse, D-R.I., Kyrsten Sinema, D-Ariz., Kirsten Gillibrand, D-N.Y., Kamala D. Harris, D-Calif., Sherrod Brown, D-Ohio, Edward J. Markey, D-Mass., Doug Jones, D-Ala., Mazie Hirono, D-Hawaii, Bob Menendez, D-N.J., Mark Warner, D-Va., Jacky Rosen, D-Nev., Cory Booker, D-N.J., Dick Durbin, D-Ill., Gary Peters, D-Mich., and Chris Van Hollen, D-Md.

The letter is addressed to Senate Majority Leader Mitch McConnell, R-Ky.; Senate Minority Leader Chuck Schumer, D-N.Y.; Speaker of the House Nancy Pelosi, D-Calif.; House Majority Leader Steny Hoyer, D-Md.; and House Minority Leader Kevin McCarthy, R-Calif.

Federal Times

by Andrew Eversden




The Fed will Include Smaller Cities and Counties in Its Municipal Lending Program.

The Federal Reserve on Monday said it would substantially expand its municipal lending program, an effort to provide relief to strapped states and cities as the coronavirus outbreak drains public coffers.

The Fed had previously announced that it would buy short-term debt from states, cities with populations of more than one million and counties with populations exceeding two million. On Monday, it expanded that to cities with more than 250,000 residents and counties with more than 500,000. It also announced that it would buy slightly longer-term debt: securities that mature in three years will qualify for the program, up from two years previously.

The program, which has yet to start, will operate through the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. It will be backed by $35 billion in Treasury Department funding, and will be capable of buying up to $500 billion in eligible debt.

A total of 261 states, cities and counties will qualify for the program, the Fed said. So will some multistate issuers, which can include entities like the Port Authority of New York and New Jersey.

The New York Times

April 27, 2020




CDFA Bond Provisions Letter Writing Campaign.

Call to Action

CDFA has begun a targeted letter-writing campaign to ensure that MAMBA and Disaster-Area Recovery Bonds are included in the stimulus. We ask that industry stakeholders send letters to the House and Senate members to support CDFA’s Modernizing Agricultural and Manufacturing Bonds Act and Disaster-Area Recovery Bonds. To make this process easier, we have created sample letters for your use.

Download the sample letter provided below and modify them to fit your letterhead. Email and fax letters to your representatives ASAP. Please also copy CDFA on any correspondence, and we will follow-up with the appropriate office holder.

Download the Sample Letter

When sending letters please follow these instructions:

Sign CDFA’s Letter to Congress

To facilitate a speedy recovery, the Council of Development Finance Agencies (CDFA) and our joint coalition of partners is urging Congress to improve tax-exempt bonds.

By including a bond finance title in the next Stimulus Act, Congress would signal that bonds are a critical economic recovery tool, and allow for several common-sense changes to be passed related to the efficiency and effectiveness of tax-exempt bonds.

Completing this form adds your name to our coalition of partners, including non-profits, development agencies, bond issuers and cities and states throughout the country supporting efforts to improve tax-exempt bonds.

Read the Letter




Fed Gearing Up to Help Smaller Local Governments.

The central bank hinted from the start that it could broaden its municipal debt purchases.

The Federal Reserve could soon expand its plans to buy municipal bonds, as lawmakers from both parties pressure the central bank to do more to support smaller cities and counties suffering amid fallout from the coronavirus.

Fed officials said on April 9 that they would begin purchasing municipal bonds using their emergency lending powers, pledging to buy up to $500 billion in bonds from states and the biggest cities and counties. In doing so, they crossed a line they have long treated as sacred: buying local bonds is potentially charged territory for the politically independent Fed.

Continue reading.

The New York Times

By Jeanna Smialek

April 20, 2020




States See No Immediate Sign of Financial Help.

Governors are pushing Congress for $500 billion in aid; Sen. McConnell says he supports states using bankruptcy protection

States across the country face an increasingly grim financial outlook due to the coronavirus pandemic shutdown—with no near-term sign the federal government will come riding to the rescue.

House lawmakers on Thursday approved another round of aid, but there was no direct help for states. The $484 billion bill, which the Senate approved Tuesday, replenishes two depleted small-business relief programs, offers additional assistance to hospitals and funds an expansion of testing capacity nationwide.

States are hemorrhaging money responding to the public-heath crisis at the same time tax revenues are cratering because of widespread stay-at-home orders and business closures. Some governors have already frozen or cut billions of dollars in spending.

The nation’s governors are pushing Congress to give states $500 billion to make up for lost revenues. The bipartisan National Governors Association is also asking Congress to help with health-care costs, unemployment-insurance payments and access to test kits and protective equipment.

Senate Majority Leader Mitch McConnell poured cold water on the pleas this week. The Kentucky Republican said he supports letting states use bankruptcy protection to cut their debts rather than providing more federal aid.

Aid to state and local governments will likely be a hotly debated aspect of the next round of coronavirus legislation on Capitol Hill. House Speaker Nancy Pelosi said Democrats will push to include money for local governments when lawmakers return in early May.

Mr. McConnell said he didn’t want to subsidize the high state pension obligations that predate the coronavirus crisis. In many cases, those obligations were negotiated years ago by governors and state-employee unions.

“There’s not going to be any desire on the Republican side to bail out state pensions by borrowing money from future generations,” he said.

State officials called the idea of filing for bankruptcy a nonstarter.

“You want to see the market fall through the cellar?” New York Gov. Andrew Cuomo said during his daily briefing on Thursday. “Let New York state declare bankruptcy. Let Michigan declare bankruptcy. Let Illinois declare bankruptcy. Let California declare bankruptcy. You will see a collapse of this national economy.”

Congress previously passed a $2 trillion aid package with $150 billion for state and local governments, but the money can be used only for coronavirus-related expenses. States say they need additional funding to plug budget holes, and some want greater flexibility when it comes to spending the $150 billion already approved.

The National Association of State Budget Officers says a cash influx would help the national economy rebound and warns states might have to cut essential services if Congress doesn’t approve more aid.

“States are currently facing revenue impacts that could dwarf what was observed in the last recession,” Marc Nicole, the association’s president, wrote in a letter Wednesday to President Trump and congressional leaders. States project declines of as much as 20%, as the pandemic hammers their biggest revenue sources, income and sales taxes, Mr. Nicole said, whereas total general-fund revenue fell 11.6% over two years during the 2007-2009 recession.

Mr. McConnell also suggested states could raise taxes to bring in more revenue. Unlike the federal government, almost all states are required to balance their budgets. That means that any new spending has to come from tax revenue or federal aid, rather than from borrowing.

Allowing states to file for bankruptcy would require congressional action and would almost certainly face legal challenges, said David Skeel, a University of Pennsylvania law professor. For one thing, it could be seen as violating a constitutional provision barring states from interfering in contracts. It could also run afoul of provisions protecting state sovereignty, he said.

David Adkins, executive director of the Council of State Governments, said he thought Mr. McConnell’s comments were a posturing tactic in continuing negotiations with Capitol Hill Democrats. Sooner or later, he said, Congress is going to have to direct significant funds to state and local governments to prevent a wave of public-sector layoffs.

Mr. McConnell “has some vulnerable Republicans in states,” Mr. Adkins said. “He does not want those vulnerable Republicans to be blamed for 20% cuts to public schools.”

States’ fortunes have changed at a dizzying speed. Just a few months ago, many governors rolled out lists of new proposals, buoyed by strong growth and robust revenue projections. States also sat on replenished rainy-day funds.

Though Washington state has roughly $3.5 billion in reserves, budget officials say projected revenue shortfalls over the next three years would wipe that out. Even with federal aid, the state would face major budget cuts, said David Schumacher, director of the state’s Office of Financial Management.

“That’s going to be a huge driver of whether we have bad budgets and significant cuts, or catastrophe,” he said of the federal aid.

Cities are bracing for a budget crunch, too. More than 2,100 cities expect shortfalls, according to a recent survey by the National League of Cities and U.S. Conference of Mayors.

In response to the crisis, governors in some states have moved to limit spending by paring teacher raises and property-tax relief, and cutting higher-education funding. Virginia, for example, cut $500 million from outlays in the final quarter of the current fiscal year, which ends June 30, and froze $2.3 billion in planned new spending over the next two fiscal years.

Aubrey Layne, the state’s finance secretary, said certain limits on new aid would make sense, such as a ban on pumping any of it into state pension systems.

“I understand this money shouldn’t just be a blank check to go and bail out bad mismanagement over the years,” he said. “A lot of what is happening now is simply because the economy is shut down.”

Mr. Layne said bankruptcy wouldn’t be an option for Virginia because “constitutionally we have to balance our budget.”

State and local government bankruptcies are extremely rare with 0.16% of municipalities rated by Moody’s Investors Service defaulting over a five-year period. That rate has increased from 0.09% prior to the last recession, which delivered huge hits to property-tax revenues and pension-fund savings.

U.S. states in particular are generally viewed as extremely creditworthy, and their bonds pay out interest at rates fairly close to U.S. Treasurys. Exceptions are Illinois, New Jersey and Mr. McConnell’s home state of Kentucky, which struggle with unfunded obligations to police, teachers and other public workers.

Roughly half of states allow their cities to access bankruptcy protection, and a few have used the process to reduce obligations to pensioners and bondholders. Puerto Rico entered bankruptcy in 2017 after Congress passed a law giving it permission to do so.

Detroit, the largest city to file for bankruptcy, emerged from bankruptcy protection in 2014 after a year and a half, but it continues to struggle with longstanding challenges like high liabilities and reliance on the auto industry.

Prices on Illinois and New Jersey tax-backed debt that doesn’t come due for 15 or more years fell Thursday afternoon, with yields on those bonds rising by roughly a 10th of a percentage point relative to triple-A debt, according to Refinitiv data.

Refinitiv analyst Greg Saulnier said investors were probably reacting less to the possibility of bankruptcy for those states than to Mr. McConnell’s apparent opposition to a large state aid package in the near future.

“It illustrated that he is in favor of delaying any additional state and local government relief, which could amplify credit problems,” Mr. Saulnier said.

The Wall Street Journal

By Scott Calvert and David Harrison

Updated April 23, 2020 6:17 pm ET

—Joseph De Avila and Heather Gillers contributed to this article.




Fed Outlines Disclosure Plan for Lending Programs.

Plan Follows BDA Recommendations for Transparency

The Federal Reserve announced plans to disclose monthly the borrowers, loan amounts and interest rates on funding from new lending programs established this month following passage of the CARES Act.

The BDA in its April 14 letter, “urged the Fed to publish a list of all trades conducted by your portfolio manager” as well as other information.

The Fed, following the BDA recommendations, announced plans to disclose:

The press release can be viewed here.

The disclosure requirements cover facilities the Fed is currently working to establish. This includes the:

The BDA will continue to provide updates as they become available.

Bond Dealers of America

April 24, 2020




Fed’s $500 Billion Muni-Lending Plan Faces Hurdles in State Laws.

There’s a key obstacle threatening to limit the reach of the Federal Reserve’s plan to lend to states and cities to limit the financial hit from the coronavirus: state laws.

The central bank’s program, the first ever targeted at the $3.9 trillion municipal-debt market, will lend money for as long as two years to states and the largest cities and counties to help them avoid massive budget cuts as the deep economic slowdown decimates tax collections.

But some states, like Colorado and Alabama, may find their ability to draw on the Fed limited by constitutional provisions that make it difficult for them to run up debt. Others, like Maine, Michigan and Illinois, have laws that require repayment of loans within a tight time frame, which could dissaude officials from borrowing.

In some states, legislatures or voters may also need to approve debt issued under the Fed’s program before it is set to lapse at the end of September, something that’s complicated by social-distancing guidelines that have shuttered statehouses.

The issues are likely to limit the scale of the Fed’s lending to states, underscoring the case that governors are making for direct aid from Washington to weather what threatens to be the gravest fiscal crisis in decades.

There’s not much that the Fed could do with the existing program — other than perhaps expanding it to long-term debt — to get around some of the states’ constitutional and statutory limits, said Dee Wisor, a bond lawyer for Butler Snow and former president of the National Association of Bond Lawyers.

“State-by-state, folks are going to have to work that out,” he said.

In Colorado, the state faces a potential barrier from its taxpayer bill of rights, a notoriously difficult-to-change law that limits state taxes and spending. Because of it, voters must approve the “creation of any multiple-fiscal year direct or indirect” debt incurred by the state.

Leah Marvin-Riley, a spokeswoman for the Colorado treasurer’s office, said the state has to make sure that its borrowings fit under the constitutional restraints. “We don’t know yet how much we would sell, but we do know that we’re limited by the TABOR cap,” she said.

Caught ‘Flat-footed’

New Mexico law says it can’t borrow more than $200,000 to “meet casual deficits or failure in revenue.” Alabama’s 1901 constitution prohibits new debt unless lawmakers find a workaround. In neighboring Georgia, the state cannot directly borrow on behalf of smaller governments, as the Fed’s program provides for in places where none of the local governments are big enough to qualify on their own, said Lee McElhannon, director of bond finance for the state.

“I just wonder whether a lot of governments, both state and local, are going to be caught a little bit flat-footed with all this,” said Jodie Smith, a public finance lawyer at Maynard Cooper.

The Fed’s loans don’t have to be repaid for two years, which in theory would give governments time to get through virus-related shutdowns until tax revenue starts to revive.

Yet the time horizon creates an issue for states that have to pay back certain types of short-term borrowings by the end of the fiscal year, which could be in June 2020 or 2021, depending on when they borrow the money. Illinois, New Mexico and Maine are among the states that have such limits.

In Washington, the state can issue debt that’s used to cover temporary revenue shortfalls so long as it’s paid off within a year. Smaller municipalities in the state also face limits under their short-term borrowings, such as having to pay back certain notes six months after the end of the fiscal year in which they were sold, said Stacey Lewis, a public finance lawyer for Pacifica Law Group.

The Fed is still finalizing details and has asked for industry participants to send feedback.

The Government Finance Officers Association, a lobbying group, asked the Fed to extend its lending program until December because of the hurdles some governments face and the fact that the size of their shortfalls may not be known clearly for months.

Lewis, the Pacifica Law attorney, said she would like to see the Fed shift to buying a broader kind of municipal debt.

“If the Fed wants to really put money out through this program, it will have to listen to what’s allowable under state law,” she said.

Bloomberg Markets

By Amanda Albright

April 21, 2020, 6:54 AM PDT

— With assistance by Danielle Moran




Cohn Says States Deserve Aid in Response to McConnell Reluctance.

Gary Cohn, the former top economic adviser to President Donald Trump, said the federal government needs to help cash-strapped states with emergency financing, not leave them to seek more desperate solutions such as bankruptcy.

”States are in a horrible position,” Cohn said in an interview Thursday with Bloomberg Television. “Like we’re providing liquidity to small businesses, medium-sized businesses and large businesses, I think we also need to provide liquidity for states.”

As states grapple with the coronavirus pandemic, many governors are struggling with the dual problem of soaring health-care costs and plummeting tax revenue. The National Governors Association estimated that states and municipalities will need at least $500 billion in aid.

Congress on Thursday is expected to pass a bill that contains a $484 billion aid plan for small businesses and also gives additional funding for coronavirus testing and hospitals.

House Speaker Nancy Pelosi said Wednesday on Bloomberg Television that those “interim” measures would soon be followed by another stimulus bill that includes a “major package” of aid for state and local governments. Yet Senate Majority Leader Mitch McConnell indicated he was reluctant to support that approach, suggesting in a radio interview Wednesday that he favors letting states use bankruptcy protection as a means to cutting fixed expenses such as public-employee pensions.

New York Governor Andrew Cuomo called the suggestion “really dumb” and said it would precipitate an economic collapse.

Cohn, who served as director of the National Economic Council during the first two years of the Trump administration, also disagreed.

“All of a sudden they went from a very good operating environment to a very unusual or extraordinary operating environment,” he said. “I would hope that states never have to file for bankruptcy.”

What’s most important, Cohn added, is finding ways to restore economic activity, and with it state sales and income tax revenue.

Cohn, 59, favors the “road map” drafted by former Food and Drug Administration Commissioner Scott Gottlieb, which would rely on widespread testing for the virus and surveillance data to revive parts of the economy gradually. It’s possible, he said, for services such as small retailers and hair salons to reopen.

While he favors stimulus for state economies, Cohn also has concerns about the aid programs that pay individuals more in benefits than they would make working. He said he knows of fast-food restaurants and local retailers that can’t find employees for deliveries or preparing curbside pickups.

”We’re going to need people to re-engage and want to go back to work and not rely upon the government handouts,” Cohn said.

Among his other comments, Cohn, a former president of Goldman Sachs Group Inc., said:

Bloomberg Politics

By Erik Schatzker

April 23, 2020, 12:41 PM PDT




Pelosi Seeks ‘Major’ State Aid, Setting Up Clash With McConnell.

House Speaker Nancy Pelosi said a “major package” of aid for state and local government will be in the next stimulus legislation considered by Congress, setting up a conflict with Senate Majority Leader Mitch McConnell who is urging a slowdown in doling out federal help.

The $484 billion aid plan set for passage by the House on Thursday is an “interim” step to mitigate some of the economic damage wrought by the coronavirus pandemic, Pelosi said Wednesday on Bloomberg Television.

“Now we have to go further to help state and local” governments, she said, without putting a price tag on the aid.

Although President Donald Trump said Tuesday he favored aid for states, McConnell has said any funds for states and municipalities should be reviewed carefully.

“We’re going to push the pause button here, because I think this whole business of additional assistance for state and local governments needs to be thoroughly evaluated,” McConnell said Wednesday on Hugh Hewitt’s syndicated radio program.

In the Bloomberg Television interview, Pelosi dismissed any concern about McConnell’s remarks, and she defended Democrats’ decision to back down from their initial call to include state and local funding in the interim bill awaiting a House vote Thursday.

“Let me remind you, this is Mitch McConnell, who said on the floor of the Senate there is no way we will do anything but the $250 billion” to shore up a small business aid program, said Pelosi. “Now, we are up to $480” billion in this week’s bill.

“This is an interim bill,” she said, adding that “the president himself has said, he as tweeted out, that was last night, that he is ready to do state and local” in the next legislation.

More generally, Pelosi said she isn’t concerned that emergency funding might not get to states, localities and other areas where it should.

“We will have a bright light shining on this,” Pelosi said, citing the oversight commission that was part of the earlier $2 trillion measure. In addition, the House on Thursday is set to vote on creating a special committee to oversee how coronavirus funds are used.

Bloomberg Business

By Billy House and David Westin

April 22, 2020, 9:26 AM PDT Updated on April 22, 2020, 10:19 AM PDT

— With assistance by Daniel Flatley, and Steven T. Dennis




Fed’s Muni Facility Leaves States Charting Tricky Path to Access.

As pandemic-plagued state and local economies start to feel the effects of vanishing tax revenue, officials like Texas Comptroller Glenn Hegar are trying to figure out how to build the mechanisms that can get cash from the U.S. central bank to all the places in need.

The Federal Reserve has launched an array of emergency lending facilities to help the U.S. economy during the virus lock-down, including one for municipalities that could support up to $500 billion of assistance to states and big cities. But the rules are strict: only cities with a population of more than one million, or counties with more than two million inhabitants, are eligible.

That means the vast majority of communities across the country will have to get the funds from their states, and many states don’t have mechanisms for this process.

Seeking Answers

“We don’t have a current program in Texas, and most states don’t,” Hager told Bloomberg News Tuesday in a telephone interview. “I don’t know at this point exactly how we’re going to do it, mechanically, but we’re trying to get those answers as quickly as we can despite multiple fronts of uncertainty.”

Changes may be on the way, even before the program is up and running.

The Fed said when it launched the Municipal Liquidity Facility on April 9 that it “would evaluate whether additional measures are needed,” and has since signaled it was open to doing more, even as U.S. lawmakers called publicly for further steps. Senate Democratic Leader Chuck Schumer on Monday said in a statement that Fed Chairman Jerome Powell assured him the Fed was “working to make the program directly accessible to more cities and counties.”

The economic hardship is already severe. The stay-home orders that have been issued in most places around the U.S. have led to record claims for unemployment benefits as businesses shut their doors. The subsequent plunge in consumer spending and other activity has likely already wiped out $200 billion in state and local government revenue, an amount equal to about 10%, TD Economics’ Johary Razafindratsita and Sri Thanabalasingam wrote in an April 16 note.

Bipartisan Calls

Republicans and Democrats alike have called for various additional levels of Fed aid to the muni market. Idaho Senator Mike Crapo, whose state does not have any cities or counties that would directly qualify for the Fed’s facility, called on the central bank to allow for more municipal entities to have access to the program.

Beyond the technical issues of having to set up a way to pass the Fed’s facility funds from the state onto the smaller entities, some states may opt out of the facility for political or legal reasons.

“Citing statutory, constitutional, logistical, or just political hurdles, not to mention a reluctance to take (more of) the credit risk of their own local governments, multiple states seem likely to pass on the opportunity for a cheaply-financed local government liquidity facility,” Municipal Market Analytics’ Matt Fabian and Lisa Washburn wrote in an April 20 note.

Texas’s Hegar said that right now it doesn’t look like the state itself will need to tap the Fed’s facility. But it may need to on behalf of smaller towns and counties that don’t qualify. While three cities and three counties in the country’s second-most populous state qualify for the Fed’s facility, the state is home to 1,600 local governments.

Erode Significantly
“For this fiscal year, we know we’re OK, even though we do know that tax receipts are probably going to erode pretty significantly when we start seeing the data from March collections, much less April collections,” Hegar said.

Texas is not getting hit with the drop in personal income tax revenue that many states will see, as it doesn’t collect income tax.

On average, about half of state government revenues come from individual income and sales taxes, according to Amanda Page-Hoongrajok, an assistant professor of economics and finance at Saint Peter’s University in Jersey City, New Jersey. Most states have laws preventing them from running budget deficits, so drops in revenue streams have to be matched with cuts elsewhere.

Following the 2008 financial crisis, state and local government spending was subdued for years, Page-Hoongrajok said.

“If they don’t give state governments more aid, we’re going to see a prolonged recovery,” she said. “They’re not going to be able to recover from a drop in incomes and consumer spending this severe.”

Bloomberg Economics

By Catarina Saraiva

April 22, 2020, 4:00 AM PDT

— With assistance by Danielle Moran, Daniel Flatley, Amanda Albright, and Alexandre Tanzi




How Will the Coronavirus Affect State and Local Government Budgets?

State and local governments are on the frontlines of this crisis. That means increased spending on public health and Medicaid. As of March 26th, 14 states have enacted supplemental appropriations or transferred general revenue funds in order to help public health agencies deal with the virus, and many others are in the process of doing so. Others will be offering assistance—delays in tax payments or expanded unemployment insurance to affected workers—to cushion the blow on their citizens and residents.

From a public health perspective, ensuring that these agencies have all the funds required to address this crisis is of utmost importance. But economically, the larger source of stress may

be the effects of the coming recession. Large scale “social distancing” will reduce consumer spending and workers’ wages and, in turn, cause sales and income tax revenues to plummet. State tax revenues declined by more than $120 billion—about 9 percent—during the Great Recession (Q2 2008 – Q2 2009), for example.

Continue reading.

The Brookings Institution

by Sage Belz and Louise Sheiner

Monday, March 23, 2020




The Federal Reserve Bank’s Municipal Liquidity Facility.

On April 9, 2020, the Federal Reserve Bank announced the creation of the Municipal Liquidity Facility (MLF) to help local units of government handle working capital issues caused by COVID-19. The MLF is authorized under Section 13(3) of the Federal Reserve Act.

The MLF will purchase up to $500 billion of short term notes issued by eligible issuers. Eligible issuers include:

The MLF is designed to have the funds flow from states and other large issuers down to local units of government, hence the high population threshold noted above. Due to this design, it will be up to each state to determine (i) if it will participate as an eligible issuer in the MLF, and (ii) if so, how will it get those funds to local units of government?

We will continue to monitor any guidance published by the Federal Reserve Bank. As states make decisions about their participation and process, we will post state-specific guidance for local units of government to use.

Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP

by Daniel Burns, Manny Herceg, Blake J. Burgan, Chou-il Lee, James Shanahan and Steven Cuckler

USA April 20 2020




Column: As Coronavirus Devastates State Budgets, Conservatives Target Public Worker Pensions

Apparently on the principle that one shouldn’t let a crisis go to waste, conservatives are using the coronavirus crisis to take aim at a favorite target: public employee pensions.

That was the explicit subtext of Senate Majority Leader Mitch McConnell’s broadside against bailing out state and local governments, which he set forth during an interview Wednesday on right-winger Hugh Hewitt’s radio program.

But McConnell is not alone. Conservative commentators Andrew G. Biggs and Eileen Norcross wrote on April 13 that “financial support for key services such as health, welfare, and public safety should not be allowed to morph into a more generalized bailout of state and local pension plans… Any future federal aid packages that might be used to meet pension plan obligations should be conditioned on structural pension reforms.”

I don’t think any public employee, even a great teacher of 30 years, should make more than a colonel in the Army or the Marine Corps who served 25 years, or a captain in the Navy.

Conservative radio host Hugh Hewitt

These “reforms” included freezing public pension plans for future benefit accruals, and supplanting defined benefit plans, in which employees are insulated from the risk of market downturns, with 401(k)-style defined contribution plans, in which they bear all the risk.

Meanwhile, the libertarian group Illinois Policy called on Congress to reject that state’s $44-billion federal aid request, which includes a $10-billion grant or loan to short up the state’s public pension plans.

The thread connecting this advocacy is not only ideological. The sources are all associated with the Koch brothers network, among other right-wing funding operations.

McConnell has long been a recipient of Koch campaign contributions. The Mercatus Center at Virginia’s George Mason University, which published the piece by Biggs and Norcross, has been heavily supported by the Koch network; Charles Koch is listed as an emeritus member of its board, and its founder and current board member Richard Fink is a longtime Koch aide.

Illinois Policy is part of a network of Koch-linked think tanks that have targeted public union membership, in part by advancing lawsuits to hamper dues collections.

Now let’s examine the themes tying all this together.

As we reported earlier, McConnell and Hewitt performed a call-and-response routine for the latter’s radio audience in which they suggested that the fiscal pain being felt by states stems largely, if not entirely, from ostensibly overgenerous public employee pensions.

“Some of the benefits they grant are ridiculous,” Hewitt said. “I don’t think any public employee, even a great teacher of 30 years, should make more than a colonel in the Army or the Marine Corps who served 25 years, or a captain in the Navy.”

But it’s fair to ask, “Izzatso?” Hewitt didn’t explain why a teacher shouldn’t retire with as much as a colonel; he just counted on McConnell agreeing supinely.

McConnell obligingly chimed in with the observation, “We’ll certainly insist that anything we’d borrow to send down to the states is not spent on solving problems that they created for themselves over the years with their pension programs.”

He even suggested that it would be better if states could declare bankruptcy (there’s no such provision in the law), even though plainly state bankruptcies would disrupt their operations beyond description.

Biggs and Norcross stated that “the most serious pension funding gaps are largely the result of failures to undertake meaningful pension reforms over the course of the past decade.” That’s a broad statement that requires “meaningful pension reforms” to carry a lot of weight.

Many states’ pension gaps are the result of fiscal strains that prompted them to underfund their annual pension contributions in recent years. Many of those states already have taken steps to correct that trend, but the hangover from previous years persists.

Biggs told me via Twitter that it’s unfair to describe his position as applying to all state requests for federal assistance, only to specific requests for pension help. “It’s clear that we didn’t oppose federal aid to states to Covid-related costs,” he wrote, “but that if a state wants aid for pensions, as Illinois apparently does, that should come with conditions.”

The Los Angeles Times

by Michael Hiltzik

April 24, 2020




Fed Municipal Rescue Won't Avert Fiscal Nightmare, So States Eye Congress.

The money will barely make a dent in resolving local government needs caused by the pandemic, which is threatening to create thousands of fiscal disasters nationwide.

The Federal Reserve’s move this month to bail out the municipal bond market with $500 billion in short-term debt was a historic step by the central bank to directly intervene in local government finances for the first time.

It’s just not nearly enough, local officials say.

The money will barely make a dent in resolving local government needs caused by the coronavirus pandemic, which is threatening to create thousands of fiscal disasters nationwide. Officials say Congress must provide hundreds of billions more — but this time in direct federal grants — in the next economic rescue package.

“You can’t borrow your way out of debt,” said Tim Schaefer, California deputy state treasurer for public finance. “Financial solutions are helpful, and we certainly don’t want to turn our nose up at them, but what really is going on here requires a fiscal response.”

Inaction by federal lawmakers could mean cutoffs or reductions in local services that the pandemic has made even more crucial, right down to paying for ambulances that take coronavirus patients to the hospital, state finance officials said. The tens of thousands of bonds issued in the $4 trillion market by states, cities, counties and other governmental entities also finance projects such as schools, highways, airports and sewer systems.

Put simply, the Fed assistance merely keeps government bank accounts from overdrafting in the short-term.

To be sure, the Fed action April 9 extended a vital line of credit to states, the District of Columbia, counties with populations over 2 million and cities with populations over 1 million, at a time when market rates for short-term debt had been skyrocketing in reaction to the economic upheaval.

But while cash flow is an important and immediate problem, it underlies an even broader fiscal nightmare facing governments nationwide.

That’s because the sweeping shutdowns of businesses to prevent outbreaks from overwhelming local hospital systems has come at a steep cost. Revenue dried up because of business closures, stay-at-home orders, layoffs and, in many cases, delayed local tax deadlines designed to align with an extension announced by the IRS in late March.

The magnitude of the costs that lie ahead partly explains the outcry among local leaders at Senate Majority Leader Mitch McConnell’s suggestion on Wednesday that municipalities might “use the bankruptcy route” to dig themselves out of a financial morass.

Until then, localities had been encouraged by pledges of support from Democratic leaders in Congress as well as the White House. President Donald Trump on Tuesday tweeted a promise to provide “fiscal relief to State/Local Governments for lost revenues from COVID 19” in the next legislative relief package after Congress reached a deal to top off the popular Paycheck Protection Program offering small businesses forgivable loans.

But the dropoff in revenue is much steeper than the $500 billion credit being offered.

Moody’s Investors Service in an April 15 report said the $500 billion accessible through the Fed’s so-called Municipal Liquidity Facility would amount to more than 10 times the short-term debt issued by governments in all of 2019. But it amounts to only about 20 percent of the approximately $2.4 trillion in revenue that state and local governments collected in 2017, the year the Fed is using to calculate payouts.

The Fed could still take broader action or widen eligibility; right now, the population thresholds leave out impoverished cities such as Detroit and Baltimore.

Senate Minority Leader Chuck Schumer said Monday he told Federal Reserve Chair Jerome Powell that the central bank had set its population threshold “way too high” for the program.

“He assured me that the Fed was similarly working to make the program directly accessible to more cities and counties,” the New York Democrat said of Powell.

But the central bank also suggested that larger governments could use bailout money to help lend to smaller governments.

Recognizing the crisis ahead, Sens. Bill Cassidy, a Louisiana Republican, and Bob Menendez, a New Jersey Democrat, have proposed a $500 billion bailout package for state and local governments.

Many states said they either don’t have infrastructure in place to set up loans to smaller governments or they’re wary of taking on credit risk for towns and counties at increased risk of default.

Michael Decker, senior vice president for federal policy for the Bond Dealers of America, said the Fed should publicly commit to taking on credit risk for downstream loans made to smaller governments.

“We’re urging the Fed to be explicit, when they finalize the details of the program, to be explicit that the Fed will absorb this credit risk and if downstream borrowers default, it’ll be on the Fed and not on the states,” Decker said. “And we think that will go a long way to helping ensure the success of the program.”

The Fed declined to comment for this story.

At the same time, state finance officials said they are doing what they can to aid smaller governments, but they need more help.

“The federal government has the power to print more money, and in these difficult times of uncertainty, states need as much help as they can get from the federal government,” said California State Treasurer Fiona Ma. “And the more help that we get, the more help we can be to local governments, which are looking to us for assistance.”

Sarah Godlewski, the Democratic Wisconsin State Treasurer, said that her office is working to reorient a state trust fund loan program to provide “bridge financing in smaller ineligible communities.”

Godlewski said she has been asking smaller governments: “With limited support from the federal government, how can we help you help Wisconsinites?”

POLITICO

By KELLIE MEJDRICH

04/23/2020 07:30 PM EDT




McConnell Supports Giving States Bankruptcy Access.

Senate Majority Leader favors bankruptcy option over giving states more federal aid as they grapple with coronavirus

Senate Majority Leader Mitch McConnell said Wednesday that he supports the idea of allowing states to use bankruptcy protection to cut their debts instead of supporting them with more federal aid.

Cities and smaller public entities have historically used bankruptcy protection to reduce pension obligations, bond debt and other financial burdens. But bankruptcy is a tool currently off-limits to state leaders. Federal law doesn’t give states a bankruptcy option and Congress isn’t actively considering any such proposal.

On a syndicated talk radio show, Mr. McConnell, a Republican from Kentucky, floated the idea of opening bankruptcy as a potential option for states that have struggled with pension debt even before the public health crisis caused by the new coronavirus. The pandemic has battered local economies, causing steep declines in sales taxes, transit fees and other sources of municipal revenue.

Bankruptcy protection “saves some cities, and there’s no good reason for it not to be available” to states, Mr. McConnell said.

He said he doesn’t favor using federal assistance money borrowed “from future generations” to fill in state budget gaps.

Leaders on Capitol Hill are discussing how to help states and municipal governments cope with financial damage caused by the pandemic, which has led to businesses being closed and millions of employees being laid off. The next round of federal stimulus legislation is expected to focus on municipal assistance.

In a letter to Congressional leaders on Tuesday, the National Governors Association asked for $500 billion in direct federal aid to make up for a decline in revenues that pay for state programs related to health care, education, public safety and transportation. The letter didn’t mention pension struggles that some states faced before the pandemic.

For years, many states and cities have promised pension benefits to employees based on optimistic investment return projections and have sometimes skimped on annual retirement fund contributions. The shortfalls are particularly severe for New Jersey, Kentucky and Illinois.

Illinois alone is $234 billion short of what it needs to pay promised benefits, according to an estimate by Moody’s Investors Service.

Any legislation that enables states to use bankruptcy could give state officials debt-cutting power similar to what some cities have used, though some scholars contend that such tools may not be constitutional. Roughly half of U.S. states enable their cities and other municipal entities to use chapter 9 protection, the type of bankruptcy designed for public bodies.

Many high-income American households invest in the bonds of cities and states because the interest is exempt from federal and state taxes. Those municipal bondholders have taken haircuts in past city bankruptcies.

The municipal bond market largely shrugged off Mr. McConnell’s comments Wednesday. Bonds issued by Illinois and New Jersey continued to trade at the same spread to triple-A rated debt as the day before, according to Refinitiv data. Both states already pay elevated interest rates as a result of their high liabilities.

Detroit’s $18 billion bankruptcy in 2013 marked the largest filing by a city in U.S. history. The 680,000-resident city blamed tax revenue that fell after the real estate crash and the city’s population decline. Its bankruptcy-exit deal cut $7 billion in debt owed to Wall Street firms, city retirees and others.

Puerto Rico filed for bankruptcy in 2017 after Congress passed a law permitting the territory to access bankruptcy protection.

Federal judges in charge of Detroit’s case, along with the bankruptcy filing of Stockton, Calif., ruled that worker pensions could be cut as part of the restructuring process. Before those filings, legal experts disagreed on whether city leaders had that power.

The Wall Street Journal

By Katy Stech Ferek and Heather Gillers

April 22, 2020 8:22 pm ET




Bid to Let States Go Bankrupt Met Rapid Demise a Decade Ago.

The last time America’s states were in the throes of a crippling fiscal crisis, an idea was floated in Washington to help them swiftly bring it to an end: let them file for bankruptcy and escape from the trillions of dollars owed to bondholders and retired public employees.

It was immediately condemned by Wall Street investors, public employee unions and Republican and Democratic governors, who said it was unnecessary and would saddle them with rising interest rates by spooking the bond market. The discussion was dropped after a single hearing in the U.S. House of Representatives.

But on Wednesday, with the nation’s state capitals again facing massive budget shortfalls because of the stalled economy, the idea resurfaced when Senate Majority Leader Mitch McConnell voiced support for it during a radio interview.

“I would certainly be in favor of allowing states to use the bankruptcy route,” McConnell, a Republican from Kentucky, said during an interview on the Hugh Hewitt show. “It saves some cities. And there’s no good reason for it not to be available.”

The comments came as Congress considers extending aid to cities and states that are seeing tax revenue disappear as wide swaths of the economy are shut down. The resulting budget gaps could force deep spending cuts that would exert a drag on any recovery. Governors alone have asked for $500 billion to help soften the blow of what could be the worst fiscal crisis they have faced in decades, with cities also requesting funds.

But allowing states to file for bankruptcy is unlikely to gain much support, given the near universal opposition it faced a decade ago. Then, states were quick to say it was unneeded: With the broad power to raise taxes, no state has defaulted on its debt since the Great Depression. Even only a handful of struggling cities resorted to bankruptcy during the last contraction, since it was seen as a last resort that would hobble their ability to raise money for public works.

Matt Fabian, a partner with Municipal Market Analytics who testified before Congress during the House hearing in 2011 when state bankruptcy was last raised, said it’s just an effort to sidestep the discussion about extending aid.

“That’s just a red herring,” he said of McConnell’s comments. “State bankruptcy is probably not possible under the U.S. Constitution, and there’s even less chance that Congress would attempt to allow it. The Senator’s statement is really about the likelihood of his caucus providing more aid directly to the states than it is about state bankruptcy.”

“Once you start talking about state bankruptcy being a better option than more federal assistance, you’re really saying you don’t want to provide more federal assistance,” he said.

There has been little speculation on Wall Street that states will be unable to pay their debts because of the coronavirus pandemic, even though it’s expected to increase the financial strains on already struggling states such as New Jersey and Illinois. While municipal bond prices tumbled last month during waves of panicked selling, they rebounded after Congress enacted the $2.2 trillion stimulus bill.

Eric Friedland, director of municipal research at Lord Abbett & Co LLC, said that McConnell’s comments, while “unsettling,” are unlikely to create panic among municipal bond investors.

On Wednesday, yields on top-rated 10-year bonds rose 6 basis points to 1.21% while yields on the longest-dated debt climbed 6 basis points to 2.04%.

Democrats unsuccessfully pushed for state aid in the interim rescue package that passed the Senate on Tuesday. McConnell took credit for blocking that, saying there should be a “fulsome” discussion among all senators on whether and how to send more aid to state and local governments and what that money should be spent on.

“My guess is their first choice would be for the federal government to borrow money from future generations to send it down to them now so they don’t have to do that,” he said of states. “That’s not something I’m going to be in favor of.”

Bloomberg Business

By William Selway and Danielle Moran

April 22, 2020, 9:33 AM PDT

— With assistance by Amanda Albright




U.S. State Bankruptcy Was a Farce Then and Now.

Mitch McConnell tries to revive a long-dead idea that would counteract the government’s relief efforts.

No one was asking, but it turns out a global pandemic isn’t enough for Senate Majority Leader Mitch McConnell to take a break from fretting about purportedly “borrowing money from future generations.”

Never mind that the three-month-old coronavirus crisis has led to more than $2.3 trillion in congressional appropriations, to say nothing of the $484 billion relief package that passed the U.S. Senate on Tuesday. Much of those funds, after all, aided small businesses and hospitals, sent direct payments to families and expanded unemployment insurance. All of this promises to blow an almost $4 trillion hole in the federal government’s 2020 budget.

Apparently, helping out U.S. states is a bridge too far for the Kentucky Republican. In a response to a question on the syndicated Hugh Hewitt radio program, McConnell declared, “I would certainly be in favor of allowing states to use the bankruptcy route.” He added that “it’s saved some cities, and there’s no good reason for it not to be available.” Hewitt singled out California, Illinois and Connecticut, three states that just so happen to reliably vote Democratic (no mention of New Jersey, repeatedly downgraded during Republican Governor Chris Christie’s eight years).

McConnell went on:

“My guess is their first choice would be for the federal government to borrow money from future generations to send it down to them now so they don’t have to do that,” he said. “That’s not something I’m going to be in favor of.”

“I said yesterday we’re going to push the pause button here, because I think this whole business of additional assistance for state and local governments needs to be thoroughly evaluated,” McConnell added.

“You raised yourself the important issue of what states have done, many of them have done to themselves with their pension programs,” he said. “There’s not going to be any desire on the Republican side to bail out state pensions by borrowing money from future generations.”

Again, never mind that an article from the latest Bloomberg Businessweek magazine is about how seven years after bankruptcy, Detroit is once again staring down a huge budget shortfall that puts it on the brink of a state takeover. Far from a panacea to get out from under onerous obligations, municipal bankruptcies have proved to be so messy, costly and time-consuming that they’re often not enough to solve the underlying issues. Case in point: Puerto Rico.

McConnell’s idea isn’t a novel one by any means. The idea of state bankruptcy was raised after the last recession, too, including by David Skeel, who now sits on the Financial Oversight & Management Board for Puerto Rico. He wrote an article for The Weekly Standard in November 2010 titled “Give States a Way to Go Bankrupt.” When I asked him about it in December 2011, after muni bonds posted a 10.7% return and a meltdown never materialized, he said “the political enthusiasm for the state bankruptcy idea has temporarily dimmed.” That’s one way of putting it. Here’s another from Bloomberg News’s William Selway and Danielle Moran: It was dropped after a single hearing in the House of Representatives.

The concept of state bankruptcy as a solution to get through this unprecedented period is little more than a farce. Even President Donald Trump appears to realize that. After meeting with Governor Andrew Cuomo of New York on Tuesday, he said that states will need assistance, adding that “I think most Republicans agree, too, and Democrats.” Governors have asked for some $500 billion.

As much as McConnell tries, this is not about profligate Democratic governors and their underfunded public pension funds. At a basic, fundamental level, many states will have to impose draconian austerity measures without federal support because governors need to balance their budgets. That means either more state employees joining the ranks of the unemployed, higher tax rates (and therefore less money changing hands in local economies), further neglect of critical public infrastructure improvements, or once again shortchanging the pension promises of tomorrow to make the numbers add up today. Potentially all of the above.

Withholding state support, in other words, would directly counteract the measures that McConnell and his fellow senators have already set in motion to bolster the American economy. What good is a $1,200 check if states are backed into raising taxes that take most of it away? Will small businesses bounce back if their neighbors are unemployed, or local roads and bridges remain decrepit?

Fortunately, while McConnell and Republican senators have a “fulsome” discussion on whether and how to send more aid to state and local governments, the Federal Reserve has taken the unprecedented step I advocated for a year ago and will buy up to $500 billion in muni bonds. It was almost too predictable how this would play out:

The easy answer would be directing more cash from the federal government to the states. But the 2009 stimulus program already transferred an unprecedented amount of money into state coffers and the results were middling at best. In the current political climate, and with U.S. deficits already running close to $1 trillion, it’s anyone’s guess whether a similar package could come together.

That means it might be up to the the Fed to get involved in the $3.8 trillion municipal-bond market to give states a much-needed boost.

For now, the muni market can take some solace in knowing the Fed has its back. That should prevent any sort of wild swings like last month. And it buys some time for House Speaker Nancy Pelosi, who said on Bloomberg TV on Wednesday that a “major package” of aid for state and local government will be in the next stimulus legislation considered by Congress, putting her clearly at odds with McConnell.

For all the posturing, no politician truly wants to impose austerity. Just before the 2018 midterm elections, McConnell brought up the idea of slashing spending on Social Security, Medicare and Medicaid, and that’s gone nowhere. Expect the same for state bankruptcy.

Bloomberg Opinion

By Brian Chappatta

April 22, 2020, 11:51 AM PDT

Brian Chappatta is a Bloomberg Opinion columnist covering debt markets. He previously covered bonds for Bloomberg News. He is also a CFA charterholder.

This column does not necessarily reflect the opinion of the editorial board or Bloomberg LP and its owners.




McConnell State Bankruptcy Remarks Raise Constitutional Questions.

Municipal finance experts say that it may be unconstitutional for Congress to allow states to declare bankruptcy, and that even if it is constitutional, it would be a bad idea.

Experts on state and local government finances say that Congress may not have the right to grant states the ability to file for bankruptcy under the Constitution. They also argued that bankruptcy wouldn’t be particularly helpful in addressing states’ coronavirus-related challenges.

“Bankruptcy is just not a viable solution to the issues state and local governments are facing,” said Michael Decker, senior vice president for federal policy at the Bond Dealers of America.

People are talking about the issue because Senate Majority Leader Mitch McConnell (R-Ky.) this week suggested it would be better for states to be able to declare bankruptcy rather than have the federal government provide more money to help them through the coronavirus crisis.

“I would certainly be in favor of allowing states to use the bankruptcy route,” he said on conservative talk show host Hugh Hewitt’s program.

“There’s not going to be any desire on the Republican side to bail out state pensions by borrowing money from future generations,” he added.

A senior Senate GOP aide said McConnell’s comments came after he was asked specifically about the issue. The leader doesn’t see allowing states to file for bankruptcy as being a priority for the next coronavirus bill and is well aware of the law. But the aide said McConnell’s larger point was that some states were in tough financial straits due to prior mismanagement or overspending.

The U.S. bankruptcy code does not include provisions that allow states to declare bankruptcy. Local governments have the ability to file for bankruptcy under Chapter 9 of the code, but only if their state authorizes them to do so.

Very few localities have filed for bankruptcy over the years, with the most prominent recent example being Detroit in 2013. Congress passed a law in 2016 that created a bankruptcy-like process for the federal territory of Puerto Rico.

Professors who have studied the issue say there would be obstacles to Congress allowing states to declare bankruptcy, and that a law on this topic would likely spur a legal case that would likely go to the Supreme Court.

Kenneth Katkin, a law professor at Northern Kentucky University, said that a law about states filing for bankruptcy would set up a debate over whether Congress’s ability to write bankruptcy laws preempts the prohibition in the Constitution on states impairing their own obligations under contracts.

“It’s not clear how the court would rule,” he said.

Others have suggested that there could be concerns about whether allowing states to file for bankruptcy would conflict with the 10th amendment of the Constitution, which states that powers not delegated to the federal government nor prohibited for states are reserved to the states.

Municipal finance experts also said that even if a law on state bankruptcies was found to be constitutional, it would be an unwise policy because it would make it harder for states to sell bonds used to finance capital projects.

Such a law “would upend the traditionally low borrowing costs of state and local governments,” said Richard Ciccarone, president of Merritt Research Services.

Frank Shafroth, director of the Center for State and Local Government Leadership at George Mason University, said that if states could declare bankruptcy, it would allow state politicians to pass off some decision-making to a judge.

“It would save too many governors and state legislators from making hard decisions,” he said.

Experts also said that bankruptcy might not be a particularly helpful remedy for the challenges states are experiencing due to the coronavirus crisis. Because of the pandemic and measures taken to reduce the number of infections, states have new spending needs and are facing a decline in tax revenues.

Eric Kim, head of the state government group at Fitch Ratings, said that companies will file bankruptcy to address long-term liabilities, but states’ main issue is currently the economy and lower revenues rather than long-term liabilities.

“Declaring bankruptcy doesn’t fix the economy,” he said.

States have been asking for additional funds from the federal government, not the ability to seek bankruptcy protection.

The National Governors Association earlier this week asked Congress for $500 billion in direct aid to states to replace their lost revenue. The group’s leaders, Maryland Gov. Larry Hogan (R) and New York Gov. Andrew Cuomo (D), have both blasted McConnell’s comments on bankruptcy.

Brian Sigritz, director of state fiscal studies at the National Association of State Budget Officers, said states on the whole were in a strong fiscal position prior to the coronavirus-related economic downturn, experiencing strong revenue growth and putting more money into their rainy-day funds.

“They had been taking steps to prepare for the next downturn,” he said. “No one was planning for a decline like this.”

McConnell expressed concerns about state pensions. Some experts said that while some states have pension challenges, pension funds are not overall a major burden.

“State pensions generally actually are in pretty good shape,” Kim said. He added that in the long run, state pensions could be affected by market declines, but the current pressing problem for states is revenue losses, not pensions.

However, desire among state politicians for pension relief from Congress is not zero. Last week, Illinois state senate president Don Harmon (D) sent a letter to the state’s congressional delegation asking for $10 billion in pension relief, arguing that state pension payments crowd out funding for other services and that the crowding out will be exacerbated this year due to revenue losses. Illinois is among the states with the biggest pension issues.

Additional aid to states is becoming a key issue in the debate in Congress over subsequent coronavirus relief legislation.

Funding for states is a top priority for many Democrats, who want quick congressional action on another bill. But McConnell has said he wants to take a “pause” to see which parts of previous bills are working and which are not.

“I think this whole business of additional assistance for state and local governments need to be thoroughly evaluated,” McConnell told Hewitt on Wednesday.

Karol Denniston, a municipal bankruptcy lawyer at Squire Patton Boggs, said that McConnell’s comments to Hewitt are starting a conversation about what other options might exist besides additional federal money for state and local governments, even if bankruptcy isn’t the best alternative.

McConnell’s comments have “opened up the discussion,” she said.

THE HILL

BY NAOMI JAGODA – 04/25/20 12:50 PM EDT




U.S. State Bankruptcy Push Would Disrupt Municipal Bond Market - BofA

CHICAGO, April 24 (Reuters) – Allowing U.S. states to file for bankruptcy is not the way to deal with deep financial problems the governments are facing from the COVID-19 economic disaster, and would knock down the municipal bond market, BofA Global Research said on Friday.

In a research report BofA said the $3.8 trillion muni market where states, cities, schools and other issuers sell debt would “certainly sell off” if the idea garnered support.

U.S. Senate Majority Leader Mitch McConnell on Wednesday brought up state bankruptcy as a preferred alternative to sending more federal money to the governments to plug their budget holes and potentially pay for pensions. President Donald Trump on Thursday said his administration would look at the idea.

Several Democratic governors slammed the notion as irresponsible. Municipal market analysts said the move would face big political and constitutional hurdles and was unlikely to gain traction.

“It will be highly disruptive to the municipal bond market broadly and will result in significantly higher borrowing rates at a time when those costs are least absorbable,” the BofA report said.

It added states would not likely opt for bankruptcy for fear of hurting their market access and that most municipal bankruptcies have resulted in a better treatment for pensions than bondholders.

Currently, only cities and other local governments can use Chapter 9 municipal bankruptcy to restructure their debt if allowed by their states. Puerto Rico, a U.S. commonwealth, commenced a form of municipal bankruptcy in 2017 after the U.S. Congress authorized it.

The National Governors Association has been pushing for $500 billion in federal money to replace revenue lost by states. The $2.3 trillion federal CARES Act allocated $150 billion to states and local governments exclusively to cover virus-related expenses.

With social distancing and stay-at-home orders in place around the nation aimed at slowing the virus’ spread, nonessential businesses and services have shuttered, leading to skyrocketing unemployment and lower consumer spending. As a result, cities and states are starting to project deep revenue losses, particularly for big money generators like income and sales taxes

In addition, the stock market downturn could push overall state pension debt to an all-time high, according to a new report from The Pew Charitable Trusts. With 75% of state pension assets invested in stocks and alternative investments, pension debt, currently at $1.2 trillion, could climb by $500 billion, absent positive returns in the next three months.

By Karen Pierog

April 24, 2020

(Reporting by Karen Pierog in Chicago Editing by Alden Bentley and Matthew Lewis)




GFOA Resource Center for Coronavirus Response.

Access the GFOA Resource Center.




The GASB Offers Emergency Toolbox to Address Issues Arising from COVID-19.

Access the Toolbox

04/14/20




UPDATED: A Resource Guide to Coronavirus for Government Leaders

The novel coronavirus has tested the durability of federal, state and local governments around the country and the world. This list of resources is meant to connect leaders with useful tools to aid in response efforts.

As COVID-19 continues to spread across the country, I’ve curated some resources from around the Web for my state and local government network. This is updated every 24 hours, please fill out this form if you have other resources, templates or COVID-19 solutions that should be added.

Tip: One helpful tip for navigating this guide is to use CTRL-F or CMD-F (for Macs) to search specific keywords or needs.

You can track the spread of coronavirus through this interactive dashboard from Johns Hopkins and Esri, FAO and NOAA.

Continue reading.

GOVTECH.COM

BY DUSTIN HAISLER / MARCH 18, 2020




CDFA COVID-19 Resource Center.

Development finance has always been at the forefront of recovering from natural disasters and economic challenges. The CDFA COVID-19 Resource Center is a collection of financing programs and resources to address disaster relief and recovery.

As the situation surrounding COVID-19 evolves, small businesses and communities across the country will very quickly face liquidity challenges, job losses, and project stagnation. Credit will be tightening and small businesses will struggle to make payroll while communities will be forced to scale back or halt infrastructure development. Moreover, communities are facing difficulties financing critical infrastructure such as health facilities, broadband networks, and testing centers to address local COVID-19 demands.

Development finance agencies are uniquely positioned to solve these challenges through pragmatic solutions and adjustments to existing initiatives. CDFA developed this COVID-19 Resource Center to serve as a central hub of everything the development finance world is doing to mitigate the impacts of COVID-19.

Access the Resource Center.




Municipal Credit Ratings And ESG Ratings: Irreconcilable Differences?

It sounds ideal, almost too good to be true. An attractive urban center in a scenic part of the country. A regional economic hub drawing a youthful, educated population taking jobs at the nation’s fastest growing companies. Per capita income levels nearly at six-figures. Unemployment in the very low single digits. A trifecta “Trip-Trip” credit rating: AAA from Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s and Fitch—three of the top credit rating agencies.

This idyll is the city of Seattle, Washington, located on the gorgeous Puget Sound. It’s a growing, vibrant, young city. The average age is around 36 years old. Residents are a well-educated group; more than 60% have a bachelor’s degree. Nearly 100,000 new residents called Seattle home over the last decade. They come in response to the well-paying jobs offered by the seemingly ever-expanding Amazon, Starbucks and Microsoft, and the ancillary professional businesses that serve them. This has pushed the average per capita income to $90,438 (2018). A decade prior, it was $58,990.

To city leaders, all this is great news. The population and job growth kept home building increasing nearly year over year. The value of real property as increased as well, with assessed values at $208 billion (2018), a compounded 76% increase over the last ten years. This boosted the city’s finances. Seattle’s coffers are brimming with $1,541 million in revenues and a zaftig fund balance of $483 million (2018). The debt burden on its outstanding $703 million in general obligation bonds is very modest. The major pensions are well funded and present no serious future liabilities to be concerned about. No wonder the city was bestowed its top-drawer credit rating.

Continue reading.

Forbes

by Barnet Sherman

Apr 15, 2020




Term Sheets for Fed COVID-19 Response Facilities.

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic and the passage of the CARES Act, the Federal Reserve has taken unprecedented measures to calm the markets. The BDA continues to take proactive steps to guide the Feds response.

All BDA advocacy including direct Fed correspondence can be found here.

Please find below links to Term Sheets on all facilities the Fed has introduced:

Bond Dealers of America

April 16, 2020




California Bond Sale Signals Hope for Muni Market Normalcy.

California’s pricing of more than $1 billion of debt may be a sign that the municipal-bond market is returning to normal.

On Thursday, California sold $1.4 billion of general obligation bonds in the largest offering in the primary market since it effectively shut down last month amid a massive sell-off that spooked investors and crimped the ability of states and local governments to raise money.

Bank of America Corp managed the negotiated sale, pricing 10-year debt with a 5% coupon at 1.4% yield. Proceeds will be used to fund public works projects and to refinance higher yielding debt.

California increased the size of the borrowing from an initial $1 billion because of strong demand, selling $446 million more of refunding bonds than had been anticipated. That saves the state $334 million in debt service costs over the next 20 years, according to a statement from state Treasurer Fiona Ma.

“This is a great result for the State of California,” Ma said. “We were anxious about the sale heading into this dreary market. We ended up getting sunshine with a pot of gold at the end. I think this is a good sign for the market.”

Investors agree. Wesly Pate, a portfolio manager at Income Research & Management in Boston, said the California sale is an “important step” in having the market return to normal.

“Issuance will beget issuance,” he said in an interview on Friday. “One or two deals won’t get the ball rolling but we have to start somewhere. Well known blue-chip equivalent issuers in the muni market will access it first and once that starts to occur you will get things moving in the right direction and return to a more normalized issuance market.”

California’s bond sale came the same day municipal bond mutual funds reported an inflow of cash for the week ended Wednesday, snapping six straight weeks of withdrawals during the record setting retreat by investors.

“The market is open,” Pate said. “Participants aren’t running from the market…they are present and they are willing to buy bonds as long as it’s a straight-forward credit.”

Bloomberg Markets

By Danielle Moran

April 17, 2020, 11:46 AM PDT

— With assistance by Sophia Sung




An Indiana City’s Bond May Be First to Default Because of Coronavirus.

A bond issued by Terre Haute, Ind., is believed to be the first municipal default disclosure that is related to disruptions caused by the coronavirus .

The Terre Haute disclosure is probably “the first…identifying a pending bond default due to COVID-19. Unfortunately, this is likely not the last of this category of filing, formally labeled ‘Non-payment Related Default,’” according to a statement from the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board.

Event notices tend to be a lagging indicator as they must be filed within 10 days of the triggering event.

The related bonds are the Terre Haute Economic Development Solid Waste Facility Revenue Bonds, tax-exempt series 2017a, and the Economic Development Solid Waste Facility Revenue bonds, taxable series 2017b.

Pyrolyx Indiana, which operates the facility, said that as a result of the coronavirus outbreak, it was temporarily shutting down manufacturing at its facilities in Terre Haute and Stegelitz, Germany. The Terre Haute plant produces carbon black for tires and other rubber products. As a result, Pyrolyx is unable to make loan payments to the city. The payments back the bonds.

The statement can be found here.

Barron’s

By Leslie P. Norton

April 14, 2020 2:23 pm ET




GFOA Urges Fourth Stimulus Package to Deal with Coronavirus.

Read the GFOA letter.




A Fed Bailout Is Wrong for States and Cities.

The central bank should adjust its lending methods to prevent abuse by profligate local governments.

The Federal Reserve recently announced a huge expansion of well-designed lending facilities for companies and local governments. But its Municipal Liquidity Facility will purchase up to $500 billion in short-term notes from the largest cities and all states—even if they have been mismanaging their finances for years. To minimize the program’s risk, the Fed should buy these short-term notes at discounts based on the issuer’s financial condition and should resist the urge to buy long-term bonds from local governments.

To fund the MLF, the Fed will establish a special-purpose entity, backed by $35 billion from the Treasury, to buy notes with maturities of up to 24 months from any state or city with more than one million residents, or county with more than two million. That means the 10 largest cities and 15 largest counties in the U.S.

Yet the MLF lacks some of the protections against losses that are built into other Fed lending programs. Many of the emergency facilities require that assets being purchased hold an investment-grade rating, either currently or right before the pandemic hit. The MLF has no such requirement.

The Main Street Lending Facility will purchase loans made to midsize companies from participating banks, which must retain 5% of each loan. That gives the banks a powerful incentive to assess each borrower’s ability to repay. By contrast, the MLF will purchase notes directly from governments, without due diligence by any private-sector lender.

Although these short-term notes are backed by state and local taxes, revenue will likely plunge over the next two years. The MLF’s maximum amount of notes purchased is set at 20% of a government’s revenues from the prior fiscal year. Yet that maximum doesn’t account for the expenses the government incurred in the same period, including obligations to fund pension plans and employee health care.

Some cities and states have worked hard to manage these obligations, while others let them mushroom. Accounting under reasonable assumptions, in 2017 these obligations consumed less than 20% of revenues in New York City and San Antonio but more than 60% in Chicago and Dallas. There’s a similar variety across states, where pension funding equaled 99% of liabilities in Wisconsin and 97% in South Dakota, but only 31% in Kentucky and New Jersey.

Fortunately, the Fed has indicated that it will base MLF prices on a government’s credit rating at the time of purchase. Details haven’t been announced, but ideally the Fed would offer much better prices for notes from governments with investment-grade rather than junk ratings. It should also amend its current plan by charging different origination fees depending on a government’s credit.

In addition to these improvements, the Fed should avoid taking the program in a dangerous direction. In announcing the MLF, the Fed said it would monitor the market for longer-term municipal bonds, implicitly suggesting it might extend the facility to the larger market for bonds with maturities of 10 to 30 years. The central bank’s independence would be undermined if it became a big purchaser of long-term bonds from financially weak but politically influential local governments. How would the Fed respond if a major city defaulted on its bonds?

States and cities will lobby hard for more federal assistance in the aftermath of the pandemic. If Congress decides to give such assistance, it should approve substantial appropriations for local governments in the next stimulus package rather than hidden subsidies through the Fed. Legislative appropriations would be in plain view of American voters, who could then hold cities and states accountable for how they use federal funds.

Wall Street Journal Opinion

By Robert C. Pozen

April 15, 2020 6:02 pm ET

Mr. Pozen is a senior lecturer at the MIT Sloan School of Management and a former chairman of MFS Investment Management.




Phone Call Signals Fed Is Treading Cautiously With Muni Lending.

On April 10, a day after the Federal Reserve rolled out plans to make loans in the $3.9 trillion municipal-debt market for the first time, the central bank’s Kent Hiteshew led a conference call with state and local government officials to explain how it would work.

The takeaway, according to those on the call, was that the $500 billion of loans available to the states and the biggest cities and counties should be seen as a lifeline that’s available if the public markets seize up — not a first resort for governments desperate for cash to fill the growing shortfalls in their budgets.

Ben Watkins, who oversees debt sales for Florida and was on the call, said the Fed’s short-term loans aren’t meant to act in place of the market. “I would call it not a direct intervention but a tool to be used as backstop,” he said.

The Fed has taken a cautious approach toward the recommendation by Congress in the $2.2 trillion economic stimulus law that it provide liquidity to the muni market. The sell off last month effectively shut off governments’ ability to raise funds. Rather than buy already issued debt to help prop up the market — as some on Wall Street pushed for — it has decided to extend loans directly to help government’s through the end of September as the severe economic slowdown pushes them toward what may be the worst fiscal crisis in decades.

The program, however, is only available to states and the approximately two dozen cities and counties that qualify under the Fed’s minimum population limits, and a key element of it — how the bank will set the interest rates — has yet to be disclosed. That will be crucial to determining whether governments flood the Fed with requests or do so only as a last resort should the Fed charge a premium to market rates.

Market Premium

Under Section 13(3) of the Federal Reserve Act, which allows the Fed to make emergency loans, the Fed is supposed to set rates at a “premium to the market rate,” according to a 2015 rule.

Watkins said officials on the call with the Fed last week were told the pricing would be higher than market rates. “We don’t really know what that means,” he said.

A spokesperson for the Fed declined to comment.

The Fed has taken a three-pronged approach in its support for a wide array of markets. In some cases, it is acting as a lender of last resort to short-term financing markets or the firms that are critical to them, such as money market funds. In another set of facilities, including the municipal facility, it is using its balance sheet to accomplish a goal requested by Congress. A third set of facilities is aimed at direct market support, where the Fed is using its balance sheet directly to buy the bonds of individual companies or make loans directly to them.

The central bank has said it could roll out further lending programs if needed, and its new powers helped end the steep sell-off last month that caused prices to tumble by the most in at least four decades as fearful investors yanked out their funds. The yields on the shortest-dated municipal debt — which money managers dumped to raise cash to meet withdrawals — have since tumbled from as much 2.8% last month to about 0.8%, according to Bloomberg’s benchmark indexes.

More Aid

The $500 billion of available loans promises to prevent governments from flooding the public market with short-term debt, which could have pushed up interest rates. By taking out so much supply, that could also help ensure that smaller cities and counties that can’t borrow from the Fed can still raise cash.

They may need quite a lot. The National Governors Association has said the federal government should extend some $500 billion of aid to the states alone to help them close budget shortfalls they will face over the next few years, while cities have sought $250 billion. It’s still unclear whether Congress will be able to extend such help with a second stimulus bill.

The governor of New Jersey, one of the states hit hardest by the pandemic, said Thursday that he wants to borrow as much as $9 billion from the Fed. Others, including Massachusetts and Hawaii, have been lining up private loans instead.

The central bank is still ironing out key details of the lending program and asked for market participants to provide feedback through April 16. Lobbying groups like the Bond Dealers of America have sent letters to the Fed with their perspective on the program and potential changes. The central bank is also expected to release a list of questions and answers about the program that will provide more detail.

Kenton Tsoodle, the assistant city manager of Oklahoma City and a Government Finance Officers Association official who was on the Fed call, said he took the bank’s comments as a sign that the Fed wants to act as fallback for borrowers who can’t otherwise raise what they need on Wall Street.

“I believe the goal would be that folks get out there in the regular market,” Tsoodle said.

Bloomberg Economics

By Amanda Albright and Danielle Moran

April 17, 2020, 8:01 AM PDT

— With assistance by Craig Torres




Muni-Bond Market Is Already Seeing a First Wave of Distress.

Signs of distress are creeping into the muni market.

With local economies grinding to a virtual halt, businesses closed and more than 22 million Americans thrown out of work, the fallout is rippling through the $3.9 trillion market that finances far more than just governments that virtually never default on their debts. Hospitals, airports, stadiums and speculative ventures like the Virgin Trains USA railroad in Florida have also sold debt through government agencies — and it’s backed by the money generated by their businesses.

Analysts widely expect to see more defaults in the state and local debt market, adding to the nearly $1 trillion of fixed-income securities that by last month had already tipped into distress nationwide, though the scale will depend heavily on how quickly the economy recovers. Speculation about such strains contributed to a record-setting pullback from municipal-bond funds last month, sending prices tumbling by the most in at least four decades until they rebounded on optimism about the $2.2 trillion economic stimulus enacted in Washington.

But some borrowers have already started warning bondholders about the impacts of the pandemic. Here are a few of them:

Senior Living

Senior living centers were already among the riskiest borrowers in the municipal market and the deadly pandemic that’s swept through many homes for the elderly has made them even more so. At least eight senior living facilities have either defaulted or reported some kind of trouble since mid-March, according to data compiled by Municipal Market Analytics.

PSL Wiregrass LP, which issued $23 million bonds through Capital Trust Agency in Florida to build an 110-bed senior living facility, defaulted on its April 1 interest payment, in part because of cost increases connected to the virus. The Trousdale Foundation had to draw on reserve funds to make a April 1 bond payment, saying its financial strains have been “exacerbated” by additional staffing and safety protocols.

Factory Closures

A tire recycling company in Terre Haute, Indiana, said it won’t be able to make loan payments backing municipal bonds sold in 2017 after the facility suspended production due to the virus, according to an April 6 regulatory filing by Pyrolyx USA Indiana LLC. The company has an interest payment due on June 1 it is unlikely to make.

Columbia Pulp I LLC, a waste-to-pulp facility in Washington, has also suspended operations. Because of the uncertainty about when it will reopen, the company said it is looking to pursue “additional sources of capital to sustain its operations through this challenging time,” according to an April 6 filing.

A California company building the world’s first facility for converting debris from rice cultivation into fiberboard said it will run out of money in May, according to a filing to bondholders by CalPlant I LLC. The company said the coronavirus pandemic has caused construction delays and higher expenses.

Proton Facilities

The Provision Cares Proton Therapy Center, which operates facilities in Tennessee, said April 2 “under normal operating conditions, the operating proton centers have been unable to generate sufficient cash flow to service the bond debt.” But the reduced number of patients because of the virus outbreak has made it even worse. Provision estimated the center’s cash deficit after debt service for 2020 will be negative $16.9 million, a $6.5 million increase from 2019.

Transportation

Virgin Trains USA, which runs a passenger railroad in Florida, issued a combined $2.7 billion in municipal bonds in 2019 to fund its extension to Orlando, a crucial step in its effort to turn a profit. It temporarily shut down after tourists and business travelers disappeared virtually overnight. In a disclosure document to bond holders the company said they plan to “monitor the situation” to decide when to reopen, maintaining that the construction work on the new leg is continuing on schedule. Ben Porritt, a spokesperson for Virgin Trains, declined to provide additional comment.

The Las Vegas Monorail, which has already gone bankrupt once, asked for bondholders’ consent to use cash in reserves for operations and to temporarily suspend required payments to those funds, according to a letter dated April 3. The Monorail indefinitely suspended service on March 18.

Bloomberg Markets

By Danielle Moran

April 17, 2020, 5:44 AM PDT Updated on April 17, 2020, 7:09 AM PDT

— With assistance by Amanda Albright, and Romy Varghese




BofA Gets States That Want to Borrow Now Rather Than Wait on Fed.

Some states aren’t waiting on the Federal Reserve to help with the historic hits to their budgets. Instead, they’re working with a lender that they have a much longer history with: Bank of America Corp.

At least three — Hawaii, Massachusetts and Rhode Island — have taken steps to borrow from the bank to cover temporary cash shortfalls as the shut down of broad swaths of the economy crimps their tax revenues.

On Wednesday, Hawaii disclosed in a regulatory filing that Bank of America would purchase $600 million in general-obligation bond anticipation notes, the same type of debt that the Fed will purchase in its first ever move into the $3.9 trillion municipal-bond market. Massachusetts Treasurer Deb Goldberg is considering taking out a loan of about $1 billion from Bank of America and other banks. At the end of March, before the Fed announced its lending program, Rhode Island also entered into a $150 million note purchase agreement with Bank of America, according to a regulatory filing.

The moves come as states and cities are bracing for what may be the biggest fiscal crisis they’ve seen in decades, with budget shortfalls expected to outstrip those brought on by the real-estate collapse that set off the last recession. Anticipating a surge in borrowing that could destabilize the municipal securities market, the Fed last week said it would extend as much as $500 billion of loans to states, Washington, D.C., and some of the most-populous cities and counties.

The central bank hasn’t released details about the intricacies of the program, including how much it will charge for the loans, and Citigroup Inc. has estimated it could take weeks for the program to start dispensing funds.

Short-term yields surged in March, threatening access to capital
Municipal Market Analytics, an independent research firm, said in an April 13 report that it’s seen a growing number of governments selling debt directly to banks or taking out lines of credit. It’s an understandable and prudent move by states given that working with a bank is a fast way to get cash, said Matt Fabian, a partner at the firm.

“It also puts them at the front of the line of other issuers who might want to take out lines of credit later,” he said.

For lenders like Bank of America, the biggest underwriter of municipal bonds, such loans will help them offset a steep drop in the pace of debt sales since the market was rattled by a record-setting sell-off as investors pulled billions from mutual funds. Even with the market rebounding, in part because of the Fed’s moves, long-term bond sales this month have declined 40% from a year ago.

Goldberg, the treasurer of Massachusetts, told lawmakers that the state is in the “final stages” of securing a working capital borrowing facility with a syndicate of banks led by Bank of America. That will give the state flexibility to draw down funds as needed during a time of delayed revenues as the tax deadline is pushed back, she told lawmakers during a hearing on April 14.

Hawaii’s taxable notes mature in October 2021 and yield 1.76%, according to terms included in the regulatory filing.

Bloomberg Markets

By Amanda Albright and Danielle Moran

April 16, 2020, 11:45 AM PDT

— With assistance by Shruti Singh




Budget Crises Make Mayors And Governors Say ‘Show Me The Money!’

A much larger injection of funds to state and local governments is what’s needed. Without hundreds of billions of additional funding, we risk a greater economic crisis, a prolonged public health emergency, and a worsening of inequality and misery.

In seemingly never-ending waves of bad economic news, the economic shocks caused by the pandemic are pounding state and local budgets. Calls are growing for a federal bailout, up to $500 billion by some estimates. Mayors and governors are like characters in the movie “Jerry McGuire,” saying to the federal government, “show me the money!”

Unlike the federal government, states (and the cities they charter and oversee) can’t run deficits. We are now deep into annual budget seasons for cities and states, and the pandemic’s effects are driving revenue forecasts—and budget plans—sharply downward. The majority of states start their new fiscal year on July 1, and the bad news is hitting them hard. Essential services—garbage pickup, emergency medical services, police, public education, and health care—all are threatened.

Continue reading.

Forbes

by Richard McGahey

Apr 17, 2020




Counties Say Virus Relief Fund is Shorting Them by Billions.

The National Association of Counties is pushing to change federal guidelines for how the money will be distributed to states and larger-sized local governments.

The Treasury Department’s plan for divvying up billions of dollars in federal coronavirus relief between large counties and the cities within their borders isn’t fair and should be changed, a group that advocates on behalf of counties is arguing.

Treasury issued guidelines this week for how it will dole out $139 billion from the “Coronavirus Relief Fund,” a pot of money that is meant to assist state and local governments with covering costs tied to the pandemic. The relief fund was created under the broader, $2 trillion coronavirus aid package known as the “CARES Act,” which Congress approved last month.

The National Association of Counties says Treasury’s formula for dispensing the relief fund dollars favors cities at the expense of counties and channels money to state governments that should instead be controlled at the local level.

Continue reading.

Route Fifty

by Bill Lucia

APRIL 15, 2020




Prospect of Steep Service Cuts Looms as Virus Batters State and Local Budgets.

“The longer this persists, the deeper it will be for state and locals and state and local cutbacks,” one expert noted this week.

It’s a given at this point that the coronavirus is going to make a dent in state and local government budgets, with public officials and experts saying service and program cuts appear inevitable without some kind of federal bailout.

Information continued to emerge this week about the extent of the financial pressure that states and localities are facing and how they are managing it. Even before the pandemic hit, some state and local governments were dealing with tight finances or lagging economies. Now they’re facing unplanned costs tied to the response, as well as depressed tax revenues because of the economic crash that the outbreak has caused.

States and local officials are advocating for billions of dollars in additional federal aid, on top of billions that Congress has allotted already. House Speaker Nancy Pelosi this week said that helping local governments offset lost revenues is “a very important piece” of discussions about a pending relief bill. But it’s still unknown how much more money lawmakers will pony up, or what limits will be imposed on how that cash can be spent.

Continue reading.

Route Fifty

by Bill Lucia

APRIL 18, 2020




Fed’s $500B Municipal Bond Buying Could Leave Out Cities with Large Black Populations.

KEY POINTS

In an attempt to aid an economy rapidly collapsing under the weight of the COVID-19 pandemic, the Federal Reserve announced a move last week to purchase $500 billion worth of short-term bonds issued by states or counties with more than two million people, or cities with a population above one million. A Brookings Institution study of the plan reveals that it leaves out most cities with large black populations.

Researchers Aaron Klein and Camille Busette wrote that “None of the 35 most African American cities in America meets the Fed’s criteria for direct assistance.”

The researchers note that this seems to be unintentional, as the population requirements mean that just 10 cities and 15 counties in the United States have access to the Municipal Liquidity Facility (MLF). This would force those 35 cities to try to receive aid through their state government, injecting a dose of politicking into a situation that demands rapid broad-based assistance.

There is a very strong correlation between cities with large black populations and their inability to access the MLF, as Brookings finds that for “every 10 percent more Black the city’s population, it is 10 percent less likely to qualify for the Fed’s program.” Additionally, the Fed is actually increasing the risk it is taking on with this municipal bond program, as the 10 largest cities in America have a lower average credit rating than the next largest 20 cities.

Brookings notes that the genesis for this dynamic lies in the Fed’s admirable desire to push aid to cities and states as quickly as possible, not any clear racist intent. Large metropolitan areas like Boston, Pittsburgh, Atlanta, Baltimore, and Detroit do not qualify for this program, and zero cities or counties in Ohio, Florida or New Jersey (America’s densest state) reach the very high population bar set to qualify for access to the MLF.

International Business Times

By Jacob Weindling

04/15/20 AT 11:34 AM




NABL: Federal Reserve Accepting Comments on Municipal Liquidity Facility.

As the Federal Reserve prepares to launch the Municipal Liquidity Facility, it is considering comments submitted by the public. As a reminder, the Municipal Liquidity Facility is an initiative by the Federal Reserve to provide up to $500 billion of credit to state and local governments that have seen their revenues collapse during the COVID-19 coronavirus crisis.

Submit a Comment: To submit a comment about the Municipal Liquidity Facility for consideration by the Federal Reserve, please use the portal here. NABL is considering submitting comments and we encourage our members to submit your individual comments as well.

Note, the portal for the Municipal Liquidity Facility is expected to stay open until April 16, 2020, so we encourage you to submit soon.

FAQs: Additionally, the Federal Reserve is developing a Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ) document that will be available shortly.

More information about the Municipal Liquidity Facility can be found at the link here and below:

Helpful Links:

Municipal Liquidity Facility term sheet.
Press Release related to additional actions to provide up to $2.3 trillion in loans to support the economy.




Milliman Analysis: Public Pensions Hammered by COVID-19 Economic Volatility, Shedding $419 Billion in Market Value in Q1

Plans’ funded ratio sinks to 66.0% in single largest quarterly drop in PPFI history

SEATTLE, April 16, 2020 /PRNewswire/ — Milliman, Inc., a premier global consulting and actuarial firm, today released the first quarter 2020 results of its Public Pension Funding Index (PPFI), which consists of the nation’s 100 largest public defined benefit pension plans. During Q1 2020, the overall funded ratio for these plans suffered the single largest quarterly drop in the history of the PPFI, decreasing from 74.9% to 66.0% between Jan 1 and March 31. Economic volatility from the COVID-19 pandemic resulted in a $419 billion loss in the market value of assets for these pensions, which in aggregate experienced investment returns of -10.81% in Q1. Individual plans in the PPFI had estimated returns ranging from -17.41% to 4.76%.

“Coming off the heels of what was a stellar fourth quarter in 2019, the economic fallout from the COVID-19 pandemic has completely wiped out any public pension funding gains we saw last year,” said Becky Sielman, author of the Milliman 100 Public Pension Funding Index. “While these pensions now have a long way to go to return to pre-pandemic funding levels, it’s important to remember that most public pension plans use some sort of asset smoothing mechanism to dampen the impact of market gyrations. This gives plan sponsors some breathing space to explore and plan for how this market downturn will impact contributions.”

Breaking down the plans by funded ratio, four plans now remain at 90% funded or higher, down from 20 the previous quarter. Meanwhile, at the lower end of the spectrum nine plans fell below the 60% funded mark, bringing the total number of plans under 60% to 35, up from just 26 at Q4 2019. The total pension liability (TPL) continues to grow and stood at an estimated $5.355 trillion at the end of Q1 2020, up from $5.313 trillion at the end of Q4 2019.

To view the Milliman 100 Public Pension Funding Index, go to http://www.milliman.com/ppfi/. To receive regular updates of Milliman’s pension funding analysis, contact us at pensionfunding@milliman.com.




Plunge in Convention Hotel Travel Puts Municipal Bonds at Risk.

The industry can withstand a downturn of a month or two, experts say, but a longer delay could hamper financing for projects in development.

Confinement and social distancing mandates are taking a toll on business travel as airlines cut flight schedules and long-distance meetings are held with teleconferencing services like Zoom, putting cities around the nation in a bind.

The plunge in business travel has cast a shadow over hotels that cater to conferences and conventions, which need a steady influx of travelers to survive. That, in turn, could crimp the budgets of cities that used bonds to finance the construction of the hotels with the hopes of attracting more visitors.

Experts say that the industry can withstand a downturn of a month or two, but that a longer delay could hamper financing for construction projects in development.

“The big question mark in this current environment is whether it is at all plausible that the cities will see a substantial increase” in convention demand, said Heywood T. Sanders, professor of public administration at the University of Texas at San Antonio.

“The coronavirus puts them behind the eight ball in many ways,” he said.

As much as 80 percent of the 2,500 business-to-business conventions that are held from March 1 to May 15 each year have been canceled, or are likely to be, costing upward of $3.6 billion in revenue for show organizers and as much as $22 billion in broader economic activity, according to projections by the Center for Exhibition Industry Research, a trade group in Dallas. Consequently, the upscale and luxury hotels across the United States that rely on these trade shows have closed.

The timing is especially vexing for new publicly funded convention hotels that were built to draw business travelers. The $367 million Loews Kansas City convention hotel in Missouri was supposed to open on April 2 and had already hired 340 of the roughly 450 employees it needed. But in mid-March, Loews announced that it would delay opening the 800-room property indefinitely. Kansas City provided financing incentives valued at about $166 million.

The $240 million, 600-room Hyatt Regency Portland at the Oregon Convention Center opened in December only to suspend operations in March. Hyatt officials declined to comment. The project included roughly $74 million in city and state incentives.

“Both of these properties were built on the assumption that a new convention hotel would induce a significant new convention demand,” said Mr. Sanders, a longtime skeptic of the convention growth projections that are often used to justify convention center and hotel construction.

The problem is cropping up across the nation. Many cities fully or partly finance the construction and operation of convention hotels to compete for events, often by using bonds backed by the hotel’s income, as well as revenue from hospitality and tourism taxes. Noting the collapse in conferences and forecasting a U.S. recession, S&P Global Ratings recently warned that it could lower the ratings of bonds supporting existing convention hotels in Denver and Austin, Texas. It also downgraded the rating of bonds backing Baltimore’s convention hotel.

Hotels that do convention business have suffered jarring setbacks in the past, particularly after the Sept. 11, 2001, attacks and the recessions in 2001 and late that decade, but never has the industry undergone such a sudden reversal of fortune, experts say. The American Hotel and Lodging Association estimates that nearly four million workers across all hotel segments have been furloughed or soon will be. Employees in more labor-intensive upscale hotels that include restaurants, bars and banquet facilities make up a good chunk of those idled.

“Hotel business went from 100 to zero — everybody was traveling the week of March 9, and the next week they weren’t,” said Elliot K. Eichner, a founder and principal of Sonnenblick-Eichner, a Los Angeles commercial real estate investment bank that arranges financing for hotels, resorts and other properties. “We’re now hoping that it goes from zero to 100 once we get a handle on this virus.”

As in past tumultuous periods, the so-called upper upscale and luxury hotels that typically serve conventioneers and business travelers are being hit the hardest during the pandemic, said Jamie Lane, senior managing economist for CBRE Hotels Research in the Americas.

The average occupancy rate in those categories plunged to just below 10 percent in the last week of March from around 70 percent for February, according to STR, a global hospitality data analytics firm. And revenue per available room, a key measure of hotel profitability, plummeted more than 90 percent, STR found.

Social-distancing measures have generated uncertainty in the development of new hotels, too, even as many states allow construction to continue. S&P Global Ratings recently warned that $152 million in bonds sold to finance the 463-room expansion of the Hilton Columbus Downtown hotel in Ohio could be downgraded. Workers broke ground on that $220 million project late last year, anticipating a mid-2022 completion.

How the virus could affect projects in the pipeline remains to be seen. But unknowns over when travel will resume — and how strongly it will recover — could make lenders and bond buyers reluctant to finance convention properties, experts acknowledge.

“As of now, we’re anticipating a downturn for two quarters,” Mr. Lane said. “But if it’s longer than that, we could see some projects get postponed or canceled.”

Projects on the horizon include a $550 million, 880-room Loews hotel in Arlington, Texas, which is part of a plan to attract more conferences to the city’s Texas Live entertainment district. In March, Fort Worth approved a $174 million, 400-room expansion of the Omni Fort Worth and agreed to $40 million in incentives.

According to Omni Hotels & Resorts, construction of the hotel in Fort Worth will not begin until late 2021. The company also said that coronavirus regulations had halted construction of its $550 million, 1,054-room hotel in Boston’s Seaport district, but that construction continued at the company’s $241 million, 605-room Oklahoma City convention hotel. Both properties were scheduled to open early next year.

The transient nature of guests generally poses the biggest challenge to hotel financing, and the coronavirus crisis has only intensified it, said Anne R. Lloyd-Jones, a senior managing director with HVS, a global hospitality consultant. Multiyear leases usually provide office, warehouse and shopping center landlords with a cushion to ride out turbulence, but hotels essentially renew their leases with their customers every day.

“There is no guarantee that someone is going to replace a hotel visitor that is here today and gone tomorrow, and where we are today underscores that element,” Ms. Lloyd-Jones said. “Lenders have been pretty disciplined, and they will approach any new development with caution.”

Conference and convention hotels that are able to open this year could see a silver lining. The Lake House on Canandaigua, a $48.5 million hotel and convention center project in New York’s Finger Lakes region, has been receiving inquiries from groups that postponed events but could not reschedule them at the same place, said William Caleo, the hotel’s owner. The project was on track to open in August despite the uncertain future. A recent order by Gov. Andrew M. Cuomo of New York halted construction, however, further muddying any semblance of even cautious optimism.

“Pent-up demand has presented a real opportunity for us to fill a void, and I’m hoping that we can accommodate everybody,” said Mr. Caleo, a developer of boutique condominiums in Brooklyn. “But when will people be convening in groups larger than 10? Nobody knows.”

And as professionals adapt to virtual meetings, the need to travel to some conferences is being questioned. But industry experts play down the extent to which groups would use the alternatives, especially given the economic impact that conventions and conferences have on their organizations and local markets.

Additionally, studies conducted by the Center for Exhibition Industry Research have consistently placed value on face-to-face meetings, said Cathy Breden, chief executive of the organization.

After the SARS outbreak decimated Toronto’s hospitality industry in 2003, travel came back just as strong the next year, Mr. Lane of CBRE said.

“Over all, business and leisure travel were at peak levels before the current pandemic, and we don’t see that changing over the long term,” he said. “The industry will get through it, just as it has gotten through many major issues in the past.”

The New York Times

By Joe Gose

April 14, 2020




Coronavirus: Gauging the Impact of Economic Dislocation on U.S. State Tax Revenues (Comparing Differences Between States and Incorporating the Impact into Ratings)

Read the Fitch Special Report.

Fri 17 Apr, 2020 – 3:47 PM ET




S&P: Tax Filing Extensions Create Liquidity Issues For U.S. States

Key Takeaways

Postponement of state April 15 income tax filing deadlines, announced by every state that imposes an income tax, creates a temporary deferral of revenue that for at least some states is likely to be near in magnitude to the separate amount of potential permanent tax loss caused by the pandemic related economic slowdown. Unfortunately, this will create additional problems for state liquidity, creating uncertainty and challenges in revising fiscal 2020 and 2021 revenue forecasts, as separating out temporary income tax deferrals compared to the permanent loss due to economic activity will be difficult.

Primarily derived from the calendar year 2019 tax filing period, fiscal 2020 income tax payments are not likely to change much, aside from the time of receipt. However, receipts in the three remaining months of most states’ fiscal 2020 will not be immune to recessionary pressures, as the monthly wage withholding receipts will be reduced in the current fiscal year due to the sudden spike in unemployment induced by the social distancing measures throughout the economy. The full effect of the permanent loss of income tax revenue collections caused by the recession will not be known for months, but will primarily be reflected in fiscal 2021.

Continue reading.




Fitch U.S. Public Finance First-Quarter 2020 Rating Actions.

Link to Fitch Ratings’ Report(s): U.S. Public Finance Rating Actions Report & Sector Updates: First-Quarter 2020

Fitch Ratings-New York-09 April 2020: Overall Ratings Stability with Upgrades Outpacing Downgrades
In 1Q20, Fitch Ratings upgraded 18 U.S. public finance ratings and downgraded 12 compared to 54 upgrades and 35 downgrades in 4Q19. Annual upgrades have exceeded downgrades for the sixth year since 2008. Upgrades represented approximately 2.2% of all rating actions in 1Q20, while downgrades represented approximately 1.5%.

Outlooks Trend Mixed with Increase in Negative Watches
There were 92 Positive Rating Outlooks and Watches and 126 Negative Rating Outlooks and Watches in the portfolio as of quarter-end 1Q 20 compared to 93 and 105, respectively, in 4Q19. The increase in Negative Watches was partially driven by coronavirus-related reasons. Positive Rating Outlooks and Watches accounted for approximately 3.2% of the U.S. public finance portfolio and Negative Rating Outlooks and Watches represented 4.3%.

Coronavirus Impact
As of 1Q20 quarter end, Fitch had placed one state rating (Alaska) and 13 local government ratings on Rating Watch Negative due to coronavirus-related credit impacts. Unprecedented effects of the coronavirus on the economy and operating environments will continue to create downward rating pressure throughout 2020, especially for the tax-supported, healthcare and higher education sectors. Fitch will continue to monitor the rapidly evolving situation with additional rating actions and analysis.

Criteria News
Fitch released its updated criteria for housing finance agencies in February 2020 and its finalized criteria for affordable housing in March 2020. Finalized tax-supported criteria were released in January 2020 and revisions to Fitch’s tax-supported, revenue-supported, public power and colleges and universities criteria were published in March 2020.

“U.S. Public Finance Rating Actions Report & Sector Updates: First-Quarter 2020” is available at www.fitchratings.com.

Contact:

Arlene Bohner
Managing Director, Head of U.S. Public Finance
+ 212 908-0554
Fitch Ratings, Inc.
300 West 57th Street
New York, NY 10019

Media Relations: Sandro Scenga, New York, Tel: +1 212 908 0278, Email: sandro.scenga@thefitchgroup.com

Additional information is available on www.fitchratings.com.




S&P: How The U.S. Municipal Housing Sector Is Bracing For COVID-19 Related Impact

Table of Contents

Key Takeaways

Continue reading.




S&P Outlooks On Four U.S. Muni Retail Electric, Gas Utilities And Electric Coop Utilities Revised To Stable From Positive

NEW YORK (S&P Global Ratings) April 16, 2020–S&P Global Ratings today revised the outlooks on certain long-term debt ratings in the U.S. Public Utilities sector to stable from positive. S&P Global Ratings has affirmed the ratings and revised the outlooks to stable from positive on the following public utilities: Bryan Texas Utilities (BTU) electric system, Garland Power & Light (GP&L) electric system (both in Texas), Georgia Transmission Corp. (GTC), and Southern Illinois Power Cooperative (SIPC).

The outlook revisions to stable from positive of each issuer follows our updated overall view of the Public Utilities sector due to the COVID-19 pandemic. We believe credit quality among U.S. municipal retail electric and gas utilities and electric cooperative utilities will be pressured, as these utilities are increasingly vulnerable to the potential economic effects of the pandemic. In our view, widespread efforts to stem the spread of COVID-19 and protect the population’s health and safety, which we view as a social risk under our environmental, social, and governance (ESG) factors, could lead to budgetary challenges and pressure cash flows and liquidity.

The stable outlooks reflect our view that each utility will be able maintain its current rating despite the challenges presented by COVID-19. Specifically, we believe that each utility’s revenue stream is primarily residential and provides a more predictable revenue stream compared to utilities with significant commercial and industrial revenue concentration. Other factors that support the stable outlook include each utility’s robust liquidity position that can help cushion the effects of budget variances. In addition, the cooperative utilities benefit from serving extremely diverse revenue streams across numerous counties.

Continue reading.




S&P U.S. State Ratings And Outlooks: Current List

View the list.




S&P History Of U.S. State Ratings.

View the list.




S&P: Outlook Revised To Stable From Positive On Tax-Secured Debt Ratings Of Local Governments On Deep Economic Contraction

CENTENNIAL (S&P Global Ratings) April 17, 2020–S&P Global Ratings revised its outlook to stable from positive on certain long-term and underlying ratings on local governments with outstanding tax-secured debt due to heightened risks on various credit factors caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and related recession (see list below).

The outlook revisions to stable from positive reflect our view that previous upward momentum will likely be stunted by the broad challenges facing these organizations due to the COVID-19 pandemic and recession. While we no longer think a higher rating is likely during the outlook period, we consider these local governments’ ratings stable at this time. A stable outlook reflects our view that the rating is unlikely to change during the outlook period, which is up to two years.

As described in our article, “An Already Historic U.S. Downturn Now Looks Even Worse,” published April 16, 2020, on RatingsDirect, the recession’s trajectory is much deeper and faster than previously anticipated. S&P Global Economics now projects that the U.S. GDP will contract by 5.3% in 2020. Though we expect the economy will begin to recover in the second half of 2020, we anticipate that the recovery will be gradual and constrained by some form of continued social distancing as fears persist over the continued spread of COVID-19. Given this rapid and severe economic shock, we believe upward rating movement is unlikely over the intermediate term.

Continue reading.




S&P: Outlook Revised To Stable From Positive On Eight Affordable Housing Issues Due To Pandemic Uncertainty

NEW YORK (S&P Global Ratings) April 14, 2020–S&P Global Ratings revised the outlooks on 13 long-term ratings associated with eight affordable multifamily housing transactions to stable from positive.

The revised outlooks follow our updated assessment that U.S. unemployment could approach 20 million by May, due to government measures to mitigate the community spread of COVID-19.

We view uncertainty regarding the timing and duration of the spread of the virus throughout the country as a health and safety social risk under our environmental, social, and governance factors.

Continue reading.




S&P Criteria | Governments | U.S. Public Finance: Methodology For Rating U.S. Public Finance Rental Housing Bonds

Table of Contents

OVERVIEW AND SCOPE

1. These criteria outline S&P Global Ratings’ methodology for rating bonds backed by rental income from residential properties that serve a public purpose in the U.S. (rental housing bonds). All terms followed by an asterisk are defined in the glossary (see Appendix A). We intend the methodology to be read in conjunction with the related guidance (see “Guidance: Methodology For Rating U.S. Public Finance Rental Housing Bonds,” April 15, 2020).

2. In particular, our definition of rental housing bonds includes bonds backed by revenues from:

3. The methodology does not apply to:

Continue reading. (Registration required.)




S&P Guidance | Criteria | Governments | U.S. Public Finance: Methodology For Rating U.S. Public Finance Rental Housing Bonds

Table of Contents

OVERVIEW AND SCOPE

1. This document provides additional information and guidance related to our criteria, “Methodology For Rating U.S. Public Finance Rental Housing Bonds,” published April 15, 2020. It is intended to be read in conjunction with those criteria. For a further explanation of guidance documents, please see the description at the end of this article.

2. The first section includes general guidance applicable across all transaction types in scope of the criteria. Subsequent sections provide further detail on the specific application of the methodology to each property or transaction type. In particular, we detail the application of the adjustment in our coverage and liquidity reserves assessment to reflect our expectation of stability or volatility of net cash flows (hereinafter, the “volatility adjustment”). We also explain the relative importance of different sub-factors in our management and governance and market position assessments.

Continue reading.




S&P RFC Process Summary: Methodology For Rating U.S. Public Finance Rental Housing Bonds

Table of Contents

On Nov. 4, 2019, S&P Global Ratings published a request for comment (RFC) on its proposed revisions to the approach it uses to rate U.S. Public Finance Rental Housing Bonds.

Following feedback from market participants, we finalized and published our criteria, titled “Methodology For Rating U.S. Public Finance Rental Housing Bonds,” on April 15, 2020. We also finalized and published the guidance article “Guidance: Methodology For Rating U.S. Public Finance Rental Housing Bonds,” to explain how we apply the final criteria. This guidance article is not criteria, but it is intended to be read in conjunction with the final criteria. For further information regarding guidance documents, please see “Criteria And Guidance: Understanding the Difference,” published Dec. 15, 2017.

We’d like to thank investors, issuers, and other intermediaries who provided feedback. This RFC Process Summary provides an overview of the written comments and certain other feedback we received from the market on the proposed criteria, the significant analytical changes we made to the proposed criteria following the RFC period, and the rationale for those changes.

Continue reading.




S&P: Certain U.S. Rental Housing Bonds Ratings Placed Under Criteria Observation Following Criteria Revision

FARMERS BRANCH (S&P Global Ratings) April 15, 2020–S&P Global Ratings today added its under criteria observation (UCO) identifier to certain U.S rental housing bond transactions. These ratings have the “UCO” label in the Regulatory Identifier column on the individual transaction pages of S&P Global Ratings online credit rating products. The UCO identifier indicates a rating that could be affected by a published change in criteria (see “Standard & Poor’s Announces “Under Criteria Observation” Identifier For Ratings Potentially Affected By Criteria Changes,” published May 7, 2013).

On April 15, 2020, we published our “Methodology For Rating U.S. Public Finance Rental Housing Bonds.” The criteria became effective immediately upon publication.

The UCO identifier will remain in place until the conclusion of the review under the changed criteria for all of the affected ratings, at which time the ratings may be affirmed, changed, or placed on CreditWatch. The UCO identifier does not modify any rating definition, nor is it equivalent to a CreditWatch placement. S&P Global Ratings expects to review the ratings identified as UCO within six months of the criteria’s effective date.

Continue reading.




S&P Credit FAQ: How S&P Global Ratings' Revised Criteria Look At U.S. Public Finance Rental Housing Bonds

Frequently Asked Questions

Why is S&P Global Ratings publishing new criteria at a time when the COVID-19 pandemic is creating substantial uncertainty across all sectors?

We are monitoring the impact of COVID-19 on rental housing bonds and believe that the new criteria provides a better framework to capture any resulting developments in our ratings. In particular, relative to our previous criteria we believe that the revised criteria better captures emerging instability and the volatility in cash flows that rental properties may experience as a result of COVID-19 and future exogenous events.

How will S&P Global Ratings apply the revised criteria to reflect developments related to the COVID-19 pandemic in its ratings on rental housing bonds?

In comparison to the previous criteria, the revised criteria include a tighter calibration of debt service coverage ratio bands used to arrive at the initial coverage assessment, and the ability to adjust the initial coverage assessment to account for an expectation of deteriorating financial performance or volatility risks for a particular development or type of property. We believe that these changes will allow us to better differentiate our ratings on the basis of credits’ relative sensitivity to emerging volatility risks, and to do so in a manner more timely than under our previous criteria.

Why did S&P Global Ratings remove privatized student housing transactions from the scope of the final criteria?

We have removed from the scope of the proposed criteria privatized student housing transactions, which are currently analyzed under separate criteria. We did not expect significant rating impact from the criteria revision for these credits. However, the COVID-19 crisis has had a significant and immediate impact for these credits. On March 25, we revised our outlook to negative on all U.S. higher education privatized (off balance sheet) student housing projects in the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic and the uncertainties surrounding the ultimate economic fallout. This affected 63 ratings (see “U.S. Higher Education Privatized Student Housing Projects Outlook Revised To Negative On Potential COVID-19 Impact,” published March 25, 2020).

What types of issues are still in scope?

Ratings on bonds backed by rental income from residential properties that serve a public purpose:

What are the primary new features of the criteria?

Which sectors are expected to be affected by this new criteria?

We have published a list of 110 ratings that will be put under criteria observation for review (see “Certain U.S. Rental Housing Bonds Ratings Placed Under Criteria Observation Following Criteria Revision”) within the next six months. The list primarily includes unenhanced affordable housing transactions, and age-restricted housing. We recently revised the outlook to negative for 16 affordable senior housing ratings, resulting in all ratings in the subsector having a negative outlook or on CreditWatch (two ratings) due to concerns regarding the COVID-19 pandemic and its near term effect on occupancy and increasing expenses. More about the outlook change can be found here.

This report does not constitute a rating action.




Nuveen Accused Of 'Threats And Lies' - Which Is Why NEA And Its Municipal Bond CEFs Are Great.

Summary

An interesting lawsuit in the municipal bond market has uncovered exactly how and why many debt CEFs can crush their indexes, and why this fact is likely to remain true for a long while to come.

The story revolves around Nuveen Asset Management and its attempts to get all of the major investment banks in America to not do business with an upstart that was disrupting Nuveen’s business model as it functions in the muni bond world.

Understanding the details of this case is critical for understanding why CEFs are a much, much better vehicle for buying municipal bonds (as well as several other assets). But in addition, this case is really interesting, as it uncovers some of the tricks of the trade that asset managers use to win.

Continue reading.

Seeking Alpha

by Michael Foster

Apr. 14, 2020




Bonds Started to Falter. Then, the Fed Came to the Rescue.

Core bond funds have made money for investors, but it has been anything but an effortless ride.

When seen from a distance, core bond funds lately have had the deceptive appearance of ducks serenely gliding along the waters’ surface.

They’ve made money for investors. The largest bond mutual fund and exchange-traded fund — the Vanguard Total Bond Market Index Fund and the iShares Core U.S. Aggregate Bond E.T.F. — both gained more than 2 percent for the first three months of the year.

But that belies a two-week period in March when every corner of the bond market was furiously paddling to stay afloat. It’s worth looking closely at what happened, to be prepared for the possibility of further shocks in the future.

Continue reading.

The New York Times

By Carla Fried

April 16, 2020




Rich Muni Buyers Piled In During Record Crash, Reaping Big Gains.

When the little guys were fleeing for the exits of the municipal-bond market, it appears that the rich were piling in.

On March 20, at the height of the worst sell-off in at least four decades, purchases of state and local government bonds with maturities of at least 2 years and in blocks of $1 million of less — a proxy for buying by wealthy individual investors — exceeded sales by $920 million, according to Citigroup Inc. Such buying hadn’t outpaced selling by that much since the credit crisis of 2008, the bank said.

“It was almost off the charts in terms of retail net buying,” said John Heppolette, Citigroup’s head of municipal markets and finance. “We’ve seen it in each of the past crises, as bond funds and other investors sell, munis get cheaper, and eventually high net worth comes in opportunistically.”

The fear-driven crash provided brave investors a rare chance to scoop up even the safest tax-exempt bonds at unusually low prices, locking in higher yields until maturity.

In the midst of the sell-off, 5-year AAA rated bonds were yielding 6.5 times more than comparable Treasuries. New York City water authority bonds, callable in 7 years with a AA+ rating, were sold to a customer at a 4% yield — 3.5 percentage points more than five-year federal government debt. Metropolitan Transportation Authority bonds backed by Treasuries maturing in 2027 traded at a 2.4% yield, 2 percentage point more.

“All of a sudden they saw rates on individual bonds that they probably aren’t going to see in years,” said John Bagley, the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board’s chief market structure officer.

The steep price drops were set off by an unprecedented stampede out of municipal-bond mutual funds, which saw almost $40 billion withdrawn in two weeks in March alone, according to the Investment Company Institute’s figures. With fund managers forced to dump securities to raise cash, yields on 10-year benchmark municipal bonds surged by nearly a full percentage point in two days, an extremely large jump for securities that typically move a few basis points a day if at all.

Less well-off mutual-fund investors tend to focus on share prices and sell as a group when prices fall. They’re also sensitive to what analysts call headline risk, or bad news stories that undermine the market’s perception as a haven.

Wealthy investors who buy individual bonds for their own accounts may be less likely to sell since they tend to focus on a bond’s coupon and getting their principal back at maturity, Bagley said.

In addition to purchases through brokers and wealth managers, the March buying shows how so-called separately managed accounts, which typically require an initial investment of $250,000 or more, are exerting more sway in the municipal market. There was an estimated $700 billion in such tailored accounts at the end of 2019, according to Citigroup, helping to make up for weaker demand from banks and insurance companies.

The buying last month has provided an immediate payoff, with prices surging back since Congress passed the $2.2 trillion stimulus plan and the Federal Reserve moved into parts of the municipal market to help ease the liquidity crunch.

The overall market has gained more than 8% since March 20, according to the Bloomberg Barclays index. But many bonds did even better. The New York water securities have since soared 16% from their low.

Bloomberg Markets

By Martin Z Braun

April 16, 2020, 7:18 AM PDT




Public Banking Would Help Speed the Economic Recovery from COVID-19.

At least 90 percent of the nation’s cities are facing a budget crisis because of the economic shutdown in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, according to a mid-April report by the U.S. Conference of Mayors and the National League of Cities. Because municipal governments cannot run deficits, they will have to respond by cutting staff and programs, which will worsen the economic conditions of the cities they serve.

If cities had public banks, they would be much better equipped to deal with these budget shortfalls and maintain the services and staff most vital to their economic recovery. That’s why state and local political leaders should use emergency powers to rapidly create public banks that can serve as key engines of a just and sustainable economic recovery.

Public banks are new to most of us in America, but they have been a proven institution globally for the past few hundred years. The one place in America where public banking is not new is North Dakota, where the 100-year-old Bank of North Dakota is widely credited with helping the state’s economy weather the 2008 recession far better than other states.

Continue reading.

THE HILL

BY ISAIAH POOLE AND RICK GIRLING, OPINION CONTRIBUTORS — 04/17/20 06:30 PM EDT

THE VIEWS EXPRESSED BY CONTRIBUTORS ARE THEIR OWN AND NOT THE VIEW OF THE HILL




Deriving Maximum Benefit from Rural Opportunity Zones

The establishment of Opportunity Zones was intended to encourage long-term investments in underserved, low-income communities by establishing a way to reduce an investor’s capital gains.

The 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act allowed state governors to nominate census tracts as Opportunity Zones, with up to 25% of a state’s low-income census tracts to be eligible for designation. Indiana Governor Eric Holcomb nominated 156 census tracts as Opportunity Zones, which were a mix of underserved urban and rural tracts across the state. Investors interested in taking advantage of the Opportunity Zone tax break must do so through a qualified “Opportunity Zone Fund” investment.

The Treasury Department recently finalized Opportunity Zone regulations and many investors have set up qualified Opportunity Zone funds to take advantage of the legislation. Most of these funds are set up to invest in traditional residential and commercial real estate opportunities by refurbishing or rebuilding low-income properties in underserved communities.

This standard model of real estate investment in underserved communities presupposes that most of the investments occur in urban areas where increases in rental income can be offset by larger, more affluent populations. Investors in these properties will manage the property for ten years and then look to sell them, capturing any incremental gain on the post-acquisition economic appreciation. This type of capital gain will be tax free.

However, this investment model does not work well in underserved, rural areas where the population is disbursed over a large area. In these circumstances, revenues from an improvement of a single property will not significantly, nor beneficially, move the needle on property tax revenues. These communities require sizable investments from external capital sources to grow the local tax base immediately and over the long-term. Opportunity Zones in rural communities are now best positioned to add sizable industrial and infrastructure projects to their portfolios.

Currently, rural Opportunity Zone areas have been the target of warehouses, distribution centers, wafer manufacturers, plastic recycling plants, and other similar commercial and industrial projects. However, the future of rural Opportunity Zone development lies within the solar energy infrastructure industry. Solar panel farms in underserved, rural Opportunity Zones offer an attractive package of economic development, significant increases in local property tax base, direct payments to landowners above “farming margin,” lower electricity costs to all ratepayers, and reductions in environmental issues.

With these important benefits in combination with stackable federal tax benefits (e.g. Investment Tax Credits and Bonus depreciation), solar panel farms can provide the next generation of Hoosiers with a low-cost, long-term energy solution that will improve the economies and environmental health of rural communities throughout the state of Indiana.

Inside Indiana Business

By Tim O’Hara, Managing Director, Energy Systems Network

Thursday, April 9th 2020, 10:19 AM EDT




The Case for Adequate Public Transportation Funding During the COVID-19 Pandemic: Nossaman

In his Infra Insight Blog post on April 9, Frank Liu reported on the uncertain status of the long awaited federal infrastructure bill. As the federal deficit balloons and election season intensifies, the likelihood of prompt Congressional action on a major infrastructure bill is diminishing. All indications are that it will be sidelined as Congress works on a “Phase 4” coronavirus relief bill to ameliorate the unprecedented loss of jobs throughout the nation and provide further direct assistance to the business community. The Phase 4 bill also should include ample stop gap … Continue

By Fredric Kessler on 04.15.2020

Nossaman LLP




U.S. Public Finance and Infrastructure: Coronavirus Response So Far

Read the Fitch Report.

Wed 15 Apr, 2020




GFOA: Utility Outreach to Congress Key to Inclusion of Water Funding in Future Stimulus Legislation

GFOA, NACWA and our partners in the water sector, are closely engaged with Congress to ensure that future stimulus legislation in response to the COVID-19 pandemic includes assistance to public clean water utilities. Members of Congress, however, need to hear directly from water utility stakeholders to outline specific challenges. GFOA encourages utility stakeholders to use this template letter to write your federal House and Senate delegations to urge additional federal support to the water sector.

While the timing and makeup of the next stimulus package remains unclear, assistance to the water sector is actively in play in both the House and Senate in large part due to the Congressional advocacy of our water utility partners who have helped lay the groundwork. But it is critical all members consistently and continuously reach out to their congressional delegations to ensure inclusion.

Key congressional staff have continued to emphasize the need for public utilities to reach out to their respective Senators and Representatives and provide them with facts and figures on the direct economic impacts they are incurring or expect to incur as a result of the coronavirus pandemic.

According to a conservative estimate by NACWA, revenue shortfalls to the public clean water sector is approximately $12.5 billion, which assumes a 20% annual revenue loss. This estimate has been helpful in elevating the economic needs of the clean water sector to Congress, as has the growing media attention around the issue.

Going forward, individual utility outreach, especially to key members of Congressional leadership and committees, is critical to ensuring the sector’s economic needs are met in any further stimulus legislation, both for low income household assistance programs and industrial and business revenue loses.

For more information on assisting low-income water utility customers, see the American Water Works Association’s (AWWA) report, Thinking Outside the Bill: A Utility Managers Guide to Assisting Low-Income Water Customers.




BDA Submits Municipal Note Guarantee Recommendation to Fed.

Today, the BDA submitted a one-pager to the Fed in response to the recent announcement of the Municipal Liquidity Facility stemming from passage of the CARES Act. In the one-pager the BDA calls on the Fed to create a Note Guarantee Program for State and Local Governments.

The Municipal Guarantee recommendation can be viewed here.

Municipal Note Guarantee Recommendation

The recommendation is a response to initial outline of the Municipal Liquidity Facility announced yesterday. In the one-pager the BDA calls on the Fed to create a Note Guarantee Program for State and Local Governments.

The BDA calls on the Fed to develop a program that will:

Bond Dealers of America

April 10, 2020




GFOA Fiscal First Aid Resource Center.

A financial crisis can take many forms:

Any of these events would likely cause significant financial distress for even the best-prepared local governments. Whether they lead to increased expenditures, decreased revenue, or a combination of both, the effect is the same: the local government finds itself without enough money to do everything that people expect it to get done. GFOA has put together this set of resources to help local government finance officers facing these types of situations. The centerpiece is a 12-step process we call Fiscal First Aid: Recovering from Financial Distress. Use the following diagram to navigate through the different steps of the financial recovery process.

12-Step Fiscal First Aid Recovery Process
Step 1: Recognition
Step 2: Mobilize
Step 3: Generic Treatments
Step 4: Initial Diagnosis
Step 5: Fiscal First Aid
Step 6: Detailed Diagnosis
Step 7: Recovery Plan
Step 8: Long-Term Treatments
Step 9: Long-Term Financial Planning
Step 10: Recovery Leadership
Step 11: Manage the Recovery Process
Step 12: The Outcome of Recovery

New GFOA Research
Working Remotely: A Guide for the Public Sector
Cash is King: Short-Term Strategies to Slow the Flow of Money Out the Door and Keep the Budget Balanced

Upcoming Training
April 13: Procurements Under FEMA Awards During Periods of Emergency or Exigency
April 15: Assessing Risks Related to Cyber Crime

Past Training
Click on each webinar to access a recording of the webinar, the PowerPoint presentation, and other supporting materials.

March 27, 2020. Financial Decision Making Under Uncertainty

April 1, 2020. Budgeting During a Recession: Principles, Practices, Processes, and Politics

April 8, 2020. Financial Scenario Planning: Visualizing and Strategizing for Uncertain Times

April 9, 2020. Take the 2020 Financial Policy Challenge

Free Limited-Time Offers from Third-Party Firms
In order to get as many good Fiscal First Aid resources to GFOA members as quickly as possible, GFOA is working with private sector firms that have graciously agreed to provide their expertise free of charge. Please be aware that there is no financial relationship between these firms and GFOA. Also, GFOA does not endorse any products or services.




Risk Assessments for Municipal GO and Revenue Debt Investors During Economic Downturn.

In the midst of COVID-19, the domestic and global financial market outlooks are grim and the collective blow to the markets highlight the convoluted nature of their dependency and interconnectedness.

This notion applies to all financial markets, both domestic and globally: municipal debt markets, corporate debt, equities, commodities, etc. Furthermore, the notion that fixed-income markets often see a surge in capital influx during market downturns and recessions – because fixed income is generally considered a safer option than other instruments – may not be entirely true, given that investors are skeptical of the overall performance of both private and public sectors. This is also because both debt and equity markets are heavily reliant on consumer spending, which has come to a considerable halt.

In this article, we’ll take a closer look at whether the economic downturn will impact GO and revenue-backed municipal debt in a similar way, and we will also highlight key signs for investors to look out for within their municipal debt holdings in order to assess risk exposure.

Continue reading.

municipalbonds.com

by Jayden Sangha

Apr 08, 2020




When Can Bond Investors Lie to Banks?

The thing which is not

The usual way that municipal bonds get issued is that a city or state or agency or university or whatever calls up its investment bankers, and the investment bankers call up a bunch of muni investors and get them to put in orders to buy some of a new bond. Buying newly issued bonds is generally a good way to make a little extra money—muni bonds, like corporate bonds and stocks and most other things, tend to “pop” when they first start trading—so it is good for the investors to get these calls. On the other hand sometimes a new muni deal will struggle to find buyers, so it is good for the investment banks (and the municipalities) if the investors take these calls. It is a business of relationships: The banks like being able to call investors to place deals; the investors like getting the calls to buy lucrative new issues; everyone is better off if they stay friends and work well together.

Another, less usual way that municipal bonds sometimes get issued is that one investor calls up a city or state or agency or university or whatever, or its investment banker, and says “hey if you want to issue a new muni bond just sell all of it to us.” For the issuer this approach—called a “100% placement”—might be faster or more certain or more convenient than the usual approach of having banks market the deal to a lot of potential buyers, but it might also be more expensive: If you’re only selling the bonds to one buyer, you’re not getting a market check on the interest rate. For the investor buying all of the bonds, there are obvious advantages: You’re buying a lot of bonds from an issuer that you’ve checked out and like, for one thing, plus you are hopefully getting a bit of a higher interest rate than you’d get in a regular marketed transaction. For the investors not buying all the bonds, there is something obviously annoying about the existence of 100% placement deals. A lot of your advantage, as a big muni bond investor, is getting calls from banks when a new deal is launched. If you don’t get those calls because deals are 100% placed with one investor, you lose out.

Nuveen LLC is a big municipal bond investor, a mutual fund manager with, by its own account, “the largest high-yield [municipal] fund in the world,” running about $150 billion of muni assets. Preston Hollow Capital LLC is a newer, smaller municipal bond investor, running about $2.1 billion of assets using permanent capital. Nuveen invests in municipal deals in the regular way, though it does some 100% placements. Preston Hollow is a 100%-placement specialist; it “styles itself as a ‘bespoke solution provider’ that custom-designs its deal structures to lend flexibility and security to issuers through 100% placements.”

This made Nuveen mad. If a municipality sells a 100% placement to Preston Hollow, that is bad for Nuveen. Nuveen can get mad at the issuer, but there are lots of issuers and they mostly don’t issue that frequently and it’s hard to communicate with them in a coordinated way. It can get mad at Preston Hollow, but Preston Hollow doesn’t care about Nuveen’s feelings; Preston Hollow wants to disrupt and annoy big incumbents like Nuveen. But if it gets mad at the investment banks—a small group of repeat players who do a lot of deals with Nuveen and care about its business—then it might get somewhere.

So Nuveen focused on the investment banks:

In evaluating broker-dealers for partnering, Nuveen consistently rates “seeing deals” as the most important factor in the relationship. .… When Preston Hollow conducts 100% placements, it funds the entire issuance, and consequently Nuveen does not “see” these deals before the bonds reach the wider market. This lessens Nuveen’s ability to meet market demand because it diminishes the array of purchase options available to it. …

In an internal chat, Nuveen’s Chief Investing Officer John Miller described broker-dealers working with Preston Hollow as “stab[bing] us in the back” and suggested his stance to broker-dealers would be that “if you want to build your business around Preston [Hollow], go ahead, but don’t think you can ever call us again.”

So Nuveen called up some brokers and basically said that. Preston Hollow sued, arguing that Nuveen is not allowed to do that. Last Thursday a Delaware Chancery Court judge, Sam Glasscock, decided the case. Here is his opinion (from which I have been quoting). Basically Preston Hollow won: Vice Chancellor Glasscock ruled that (1) Nuveen was doing that and (2) it’s not allowed to do that. On the other hand he didn’t award any damages to Preston Hollow, because Preston Hollow didn’t ask for any, and he declined to order Nuveen to stop doing this, since it had apparently already stopped. So it’s a weird win, though a win nonetheless. “In light of this decision, it would be exceedingly unwise for Nuveen to mount a similar campaign of malicious behavior,” he wrote, which is almost as good as ordering Nuveen not to.

It is a little unclear to me, reading the opinion, whether it would in fact be illegal for Nuveen just to call up investment banks and say “if you do deals with Preston Hollow, you can’t do any deals with us.” The rules for “tortious interference with business relations”—the bad thing that Nuveen did—are strange; you are obviously allowed to interfere with your competitors’ business by competing with them, and you’re even allowed to interfere by expressing the opinion that their business is bad. In fact, “as long as a party avoids an illegal restraint on trade, ‘he may refuse to deal with the third persons in the business in which he competes with the competitor if they deal with the competitor,’” which is the gist of what Nuveen was accused of. You can “exert limited economic pressure” but not “improper economic pressure,” which is a little vague.

But Vice Chancellor Glasscock effectively resolved the issue by finding that Nuveen didn’t just call up investment banks and say “if you do deals with Preston Hollow, you can’t do any deals with us”; it also called up the investment banks and lied about Preston Hollow, which probably tips the whole thing into impropriety. Here is his memorable summary of the situation:

In Gulliver’s Travels, Swift puts Gulliver in contact with the Houyhnhnms, beings so moral and rational that they cannot comprehend the art of lying. They do not even have a word for the concept, and are forced to describe a lie as “the thing which is not.” After hearing the testimony of some of Nuveen’s witnesses, one might think they were such beings. Their circumlocutions for falsehoods—“hedge,” “bluff,” “exaggeration,” “role-play,” “scenario,” “overstatement,” “blustering,” “short-cutting,” “puff,” “shorthand,” “overblowing”—in situations where more quotidian creatures would simply say “lie,” might make one doubt that the latter word is in their vocabulary. Their testimony was generally that institutional investors and their bankers speak in an argot of forceful misstatements that all parties involved know is posturing, so that no real untruth is conveyed. Perhaps. Far more likely is that institutional investors, like the rest of us Yahoos, make statements of fact, true or false, with the intent to be believed. In this post-trial Memorandum Opinion, I find that Nuveen used threats and lies in a successful attempt to damage the Plaintiff in its business relationships. Accordingly, Nuveen is responsible for the tort of intentional interference with business relations.

He is not kidding. Here is how Nuveen’s John Miller and Steve Hlavin put it to Deutsche Bank AG (emphasis added):

Hlavin called Deutsche and stated that Nuveen “will not be conducting high-yield business with anyone who is involved in these types of transactions [i.e. 100% placements] with Preston Hollow.” Hlavin represented on this phone call that Nuveen was “going to every single bank and broker-dealer” that day, and that “the policy going forward is that if you are doing – if you are actively doing business with [Preston Hollow], Nuveen will not be doing business with you.” At trial, Hlavin testified that he did not intend his words to be taken seriously, but that he needed to “make exaggerated statements” to “strengthen [his] position.” Hlavin testified that when he referenced Preston Hollow, he was “shorthanding” for 100% placement transactions.

In addition to this “devastating” ultimatum, Hlavin represented to Deutsche on this call that Preston Hollow lied to issuers by misrepresenting things about Nuveen. Hlavin said Preston Hollow was “demonstrating predatory lending practices” toward borrowers and would “take [the borrowers] into bankruptcy.” In a second call with Deutsche later that day, Hlavin claimed he possessed “direct evidence” of Preston Hollow’s lies, though it is apparent from his testimony that he based this statement on what he overheard at Nuveen’s trading desk. At trial, Hlavin testified that he did not need to verify his allegations because he was “role playing” to “build a position” and “challenge someone in debate.”

On December 21, 2018, Miller also called Deutsche. In that call, Miller stated that he had a “firm commitment” from Wells Fargo, BAML, Goldman, and JPMorgan to “never do business with Preston Hollow again.” At trial, Miller testified that he exaggerated these statements; by “firm commitment,” he meant the broker-dealers “were going to look into their private versus public practices.” He testified he “was overstating, shortcutting, and blustering a little bit to try and get their attention.” Miller did not consider these statements to be problematic, as he testified that in the high-yield municipal bond market, other parties “[are] blustering and exaggerating to me. And I’m blustering and exaggerating back to them. And we kind of know what’s going on.”

Here’s what they told Goldman Sachs Group Inc. (emphasis added):

On December 21, Miller called his contact at Goldman. After discussing Preston Hollow’s growth as a company, Miller said that “to be a partner with Nuveen . . . you can’t do any of this private … business with Preston Hollow.” He also stated that Goldman would “have to choose who [it does] business with. Because I don’t want to do business with those firms that do business with Preston Hollow.” At trial, Miller testified this was “a very blustery introduction . . . to get his attention.” He also testified that referencing Preston Hollow was only “a shortcut” to discuss 100% placements. Miller represented to Goldman that he had “five dealers so far” in agreement not to do business with Preston Hollow, and that he would be attempting to get more. Again, at trial, Miller testified regarding this purported agreement that he was “exaggerating a little . . . to get a reaction.”

In addition, Miller told Goldman that Preston Hollow lied to issuers. He told Goldman that issuers fell for Preston Hollow’s “predatory practices” after hearing its “predatory sales pitch.” He also stated that “issuers are being told things that are not true,” and that Preston Hollow would “rush the issuer into” unfair or suspect transactions. He proffered that he had “a lot of evidence” to support the allegations. Attempting to put some of this evidence forward, Miller told Goldman that multiple states’ attorneys general had contacted Preston Hollow over “unethical practices,” sent it “nastygrams,” and told it, “[d]on’t come into my town again.” Miller based this allegation on a letter from a single city attorney that suggested one of Preston Hollow’s transactions might not meet state attorney general requirements with regard to a bond issue. Miller testified the dissonance presented by his allegation and his evidence was “a little bit of a shortcut.”

Ah. I actually find Nuveen’s view a bit more plausible than the Vice Chancellor does. Like, when Nuveen called up investment banks and said (1) “if you do deals with Preston Hollow we will never do deals with you again” and (2) “every other investment bank has made a firm commitment not to do deals with Preston Hollow,” the banks had to know Nuveen was, you know, bluffing or blustering or exaggerating or whatever you want to call it. (Deutsche Bank, which got the worst of Nuveen’s bluster, seems to have ignored it and kept dealing with Preston Hollow, though Nuveen did actually reduce its business with Deutsche Bank.) Investors love to bluster about stuff they dislike and swear that they’ll never do business with you again, but what else are they going to do? If you bring them good bond deals, they’re gonna pick up the phone. And if they tell you that all of your competitors have agreed to give up a profitable business, great, more for you.

Or here is Vice Chancellor Glasscock’s fun summary of “the box,” an important bond-trader threat:

One tool municipal bond traders use to leverage desired actions is to express displeasure by putting another party or entity “in the box.” This bond-trader colloquialism is well-known in the industry, and both Nuveen and Preston Hollow use it regularly. A broker-dealer can also put a trader or other counterparty in the box. At its most basic, it is simply a way for a party to leverage action. Being “in the box” has no official repercussions and so can be used somewhat casually. At the same time, being “in the box” can lead to more serious consequences, such as a temporary cessation of business between parties.

Being in the box—it’s a hockey metaphor, the penalty box—sort of notionally means that the party who put you in the box is not going to trade with you for a while, but as the Vice Chancellor says it doesn’t necessarily mean that. It could just mean that they’re mad at you and want to express that they would like to stop trading with you for a while, but the world is what it is and if you’ve got a trade for them they’re gonna take it. “Well, you’re in the box, but you are a tick tighter than anyone else so I guess we’ll trade with you,” that sort of thing.

We have talked a lot over the years about bond traders at investment banks who have gotten in trouble for lying to their customers. Their awkward defense is always of the form: Look, I am a bond trader, my whole business is lying to my customers, it is what they expect, since they spend all day lying to me too. Judges are always a bit horrified, but not always unpersuaded, by this argument. It’s got some truth to it! Here one of those customers, Nuveen, launched a pretty broad program of lying to its bond dealers, and didn’t even think that was a bit unusual. They were “role playing” to “build a position” and “challenge someone in debate”; it is just what one does.

Bloomberg Opinion

By Matt Levine

April 13, 2020, 9:28 AM PDT

Matt Levine is a Bloomberg Opinion columnist covering finance. He was an editor of Dealbreaker, an investment banker at Goldman Sachs, a mergers and acquisitions lawyer at Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz, and a clerk for the U.S. Court of Appeals for the 3rd Circuit.




Nuveen Improperly Tried to Destroy Rival, Judge Concludes.

The Chicago-based bond market powerhouse “was not simply attempting to achieve a competitive edge. . . .It meant to use the leverage resulting from its size in the market to destroy Preston Hollow.”

(Bloomberg) — U.S. bond-market powerhouse Nuveen LLC wrongfully interfered with the business of Preston Hollow Capital LLC by organizing an intimidation campaign to coerce broker-dealers from doing business with its smaller rival, a judge ruled.

Delaware Chancery Court Judge Sam Glasscock III found that Chicago-based Nuveen misused its market power as one of the biggest buyers of state and local government bonds to freeze out the smaller firm from doing business with Wall Street banks and brokers.

“Nuveen was not simply attempting to achieve a competitive edge,” Glasscock said Thursday in a 59-page ruling. “It meant to use the leverage resulting from its size in the market to destroy Preston Hollow.”

Still, Glasscock declined to issue an injunction barring Nuveen from further wrongdoing because the company has agreed to stop the boycott and not disparage its rival.

Preston Hollow sued separately for damages in Delaware Superior Court. That suit is still pending.

“We respectfully disagree with the court’s finding that Nuveen tortiously interfered with Preston Hollow’s business,” Jessica Greaney, a Nuveen spokeswoman, said in a statement.

The judge’s ruling is the latest twist in a high-profile fight in the normally staid bond market. Preston Hollow sued last year, complaining Nuveen used its “unfettered power” to strong-arm banks into blackballing it.

Jim Thompson, Preston Hollow’s chairman and chief executive officer, said the firm wasn’t concerned with Glasscock’s refusal to issue an injunction to prevent Nuveen from starting another disinformation campaign.

“The court’s stern language will serve as the injunction we sought, as we are confident Nuveen will follow the court’s admonition that it would be “exceedingly unwise for Nuveen to mount a similar campaign of malicious behavior,” Thompson said in an emailed statement.

The judge heard testimony at a trial last year that Nuveen executives, including muni-bond titan John Miller, threatened to pull tens of millions of dollars in business from banks that underwrote offerings with Preston Hollow and financed its loans. Miller is co-head of Nuveen’s fixed-income unit and oversees more than $160 billion in municipal bond assets.

Preston Hollow is best-known for making $2 billion in loans to finance hospitals, real estate developments and student housing. Nuveen, which had almost $1 trillion in assets under management as of March 31, is the investment manager of TIAA, best known for offering financial products to teachers.

At trial, Preston Hollow’s lawyers played tapes of calls Miller made to bond traders at Goldman Sachs & Co. and Deutsche Bank AG in which he threatened them with loss of Nuveen’s business if they continued to do deals with Preston Hollow.

Testimony in the case showed Miller and other company officials disparaged Preston Hollow, including claims that the company’s “unethical practices” caught the attention of states attorneys general. Glasscock said that amounted to a single letter from one city attorney.

“Miller’s testimony that this lie was ‘a little bit of a shortcut,’ does not keep it from constituting a knowing misrepresentation intended to interfere with Preston Hollow’s business.”

Miller still has the company’s support, Greaney said.

“John and his team remain motivated by a desire to protect client investments while also supporting a fully transparent municipal-bond market for all participants,” she said.

Crain’s Chicago Business

April 09, 2020




Preston Hollow Capital Gratified by Delaware Chancery Court’s Finding That Nuveen Used ‘Threats and Lies’ to Stifle Competition in Municipal Bond Market.

– Ruling Affirms that Nuveen Undertook a Systematic, Destructive Campaign Against Smaller Rival, Preston Hollow Capital –

Preston Hollow Capital (“PHC”), an independent specialty municipal finance company based in Dallas, today outlined its response to the recent ruling by the Delaware Chancery Court, which found Nuveen guilty of using “threats and lies in a successful attempt to damage [PHC] in its business relationships.” The ruling was delivered on Thursday, April 9, 2020 in a 60-page Memorandum Opinion from Vice Chancellor Sam Glasscock III. Vice Chancellor Glasscock found Nuveen liable for the anti-competitive and injurious actions of its team led by Nuveen Head of Municipals, John Miller, in intentionally and illegally interfering with PHC’s business relations with its primary lender and six major Wall Street investment banks.

Jim Thompson, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Preston Hollow Capital, stated, “Municipal borrowers deserve a truly competitive marketplace where they are able to select the capital provider that meets their needs in funding their vital projects, not the needs of a large money manager like Nuveen. This is, in essence, the very injustice that the Vice Chancellor exposed. His ruling meticulously details Nuveen’s campaign of anti-competitive, untruthful, unfair and destructive conduct carried out by Miller and his team against Preston Hollow in our marketplace. It’s important to remember that the real ‘winners’ are municipal borrowers across the country, as we expect Nuveen to heed the Court’s stern admonition that it would be ‘exceedingly unwise for Nuveen to mount a similar campaign of malicious behavior’ against Preston Hollow going forward.”

Nuveen’s Anti-Competitive Conduct

The Court’s ruling painstakingly reveals Nuveen’s organized, methodical attack against its smaller rival, which Miller had come to view as a competitive threat. In the words of the Court:

The facts revealed in litigation … show that as Preston Hollow was becoming a contender in the high-yield municipal bond market, Nuveen, the self-styled “largest high-yield [municipal] fund in the world,” sought an industry-wide agreement not to conduct business with Preston Hollow. Although part of Nuveen’s motive was its interest in ‘seeing all the deals,’ its behavior shows that its object was also an attack directed at Preston Hollow’s ability to operate. The evidence demonstrated an aggressive and widely dispersed campaign to use almost any pressure necessary to cut off a competitor from its chief source of business as well as its financing. I find that Nuveen was not simply attempting to achieve a competitive edge; it meant to use the leverage resulting from its size in the market to destroy Preston Hollow. [Memorandum Opinion, p. 51]

These and related findings made by the Court reflect intentional anticompetitive conduct of the kind often punished by regulators charged with supervision of financial markets.

Nuveen’s Pattern of Deceit Concerning Preston Hollow Capital

The Memorandum Opinion also catalogues the array of falsehoods about Preston Hollow that Miller and his team spread throughout the municipal marketplace:

[The Nuveen witnesses’] circumlocutions for falsehoods—”hedge,” “bluff,” “exaggeration,” “role-play,” “scenario,” “overstatement,” “blustering,” “short-cutting,” “puff,” “shorthand,” “overblowing”—in situations where more quotidian creatures would simply say “lie,” might make one doubt that the latter word is in their vocabulary. Their testimony was generally that institutional investors and their bankers speak in an argot of forceful misstatements that all parties involved know is posturing, so that no real untruth is conveyed. Perhaps. Far more likely is that institutional investors, like the rest of us Yahoos, make statements of fact, true or false, with the intent to be believed. In this post-trial Memorandum Opinion, I find that Nuveen used threats and lies in a successful attempt to damage the Plaintiff in its business relationships. [Memorandum Opinion, pp. 1-2]

The Vice Chancellor lays down withering criticism of Nuveen’s trial witnesses’ credibility, characterizing their explanations as “both self-serving and disingenuous.” [Memorandum Opinion, p. 39]:

Business Wire

April 13, 2020




Municipal Bond Defaults Will Be A Wake-Up Call For Bond Insurers.

The coronavirus has had a devastating effect on the short-term finances of every state and municipal entity dependent on sales and payroll taxes for the revenues. The short-term effect, however, may well have very long-term implications for the finances of these entities. In turn, insurers of the bonds—those that guarantee interest and principle against default—are going to be asked to share the pain.

The 2008 Financial Crisis had a devastating effect on the monoline bond insurance industry, which used to be dominated by names like Ambac Financial, MBIA MBI and FGIC. Only one insurer, Assured Guaranty, came through the crisis relatively unscathed and rose to become the industry leader from a previous third or fourth place. Its success, however, was unrelated to its municipal bond underwriting. Rather, it was due to its prudence in not plunging into the insuring of corporate and structured mortgage backed securities.

It was this segment of the business that brought down all the industry leaders. The actual business of insuring municipal bonds came through the crisis without immediate losses, so Assured Guaranty gained market share and prospered. But the industry shrunk dramatically and the seeds for future troubles soon became clear.

Two major changes came out of the financial crisis that threatens the health of this important industry. The first was that interest rates declined to where the insurance fees dropped as much as 80 percent. This is because bond insurance had traditionally been structured to be of no cost to the issuer, i.e. the fees were based of the savings in interest expense due to the bonds being rated AAA versus the issuers rating which were usually A- or BBB.

In theory, this ignoring of traditional underwriting principles was justified on the assumption that the insurer was writing coverage to a zero losses standard. This was, of course, a stretch in logic but was supported by Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s so long as they could get a piece of the fees on each deal for rendering their AAA imprimatur. The insurance fee structure was furthermore negatively impacted when S&P, and eventually the other rating agencies, downgraded the United States from AAA to AA+. This led to then downgrading the monoline bond insurers as well as the credit enhancement they actually could render. Along with the decline in interest rates, this proved to be a massive hit to the industry’s fee structure. Still, they forged on, but failed to convince bond buyers that their insurance was worth more than the credit enhancement differential which had become miniscule. This of course was reflected in minuscule yield differentials.

A second negative event for bond insurers since 2008 has been a redefining of just who is being insured. The financial problems of states and municipalities have been growing for decades as unfunded obligations for pensions and health care have ballooned in anticipation of a crisis sometime in the future. In my view, the pandemic has accelerated that crisis point.

I have been reporting on municipal bond defaults for more than thirty years through the Forbes/Lehmann Distressed Municipal Debt Report. We are seeing numerous municipalities assuming that, since they paid for the bond insurance, they are entitled to its benefits. Hence, there are an increasing number of instances of municipalities refusing to make their contractual debt service payments thereby requiring the bond insurers to step up and pay. Puerto Rico has gone so far on its insured issues that it now collects the interest payments as they come due from the insurer, and keeping the money rather than pay out interest to bondholders! The presumption in such actions by the municipal bond issuer is ludicrous, but defensible with taxpayers. Bondholders have yet to be heard from.

This pandemic provides an opportunity for distressed bond issuers to come together, declare a financial emergency and essentially renege on future interest and principal payments. And why not, they may even decide to renege on their uninsured debt as well. We see the extraordinary actions taken so far at the federal level by both the Federal Reserve Bank and the Federal Government. Some of these municipalities only have enough cash to either pay employees or to make interest payments. Their choice is obvious. Will the Fed or Washington intercede, probably, but this is far from certain.

For monoline bond insurers the future choices are clearer. For too long, bond insurance has been treated as a credit enhancement tool. It has become a true insurance product. It’s time to treat it and price it as such or face possible ruin. One solution is to focus on selling insurance to the bondholders rather than the issuers. This concept has been tried in the past with very limited success since it could not compete with the low fees and higher costs from the credit enhancement approach. Now is the time for change.

Forbes

by Richard Lehmann

Apr 13, 2020




Community QE - An April Game Plan for States and Cities.

Late last week, just before the holiday weekend, the Fed announced that it would be opening a new financing facility for hard-pressed States and Cities dealing with our COVID-19 pandemic – a facility fully deserving of the name ‘Community QE.’ This is a truly ‘game changing’ development that is just as critical for States and Cities as it will be unfamiliar to them for a while. Both for that reason, and because it will be crucial for our States and Cities to start using the new Facility immediately, this Column will provide a bit of background and then recommend a ‘Game Plan’ for the coming week for hard-pressed States and Cities.

Background

On April 9, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (‘Fed’) announced plans to open a new Municipal Liquidity Facility (‘MLF,’ ‘Facility’) to assist U.S. States and Localities suffering acute liquidity shortages while working to address the current COVID-19 pandemic.[1] A number of compelling considerations have prompted the move.

Prominent among the mentioned considerations are three mutually reinforcing developments that have intensified in recent weeks. First, States and Cities are facing spikes in required expenditure as they take on the role of front-line responders to the pandemic and its consequences. Second and simultaneously, States’ and Cities’ principal sources of revenue – in particular, sales taxes, income taxes, and property taxes – have dramatically contracted as businesses suspend operations and taxpayers ‘shelter in place.’ Finally third, the $4 trillion municipal bond market, the health of which is critical not only for States and their Subdivisions, but also for other securities markets, has experienced unprecedented volatility since February.

Against the backdrop of these developments, public health officials, State and Local officials, and bond market professionals have called since March for Fed intervention in the markets for State and Municipal securities (‘munis’) to stabilize prices, restore confidence to muni-investors, and ease the liquidity strains already hampering State and City pandemic response efforts. With passage of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (‘CARES’) Act by Congress last month, it became clear that both our federal legislature and our Fed and Treasury would be heeding these calls.

What remained unclear till the 9th of this month was what precise form the relief to States and their Subdivisions would take. That remains at least somewhat unclear, inasmuch as (a) U.S. Governors this morning requested that Congress appropriate more funding for States, and (b) the new Fed Facility has only just been announced and is accordingly only beginning its existence even as a ‘work in progress.’ But we know much more now than we did before the 9th, and it is all very good news for everyone concerned about the three developments enumerated above.

I’ll accordingly first lay out what new details we now have, then offer informed predictions as to what more is likely to come, and then lay out the aforementioned Game Plan for States and Cities to follow in making optimal – and immediate – use of the new Fed Facility as it currently stands. In effect, as I noted the morning of the Fed’s announcement last week, we have entered a world of Community QE, which it is critical for States and Cities to master and put to use quickly.

The Municipal Liquidity Facility

The new Municipal Liquidity Facility will operate under the auspices of Section 13(3) of the Federal Reserve Act (‘FRA’), which grants the Federal Reserve emergency lending authority in exigent circumstances. The Fed typically exercises this authority through purchase and hence ‘monetization’ of short-term debt instruments – a practice known in finance parlance as ‘discounting.’

In effect, the Fed temporarily swaps its own dollar liabilities, which are legal tender, for liabilities of its counterparties, which are not legal tender. The counterparty is thereby rendered ‘liquid’ – possessed of sufficient cash to spend on what ever it must spend to work past whatever difficulties it might be facing – until its debt instruments reach maturity. At that point the instruments are either redeemed in full or ‘rolled-over’ (when such option is available).

Perhaps needless to say, the Fed made abundant use of the Section 13(3) authority to afford liquidity assistance to many institutions and markets during the financial troubles of 2008-14, and thus has considerable experience with this funding mechanism. It is thus not the use of 13(3) that will be new now, but the use of the facility to aid States and their political Subdivisions in particular. That is unprecedented, and its significance is accordingly apt to be under-appreciated at first.

The new Municipal Liquidity Facility (again, MLF) that the Fed will now open under Section 13(3) will, like its predecessor facilities during the last financial crisis, operate through a newly formed special purpose vehicle (SPV) – in essence, a legal trust able to purchase, hold, and sell financial assets. In this case the assets in question will be State and Municipal paper, presently called ‘Eligible Notes’ in the MLF Term Sheet, whose salient characteristics I will lay out in a moment.[2]

The MLF SPV will be initially capitalized with $35 billion from the U.S. Treasury, Congressionally appropriated for the purpose by the aforementioned CARES Act. On this basis, the Fed will itself lend $500 billion, rendering Treasury the equity investor and hence first risk-bearer in the SPV while the Fed serves as leverage-provider.

While the structure just described has, as noted before, been a familiar one since the last financial crisis, the ‘substance’ of its particular operations is new and noteworthy – indeed unprecedented and ‘game-changing’ – in ways that are critically important for States and their Subdivisions now faced with pandemic-caused hardship. At least three features bear special mention in this connection.

First, the MLF SPV will purchase securities directly from States or their Subdivisions – they will not have to be sold first on the ‘open market’ to private sector financial institutions as is the case with Fed purchases under the FRA’s Section 14 authority.

Second, the months-to-maturity on the paper in question will, for now at least, be 24 rather than 12 months as originally anticipated.

And third, most importantly of all, the Fed will retain discretion (a) to extend the mentioned months-to-maturity requirement, (b) to extend the timeframe within which it is willing to buy – currently set to expire September 30th – and (c) to loosen the qualitative criteria that Eligible Notes must meet.

In addition to these three most salient features, several others are also worth bearing in mind at least as background conditions, even though they are subject to change – and, in this observer’s view, in some cases likely to change – going forward …

First, where apportionment of funds is concerned, the Fed appears to intend, at least for the time being, to calculate on a per capita basis. States or Cities with large populations would in that sense be eligible for more funding than States or Cities with smaller populations – but only in proportion to those populations themselves. This means that in effect every citizen and legal resident of the U.S. will be eligible for the same benefit as everyone else. Whether departures from pro rata distribution of this kind might be forthcoming if some States or Cities recover quickly from the pandemic while others recover more slowly remains to be determined.

Second, at present Eligible Notes are required, not only to mature within 24 months of issuance, but also, per the Term Sheet, to be ‘tax anticipation notes (TANs), tax and revenue anticipation notes (TRANs), bond anticipation notes (BANs), [or] other similar short-term notes issued by Eligible Issuers,’ and can only secure lending up to 20% of each relevant issuer’s ‘general revenue from own sources and utility revenue’ for the fiscal year 2017. Crucially, however, ‘States may request that the SPV purchase Eligible Notes in excess of the applicable limit in order to assist political subdivisions and instrumentalities that are not eligible for the Facility’ (emphasis added).

Third, proceeds of Note sales to the MLF SPV are to be used, again per the Term Sheet, ‘to help manage the cash flow impact of income tax deferrals resulting from an extension of an income tax filing deadline; potential reductions of tax and other revenues or increases in expenses related to or resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic; and requirements for the payment of principal and interest on obligations of the relevant State, City, or County.’ The Fed is in these words encouraging public perception of the MLF as a tide-over liquidity facility meant to assist counterparties in, as the Term Sheet puts it, ‘managing [their] cash flows’ – even as other sections of the Term Sheet leave open the prospect of longer-term ‘rollover’ of Note debt should the present pandemic and its sequelae continue to pinch.

Finally fourth, Eligible Issuers will be all U.S. States and the District of Columbia, U.S. Counties with populations exceeding two million, and U.S. Cities with populations exceeding one million. The Term Sheet also stipulates in this connection that only one issuer per State, County, or City is eligible. While this requirement might be read to mean that for each State, only it itself or one of its Subdivisions may access the MLF, the fact that the Term Sheet also permits ‘States [to] request that the SPV purchase Eligible Notes in excess of the applicable limit in order to assist political subdivisions and instrumentalities that are not eligible for the Facility’ suggests that this restricted reading would not be correct. It suggests that instead as many eligible Counties and Cities as there are in a State may access the MLF in addition to, and hence in parallel with, the State itself.[3]

Two further, what I’ll call ‘interpretive’ points bear noting before we summarize the upshot of the foregoing.

First, Chairman Powell and the Fed Board of Governors have effectively encouraged, in their public pronouncements of the past several weeks generally and the last several days particularly, a ‘flexible’ interpretation of all restrictive language found in the MLF’s Term Sheet. The Chairman and the Board have also stated that they will continue to monitor the secondary muni markets for signs of resumed volatility, with an eye to possibly intervening further to stabilize them. Combined with the many openings for extension and exception specified in that Sheet itself as described above, these amount to assurances that the MLF is not only a ‘work in progress,’ as noted above, but also a work whose scope will expand should the need for it expand. We are, in other words, very much in ‘whatever it takes’ territory right now, and the Fed is prepared to improvise further as necessary.[4]

Second, bond market and public finance experts in recent weeks have been calling upon the Fed to purchase State and Municipal debt with maturities not only in excess of traditional 6-month and 12-month durations, but also in excess of the new 24-month duration. The Fed for its part has said nothing to discourage such calls. Most commentators, not to mention ‘smart money’ on the markets, seem now to anticipate upwards of three- to five-year State and Municipal debt to find its way onto the MLF balance sheet. While this cannot be predicted with certainty, of course, States and Cities faced with serious crises will do well to judge maturity lengthening on the part of MLF-eligible paper more likely than not – or perhaps better put, to be no less likely than any eventual need to issue it.

The Fed is, in short, keen not to repeat the mistakes of the 1930s, but instead to repeat the successes of 2008-14. That is to say it will err, if it errs, not on the side of caution but on the side of its opposite – bold, decisive, and crisis-ending action.

Putting all of the above together, reading it against the backdrop of the aforementioned ‘whatever it takes’-style public comments made this week by Fed Chairman Powell, and synthesizing it all into a one-paragraph description of the new MLF, it appears then that we have the following:

The Fed will immediately begin directly monetizing 2-year State and Municipal debt, in order to ensure that all States and their Subdivisions are sufficiently financed to continue their current roles as front-line responders to the nation’s ongoing COVID-19 pandemic. While in the immediate term it will supply funding up to 20% of what States and their Subdivisions normally take in through traditional revenue sources, it stands ready to lever-up that amount, as well as to lengthen the maturities of eligible paper, should the pandemic and its collateral damage continue to work hardship for longer than now is anticipated. It also stands ready to ‘roll over’ even 2-year State and Municipal debt, once it has purchased it, should crisis conditions continue past present expectations.

This is effectively Quantitative Easing for Communities, or Community QE. Our States and their Subdivisions will do well to begin using it at once.

An April ‘Game Plan’ for States & Their Subdivisions

In light of the above, it seems to this observer that States and their Subdivisions should begin making use of the new MLF immediately. Because those federal instrumentalities that would normally have taken the lead role in addressing the Coronavirus pandemic have not done so, it has devolved upon our States and Cities to play the role of these federal agencies. What the Fed has effectively just announced is that these de facto new federal instrumentalities will now receive de jure federal financing. Acting as federal entities, they will now also be funded much like federal entities.

There is not a moment to lose in accessing and using these funds. For one thing, every lost day amounts to hundreds or thousands of lost lives. For another thing, harm to State and Local economies is much easier to do than to undo. Best then to employ all means of ‘damage control’ now, at the earliest possible opportunity, rather than later – when thousands more will have died and much more productive capacity will have been lost.

It should also be noted that, in addition to all of the reasons elaborated above, there is another reason to treat the new MLF as affording us much that is needed right now to address and reverse our pandemic: that is the very fact that the MLF is, as emphasized twice now already, a ‘work in progress’ …

The Fed is improvising right now. That means that what we do in response to the improvisation will be very important in determining the shape it assumes as it unfolds. We – the States and the Cities – are in other words co-authors of this new authority. It will ultimately be partly what we make of it. That is precisely why this observer is writing this Memorandum.

What, then, to ‘make’ of the MLF? This author believes all State Governors and Legislatures should be called into emergency session at once, ‘virtually’ if need be, to begin serious deliberation over how to begin using the MLF immediately. These sessions should also be attended by representatives of the States’ largest Counties and Cities, as well as by appropriate personnel from all relevant State and Municipal Public Finance Departments.

Counties and Cities should hold counterpart Mayoral and Council meetings as quickly as possible too. For smaller ones, this will be to determine what aid to seek from their States as the latter tap into the new MLF. For the larger ones, it will be both for that reason and in order to determine what to seek directly from the Fed through the MLF.

All States and Cities that go into session as just described should also engage representatives of all regional Federal Reserve Banks in whose operational jurisdictions they are located as quickly as possible – ideally requesting their attendance at the sessions themselves. This will be important because the regional Federal Reserve Banks are the primary ‘interface’ between our federated Federal Reserve System and the nation’s various State, Local, and Regional economies.[5] In virtue of that role it will be easiest for the Federal Reserve System both to learn as quickly as possible what State and Local MLF needs are going to be, and to set into motion all procedures that will be necessary for States and Cities to access the Facility, if these regional Fed officials are involved in deliberations – even if only as observers – from the very beginning.

Because the need of funds generally is likely to be recognized and agreed upon even more quickly than the full panoply of specific uses of funds, it will probably also be best for State and City officials to ‘segment’ the deliberations that they commence in the emergency sessions that I am recommending here. First can come deliberation and decision over how much funding to seek and whom to authorize to begin preparations for the new issuances that the States and Cities will sell to the MLF SPV. That will of course involve preliminary vetting of specific needs and ongoing crises, if only to ensure everyone is clear on the urgency of the funding need itself. But more detailed decisions as to specific intra-State and intra-City allocation of funds then can be deferred to a second deliberative phase commencing immediately after decisions about what funding to seek have been made.

Call the first, quantitatively oriented discussion of funding needs and issuance authorization, then, ‘Phase One.’ And call the second, more allocatively oriented deliberation and decision-making ‘Phase Two.’

If at all possible, this author believes States and Cities should begin holding their Phase One sessions immediately following the Easter weekend – that is to say, the week of April 12th – or as soon thereafter as possible. This is, again, both because the public health and economic devastation being wrought by the pandemic is happening quickly, and because the sooner that States and Cities begin weighing-in on how the MLF is implemented, the more influence they will have on its ultimate contours and characteristics. Once these Phase One decisions have been reached and the appropriate State and Local personnel have been assigned their issuing and Fed-liaising tasks, States and Cities can proceed directly to Phase Two preparations – that is, to gathering information, testimony, advice and all other deliberative ‘inputs’ necessary to make sensible allocation decisions in respect of the new funding that will be coming from the MLF.

Once Phase Two deliberations end in allocation decisions, States and their Subdivisions might next consider what I’ll call ‘Phase Three’ deliberations over whether to press the Fed for further liberalization of the terms of the MLF Term Sheet. It might be decided, for example, that authorization to purchase State and Municipal paper of longer maturity than 24 months should be sought, or that a rollover option should be made more explicit. These questions can presumably wait, however, until current uncertainties ‘on the ground’ are resolved. With any luck, for example, the pandemic might be contained before summer ends. Or the States’ Governors might succeed in their current effort to secure more direct funding from Congress.

However that may be, what matters now is that Phase One commence, and that it commence ‘with all deliberate speed.’ This observer will continue to watch events unfold, and will follow-up with further reporting and recommendations on an ‘as [seems to be] needed’ basis.

_______________

[1] See Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Press Release: Federal Reserve Takes Additional Actions to Provide Up to $2.3 Trillion in Loans to Support the Economy, April 9, 2020, available at. In what follows the terms ‘City,’ ‘Locality,’ and ‘Municipality’ are used more or less interchangeably to refer to what the law labels ‘municipal corporations.’ The terms ‘Subdivision’ and ‘Political Subdivision’ are in turn used to embrace both entities of that first type and Counties, which the new Facility described in this Memorandum distinguishes and treats differently from Cities.

[2] Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Term Sheet: Municipal Liquidity Facility, April 9, 2020, available at.

[3] Hence, for example, in California both the State and the City of Los Angeles would be immediately eligible to borrow under the Facility, while the State would be eligible to petition for additional borrowing on behalf of other cities such as San Diego or San Francisco. New York State and New York City will be similarly enabled. The story will be similar for Texas, save in its case two cities – Dallas and Houston – rather than one will be eligible alongside the State to borrow immediately. The author is currently seeking confirmation of this reading.

[4] ‘Whatever it takes’ has become a catchphrase in central banking parlance since European Central Bank (‘ECB’) President Mario Draghi’s assurance in 2012 that the ECB would do what ever is necessary to stabilize the Eurozone. Use of the phrase in the present context signals a readiness on the part of a monetary authority to interpret terms flexibly or even to rewrite them should the alternative be market collapse.

[5] To recur to the examples mentioned in footnote 3, for instance, officials of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York would be in attendance at State sessions in Albany and City sessions in lower Manhattan. Officials of the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas would be in attendance at Texas sessions in Austin and Municipal sessions in Dallas and Houston. And so on.

Forbes

by Robert Hockett

Apr 12, 2020




Far Worse to Come: COVID-19 Collapse of State and Local Governments

Another sudden and unexpected factor will transform this year’s elections. Many states, cities and counties are about to, suddenly, run out of money. Wages won’t be paid. Services won’t be delivered. Institutions will shut down abruptly. Many state colleges may fold. And yet most state and local political and administrative leaders just sit and watch. Voters will not be pleased.

Millions of American workers filed for unemployment insurance during the past two weeks. That is a record and represents a collapse of our local economies. Across the country, in every state, county and city, businesses have been shut down, and many will not return after the coronavirus crisis is over. Tens of millions have lost jobs, homes, savings and retirement incomes that will never return. Owners of rental property will go under when their loan payments come due and renters can’t pay. Across the country, state and local economies are being badly damaged — many of them permanently.

The result is that state and local tax revenues will plummet. States and localities will burn through any reserves they’ve maintained like wildfire. Since most of our politicians and government managers have been raised during a decade of expanding economies, their first instinct will be to wait and then panic and then raise taxes to cover shortfalls — perhaps a special “coronavirus surtax.” Taxpayers across the country have tolerated various forms of high state and local taxes; the politicians would naturally ask, “Why should now be any different?”

But it is different. The resulting increased tax burden would be a disaster. Businesses that were barely hanging on would go under. Workers and homeowners who were barely surviving would go under. State and local tax bases would collapse even faster. There would be social unrest, possibly requiring martial law. People would migrate from high-tax states toward new jobs, accelerating a downward spiral. These large migrations would make the 2020 census results nonsense.

The only answer for the states, counties and cities that want to survive is to slash budgets now — probably 30 to 50 percent — eliminate all nonessential spending and reduce taxes today. Business leaders know that, in these types of situations, the only way to save a company is to cut costs immediately. There is no other answer, and those who act first and most aggressively are the most successful in saving the company and the greatest number of its employees. In short, “fiscal distancing” — that is, separating politicians from taxpayers’ money by cutting budgets and taxes now — is literally the only useful thing that state and local governments can do to prevent further economic and social catastrophe.

There is actually no other significant role that states and local governments can play in saving their economies, tax bases and quality of life. Only the federal government can provide truly useful, significant financial help to businesses and individuals during this historic disaster because only the federal government can print money in a crisis. Cutting taxes is the only state and local option to help their economies. Spending extra money now is throwing rocks into their own lifeboats.

I’ve talked to and written to many state and local officials over the past couple of weeks. Their recorded messages say they are all “working nonstop on coronavirus task forces.” Not to be rude, but most of that is a complete waste of time and public resources. With few exceptions, little or nothing useful will come of that. Only private businesses, individuals and the federal government are able to address this problem. For the most part, state and local governments will be in the way, except for critical, essential services such as police forces, fire departments and health care. Nearly everything else must go, now.

Of course, I’m not optimistic that many officials or politicians at the state or local levels will take massive budget cuts or slashing taxes seriously — yet. They were raised in a different world of explosive economic growth. Most would prefer to promote vanity and virtue-signaling projects from their towering sandcastles they’ve built with taxpayer money over the past couple of decades, even as their castles crumble around them. They could never grasp that cutting taxes is the only tool they have to preserve their states, counties and cities. The concept is far beyond their political vocabulary — none of them could grasp the public finance, let alone the Darwinian game theory, aspects of the enormous challenge in front of them.

States are now furiously competing for ventilators. Tomorrow they will be fighting for taxpayers. Their primary (only) goal today should be to support and save their local economies — businesses, homeowners and other taxpayers — so that they have a foundation left on which to build later. If they kill off their tax base or drive businesses and taxpayers out of their states or localities, they will have poured salt on their fields and they will starve in the future. Their political careers will be over.

And so, as the coronavirus preys on the weakest human bodies, it also preys on the weakest state and local politicians. We can only hope that the fiscal mortality rate among those will be lower than the models suggest. In the end, though, the ruthless force of American politics probably will claim a new crop of unexpecting victims.

THE HILL

BY GRADY MEANS, OPINION CONTRIBUTOR — 04/12/20 09:00 AM EDT

Grady Means is a writer (GradyMeans.com) and former corporate strategy consultant. He served in the White House as a policy assistant to Vice President Nelson Rockefeller. Follow him on Twitter @gradymeans1.




Can The Fed Save The Municipal Bond Market?

The rapidly-deepening economic crisis keeps threatening financial markets, including the $3.9 trillion municipal bond market. The ongoing economic collapse means state and local economies are plummeting, dragging their government finances with it. Today, the Fed announced a multibillion intervention to stabilize the muni market. But can the Fed save the market?

The Fed has resisted this unprecedented step. But the pandemic-related bad economic news keeps piling up, with today’s announcement of six million new unemployment insurance claims (for a three-week total over 16 million, around ten percent of the labor force). And there’s no break in sight. The St. Louis Federal Reserve now predicts a loss of 47 million jobs with an unemployment rate rising to 32.1 %, over 7 % above the highest level ever recorded in the Great Depression.

State and local governments are staggering under the spending burdens from health care and other public services imposed by the pandemic. But they also are seeing all tax and revenue sources—sales, income, property, and excise taxes—fall, with sharply negative forecasts for the future at a time when many states ordinarily would be passing a new fiscal year budget. California, Colorado, Alaska, New York, Florida—no state or city is immune.

Continue reading.

Forbes

by Richard McGahey

Apr 9, 2020




States, Cities Set for Deficit-Borrowing Spree After Big Tax Hit.

(Bloomberg) — America’s state and cities will likely need to sell billions of dollars of short-term debt to keep running as the fallout from the coronavirus deals a massive hit to tax collections.

With local economies grinding to a virtual halt and tax-filing deadlines pushed back until July, governments across the country are likely to face severe financial strains during a time of the year when they’re usually flush with cash.

In New York, where the pandemic is projected to add as much as $7 billion to the budget deficit in the current fiscal year, Budget Director Robert Mujica said on April 1 that the state has “no choice but to issue short term borrowing to bridge the gap” for the three months until annual income-tax payments are due. Rhode Island is weighing whether to borrow $300 million. The New York State Thruway Authority may borrow as much $350 million as toll revenue from drivers plummets.

“It’s very likely to see an uptick in the short-term note borrowing as these issuers await their revenue to come through,” said Erin Ortiz, a managing director at Janney Montgomery Scott in Philadelphia. “Local governments have a much smaller revenue base and tend to operate with lower fund balances and available cash.”

Such short-term borrowing climbed to a record $67 billion in the aftermath of the last recession, when the contraction rippled through tax collections long after it began. The unprecedented speed and scale of the pandemic-induced slowdown is delivering a more immediate financial hit, with the widespread closure of businesses decimating sales-tax revenue and throwing millions of Americans out of work since last month.

The ability of states and cities to borrow on a massive scale this time has been complicated by unusual volatility in the $3.9 trillion municipal-bond market after investors pulled out record sums of cash amid concern that the crisis will create financial distress for hospitals, convention centers and others that have issued debt.

That retreat has caused the pace of debt sales to tumble as the biggest deals are put on hold. Since March 16, only about $6 billion of new state and local government bonds have been issued, a drop of 70% from the same period a year ago, according to data compiled by Bloomberg.

Richard Li, the public debt specialist for Milwaukee, Wisconsin, on April 2 tried unsuccessfully to auction $120 million of nine-month notes to cover the temporary cash shortfalls it was anticipating before the virus struck. His office received just two bids, both from separate arms of JPMorgan Chase & Co., and rejected them both because the cost was higher than expected. The city opted for a loan with U.S. Bank at an offer closer to the market rate, Li said.

“The market is so locked up and it just can’t figure itself out,” Li said.

That’s left state and local government officials looking for the Federal Reserve to utilize the power to buy municipal debt that it was given under the $2 trillion economic stimulus program. The Government Finance Officers Association, a lobbying group for municipalities, last week urged the central bank to create a low interest-rate loan program for governments facing cash crunches from the virus, saying a flood of short-term borrowing could destabilize the public market.

The Fed has already extended some aid by allowing short-term debt to be pledged as collateral under its money-market fund lending program, a step that helped arrest a steep jump in interest rates last month. But it has yet to spell out how — and whether — it will use the powers extended under the stimulus law.

Morgan Stanley municipal strategist Michael Zezas said the central bank could purchase short-term notes directly or buy securities on the secondary market.

“That’s the type of activity that could help the market heal faster than it would on its own,” he said.

Bloomberg

by Danielle Moran

BloombergApril 8, 2020




Fed Expands Corporate-Debt Backstops, Unveils New Programs to Aid States, Cities and Small Businesses.

Latest round of emergency measures expands central bank’s footprint into credit markets it has previously avoided

The Federal Reserve is going farther than ever to shore up the U.S. economy, unveiling programs to lend directly to states, cities and midsize businesses that have seen revenues evaporate amid efforts to combat the novel coronavirus.

The central bank also said Thursday it would expand previously announced plans to backstop lending to large companies by supporting riskier bonds issued by corporations that had recently lost their investment-grade status.

Altogether, the Fed said nine lending programs it is creating or expanding would provide up to $2.3 trillion in loans, and officials signaled they were prepared to expand those programs as needed to stem long-lasting damage to the U.S. economy.

“It’s really an awesome display of creativity and decisiveness—the breadth and diversity of programs,” said Antonio Weiss, a Treasury official in the Obama administration who is now a senior fellow at Harvard University’s John F. Kennedy School of Government. “They are taking a role well beyond any the Fed has played in its modern history, and the economy needs it.”

In leading the Fed beyond past efforts to support lending during the Great Depression or after the 2008 financial crisis, Chairman Jerome Powell is pushing deeper into areas of credit and fiscal policy that the central bank has traditionally deferred to elected officials.

During and after the financial crisis, the Fed left it to the White House and Congress to provide financial assistance to failing auto makers and local governments facing declining revenues and rising expenses, viewing such decisions as essentially political.

Now, with a far broader swath of the economy shut down to prevent the spread of infection, companies and local governments of all sizes are struggling to make payroll, pay bills and service their debts.

The Fed last month cut its benchmark rate to near zero at two unscheduled meetings and has ramped up purchases of Treasury and mortgage-backed securities at an unprecedented scale. Its asset portfolio has quickly ballooned to more than $6 trillion from $4.2 trillion in February, and it is on pace to more than double by midyear from its prior high of $4.5 trillion.

“The Fed is at war against the virus, and this is a wartime degree of commitment to credit policy,” said Krishna Guha, vice chairman of Evercore ISI.

The superlatives the Fed is setting with the scale of its response have been matched by the speed with which unemployment is rising. An all-time high 7.5 million Americans were receiving unemployment benefits at the end of March, the Labor Department reported Thursday. Another 6.6 million had submitted claims during the week ended April 4.

The severe scale of damage has prompted the Fed to signal its willingness to buy assets or make loans in any market it thinks will be necessary to stave off further job losses and business failures.

The Fed has tried to identify “the priority areas where we thought help was needed,” Mr. Powell said during an online forum Thursday. “As we identify other areas, we won’t hesitate to move.”

Mr. Powell also said it would be important to defer to health authorities in determining how to reopen the economy. “We need to have a plan nationally,” he said. “We all want it to happen as quickly as possible. We all want to avoid a false start.”

The Fed first moved in funding markets last month to prevent a public-health crisis from morphing into a financial crisis, and later said it would assist credit markets that have broken down.

The Fed’s initial response borrowed heavily from the programs developed by former Chairman Ben Bernanke, who during the 2008 financial crisis used lending authorities the Fed hadn’t employed since the Great Depression.

Having exhausted those off-the-shelf tools, the Fed is now devising new ones, relying on the advice of British journalist Walter Bagehot, author of an 1873 book that central bankers still use as a guide for crisis management.

“The holders of the cash reserve must be ready not only to keep it for their own liabilities, but to advance it most freely for the liabilities of others,” Bagehot wrote. “They must lend to merchants, to minor bankers, to ‘this man and that man,’ whenever the security is good.”

Congress and the Treasury have made possible a new generation of loan programs by extending nearly $450 billion to cover losses the Fed might sustain in its lending programs. The Fed relied on $185 billion in additional support from the Treasury in launching the programs announced Thursday.

That leaves the Fed with a significant amount of resources available still to expand these programs or introduce new ones should they be needed. Mr. Powell signaled the central bank was in no hurry to withdraw its crisis support and deflected worries that the expansion of credit by the Fed would lead to inflation.

“I worry that in hindsight, you will see that we could have done things differently. But one thing I don’t worry about is inflation right now,” he said.

The steps unveiled Thursday will finance loans that banks make through the government’s emergency small-business lending program and allow banks to exclude those loans from required capital ratios, freeing them up to make more of those loans, which are separately guaranteed by the Small Business Administration.

The Fed will create two other facilities to encourage banks to lend to midsize businesses, which it defined as those with fewer than 10,000 employees or less than $2.5 billion in revenues last year.

This Main Street Lending Program will enable up to $600 billion in lending to firms that are too large to qualify for the small-business loans but too small to access corporate debt markets. Firms can apply for those loans on top of the forgivable payroll loans from the SBA, and banks will be able to sell 95% of the debt to the Fed.

Due to restrictions placed by Congress, the Fed said loans under the Main Street program would be subject to rules on payments to shareholders and executive compensation.

The Fed earlier announced plans to backstop funding markets for large companies and said Thursday it would expand those programs to accept some riskier classes of corporate debt beyond investment grade.

One corporate credit backstop to support new debt issuance of highly rated firms will now include so-called fallen angels that were investment-grade in mid-March but have subsequently been downgraded. A second corporate credit backstop will similarly allow a limited amount of purchases of non-investment-grade debt in exchange-traded funds.

By dipping a toe into the junk-bond market, the Fed is trying to create space for inevitable downgrades for firms in its lending facilities, reducing the “cliff effect” that companies face when they move from the lower rungs of investment grade to noninvestment grade.

Prices for debt from companies, including Ford Motor Co., registered especially large gains after the Fed’s announcement. Ford’s 7.45% bonds due in 2031 traded as high as 89.5 cents on the dollar after the Fed’s announcement, according to MarketAxess, compared with 71 cents Wednesday. The auto maker has more than $36 billion in bonds outstanding, making it the single largest issuer of below-investment-grade debt.

Other potential beneficiaries include Continental Resources Inc. and Western Midstream Operating LP, which lost their investment-grade status after March 22, the Fed’s cutoff date for formerly investment-grade firms. Continental Resources’ 4.9% bonds due in 2044 climbed to 73.375 cents from 61 cents.

Another program will accept new classes of debt in the previously announced Term Asset-Backed Securities Loan Facility, or TALF, that were initially excluded from that facility when it was used after the 2008 financial crisis to support consumer and business credit markets. The program will become open to the highest-rated tranches of existing commercial mortgage-backed securities and newly issued collateralized loan obligations.

Under TALF, the Fed lends money to investors to buy securities backed by credit-card loans and other consumer debt. The Fed has made $100 billion available for that program and didn’t increase the amount Thursday.

To ease funding strains for cities and states experiencing large revenue drops and rising expenses from simultaneous economic and health crises, the Fed said it would purchase up to $500 billion in short-term debt directly from U.S. states, the District of Columbia, counties with at least two million residents, and cities with at least one million residents.

The facility is designed to provide financing of up to two years to state and local governments dealing with increased demand for services at a time when revenues are plunging. The Fed program aims to restore more buying and selling in a market that seized up in mid-March, causing cities and states around the country to cancel borrowing deals for core infrastructure needs.

Muni-bond prices tanked amid frenzied selling last month. Investors yanked $32.8 billion from municipal-bond mutual and exchange-traded funds, the largest monthly outflows since data collection began in 1992, according to Refinitiv.

By limiting the facility to one issuer for each state, city or county, the Fed is likely to avoid propping up some of the most risky municipal borrowing.

Roughly 10% of muni bonds outstanding are junk-rated or unrated debt, much of it issued with state, city or county permission by a range of private entities including nursing homes and charter schools. Those bonds, many of which are held by high-yield mutual funds or other institutional investors, make up one of the most troubled sections of the market.

Analysts said the Fed’s help, while valuable, wouldn’t replace the need for more aid from the federal government, which provided around $200 billion to states and cities in last month’s stimulus bill.

Unlike the federal government, most states operate with balanced-budget requirements that don’t allow them to run deficits. “No amount of borrowing can substitute for actual funding to states that will face really impossible decisions around the provision of essential services, unless Congress alleviates the pressure on state budgets,” said Mr. Weiss of the Kennedy School.

During his two years as Fed chairman, Mr. Powell has delicately resisted providing pointed advice about tax and spending decisions outside the central bank’s traditional purview of regulating banks and setting short-term interest rates.

While he said the Fed would continue to use its powers “forcefully, proactive and aggressively,” he issued a more assertive call Thursday for additional spending from Congress and the White House.

Many borrowers will benefit from the Fed’s emergency loans, Mr. Powell said, but “there will also be entities of various kinds that need direct fiscal support rather than a loan they would struggle to repay.”

Mr. Powell punctuated his call for additional fiscal support by highlighting how severe economic burdens are falling on low-income workers and other vulnerable segments of society.

The task of delivering financial support “directly to those most affected falls to elected officials, who use their powers of taxation and spending to make decisions about where we, as a society, should direct our collective resources,” Mr. Powell said.

The Wall Street Journal

By Nick Timiraos

Updated April 9, 2020 5:15 pm ET

—Heather Gillers and Sam Goldfarb contributed to this article.




Smaller Cities Cry Foul on Coronavirus Aid.

Mayors protesting exclusion get sympathetic ear from some lawmakers for next round of stimulus

Mayors of small cities facing big budget shortfalls say they were unfairly cut out of the $2.2 trillion stimulus law, and they are drawing support in Congress to make them eligible for direct aid in future rounds of coronavirus legislation.

Localities are seeing increased strain on first responders and police departments, in addition to bearing the cost of purchasing personal protective equipment. Meanwhile, revenue streams from sales taxes and income taxes have slowed and unemployment claims are surging. But the rescue law stipulates that only counties and cities with populations over 500,000 residents can apply directly for the $150 billion in emergency funding for state, local and tribal governments.

“It’s a terrible slap in the face to most cities around the country,” Shane Bemis, the mayor of Gresham, Ore., said of the population restriction.

The Republican mayor said he may have to look at cuts to the police force and fire department or add a levy to property taxes to continue the services, should the shutdown continue. His city, a suburb of Portland, has about 110,000 residents.

In an interview with WSJ’s Gerald F. Seib, New Jersey Governor Phil Murphy said there is room to be optimistic after his state saw a drop in the rate of new Covid-19 cases, but warned that more federal support is needed to continue the fight against the novel coronavirus. Photo: Associated Press
Lawmakers are sympathetic but are balancing many urgent priorities in future stimulus bills. Some cities may get funds through grants and aid to hospitals as well.

“This is not a question of picking A over B, it’s saying both A and B need sufficient resources,” said House Majority Leader Steny Hoyer (D., Md.) in an interview. In the next large bill that Congress considers, he wants to get additional assistance to small communities and “get them directly to the locality, as opposed to going through the states.”

House Speaker Nancy Pelosi (D., Calif.) and Senate Minority Leader Chuck Schumer (D., N.Y.) on Wednesday requested an additional $150 billion for states and local governments. They didn’t say if they backed keeping the population requirement for direct aid to cities. An aide to Majority Leader Mitch McConnell (R., Ky.) couldn’t say if the Senate leader would support changing the requirements in future legislation.

Rep. Joe Neguse, a Colorado Democrat, on Tuesday introduced legislation that would allocate $250 billion for local communities, cities and towns that are facing challenges due to the pandemic. The legislation was introduced with 75 sponsors, but it’s not known if that will be incorporated as part of a future economic stimulus package.

Meanwhile, Sens. Michael Bennet (D., Colo.) and Cory Gardner (R., Colo.) wrote to Treasury Secretary Steven Mnuchin this week, asking him to take a broad definition of what he sees as coronavirus-related needs and ensure small and rural communities receive a share of the funds approved by Congress last month.

“I don’t think there should be population limits one way or another,” Mr. Gardner said.

A spokesperson for the Treasury Department didn’t return a request for comment.

Separately, Mr. Mnuchin said that the federal government would soon announce plans to establish a facility to purchase municipal securities, responding to a Democratic effort to get the U.S. to provide a backstop for struggling cities and localities.

Lawmakers are looking at other approaches as well. Rep. Rashida Tlaib (D., Mich.) is working on part of the package of issues that House Financial Services Committee Chairman Maxine Waters (D., Calif.) will submit for consideration in future legislation. She said the goal would be to push the Federal Reserve to buy up municipal debt, providing money to help localities weather the crisis. The stimulus package gives the Federal Reserve the option to buy such debt.

Congressional aides said the 500,000 population stipulation was in the most recent bill as it was being quickly negotiated to move it through Congress faster. States that receive their share of the $150 billion can then send some to local governments, though mayors see a need for money urgently now.

“We could be off by several million dollars in our existing budget, so that’s a problem,” said Andy Schor, the mayor of Lansing, Mich., which has about 120,000 residents.

In addition to losses in tax revenue, the local minor-league baseball team, the Lansing Lugnuts, told the city it wouldn’t pay rent this month on the stadium, and the convention space the city helps subsidize lost $1.5 million in business in two days when the pandemic hit. Mr. Schor told his residents this week to stop putting their yard waste on the curb, as one of his first decisions in the pandemic was to not hire the seasonal help that picks it up.

The law also means cities with big metro areas but relatively small populations were left out.

Miami Mayor Francis X. Suarez, who was the second confirmed case of Covid-19 in his area and has since donated blood plasma to help, doesn’t expect to directly receive funding and is frustrated by the lack of information on how the money appropriated by Congress will be allocated. Miami, with just under 500,000 residents, has spent millions of dollars on personal protective equipment and coronavirus testing and has the most cases in Florida.

“We have reserves, but they are not limitless,” he said in an interview. “Right now we’re estimating a hit of $20 million a month in terms of lost revenue.”

The Wall Street Journal

By Natalie Andrews

April 9, 2020 9:19 am ET

—Siobhan Hughes contributed to this article.




State Funding Woes Are Dragging the Fed Into Muni-Market Reboot.

The central bank has been aggressive in supporting the economy, but financing by local governments poses unique challenges

Reviving the market for bonds sold by state and local governments is shaping up as one of the stiffest tests in the Federal Reserve’s campaign to restore financial normalcy.

The Fed has committed trillions of dollars to keep money flowing through markets vital to economic growth, including huge purchases of government and mortgage securities and new programs to backstop money-market funds and corporate-debt markets.

Those efforts have helped to fuel the markets’ partial recovery, say investors and portfolio managers, with the Dow Jones Industrial Average up 26% from its March 23 low.

But the central bank is limited in its efforts to revive the $4 trillion market for municipal securities, which back everything from school facilities to stadiums and highways. The Fed has so far intervened in only a few corners of the market, which is fraught with idiosyncrasies that make it difficult to categorize debt as investment-grade or risky, the line in the sand drawn by the Fed to ascertain what it backstops during a crisis.

The constraints stem in part from the coronavirus’s decimation of state and local finances, which could make the risks even harder to judge, and the Fed’s traditional deference to Congress in handling local government financing decisions.

“The Fed doesn’t want to be in a position to say you have to raise taxes or cut pay to policemen or firemen” to secure or repay a loan from the central bank, said Scott Alvarez, who was the Fed’s general counsel from 2004 to 2017.

Treasury Secretary Steven Mnuchin told Democratic lawmakers Wednesday that Fed and Treasury officials would soon unveil a program to backstop financing for states. The devil will be in the details, and those designs—along with other announced plans for lending to small and midsize businesses—could be unveiled as soon as Thursday, according to people familiar with the matter.

While the Fed has the authority to purchase municipal debt with maturities of six months or less, it hasn’t exercised that authority. A more likely route would be to establish an emergency lending program to backstop longer-dated muni debt.

The $2 trillion rescue package that Washington approved last month includes $454 billion that the Treasury can use to absorb losses on any Fed lending facilities. That bill provided $200 billion in direct funding for states and cities, but they are likely to need another $300 billion to $600 billion, said Tom Kozlik, head of municipal credit at Hilltop Securities.

The aid to cities and states in the recent rescue package “will not be enough to offset the cost many states and municipalities are encountering,” said Boston Fed President Eric Rosengren. The Fed can help with financial markets, but those efforts will be less effective without more direct aid, he said.

Officials are trying to avoid a rerun of state and local government layoffs after the 2007-09 recession, which contributed to an underwhelming economic recovery despite unprecedented Fed stimulus.

The Fed typically seeks to steer clear of concerns about the potential loss of taxpayer funds by focusing on purchases of assets such as highly rated bonds whose default is widely judged to be minimal. Such judgments are harder to come by in the market for municipal bonds, where even the strongest borrowers have been hammered by the challenges arising from an unprecedented shutdown of business and commerce around the country.

States face not just the burden of boosting spending on public-health responses, but also a drop in revenue from sharp declines in sales-tax collections.

“In almost every way, states are at the front lines of fighting this,” said Joe Torsella, Pennsylvania’s state treasurer.

Fears that state and local finances will be permanently damaged are evident in the investor flight from this market, which until recently has ranked among the most resilient.

In March, investors pulled $32.8 billion from municipal-bond mutual and exchange-traded funds, according to Refinitiv, the largest monthly outflows since data collection began in 1992. State and local governments canceled billions of dollars of planned borrowing. The S&P Municipal Bond Index gave up more than a year’s worth of gains.

The Fed has long resisted lending to states and companies, having spurned requests from lawmakers in 2008 to aid ailing U.S. auto makers and ruled out a muni-debt backstop.

The central bank has already broken some taboos during the current crisis. It is in the process of unveiling lending facilities for large and midsize companies, and it has dipped a toe into muni-debt markets by expanding a money-market lending backstop to include certain types of municipal debt—and by purchasing some highly rated municipal debt in a facility backing the market for very-short-term commercial debt.

Analysts and state officials said the Fed could provide support by buying a broad-based muni index, avoiding the prospect of picking winners and losers outright.

Among the issues the Fed must weigh is who ultimately benefits. The yields on bonds issued by Montgomery County, Md., an affluent suburb of Washington, D.C., and Cook County, Ill., home to Chicago and where more than 700,000 people live in poverty, both jumped more than 2 percentage points over a week in March, indicating lower prices.

Yields on the Montgomery County bonds have since declined more than those on the Cook County bonds—indicating that while the market views the Montgomery County bonds as a better risk, the Cook County securities are potentially the ones more in need of support. Those sorts of regional and distributional issues carry significant risk for the Fed, investors said.

“It would be very problematic for the institution and its credibility to decide between New York and Montana,” said Mark Spindel, a Washington-based investment manager who co-wrote a history of the Fed.

The prospect of increased lending to businesses and local governments, often in consultation with the Treasury Department, could reshape the Fed’s longstanding autonomy from the executive branch.

During and after World War II, the central bank pegged Treasury yields to finance war spending and the recovery. A bruising fight with the Truman administration, which resulted in the resignation of the Fed chairman, ultimately led to a formal agreement in 1951 to end the Fed’s policy of fixing Treasury yields.

“I think it is possible that we will have a central bank when this is all over that has sacrificed a piece of its independence,” said Jeremy Stein, a former Fed governor who now teaches at Harvard.

Fears about the loss of central-bank independence are overstated given the gravity of the current crisis, said Mr. Torsella.

While political and constitutional tensions loom, “smart, well-intentioned people can figure out how to do this in a way” that “simply restores functioning of this market,” said Mr. Torsella. “I want to make sure we have a fighting chance of getting back to those more normal times.”

The Wall Street Journal

By Julia-Ambra Verlaine and Nick Timiraos

Updated April 8, 2020 5:56 pm ET

—Siobhan Hughes and Kate Davidson contributed to this article.




Fed Announces Municipal Liquidity Facility.

Announcement Follows BDA Letter / Recommendations to the Fed

The Federal Reserve today announced the guidelines of the Municipal Liquidity Facility, authority that was provided by the recent passage of the CARES Act.

The fact sheet can be viewed here.

Last week, the BDA urged to the Fed and Treasury to take action in the primary market by through direct purchases. The Fed also left the door open to further actions, including limited secondary market activity in which the BDA wrote in favor of.

The letter can be viewed here.

Facility Facts

The Municipal Liquidity Facility will support lending to states, cities with a population exceeding one million residents, and counties with a population exceeding two million residents.

Under the Facility, a Federal Reserve Bank will commit to lend to a special purpose vehicle on a recourse basis. The SPV will purchase Eligible Notes directly from Eligible Issuers at the time of issuance.

The Reserve Bank will be secured by all the assets of the SPV. Treasury will make an initial equity investment of $35 billion steaming from the $454 billion allotted in Sec. 4003 of the CARES Act, in the SPV in connection with the Facility.

The SPV will have the ability to purchase up to $500 billion of Eligible Notes.

Eligible Notes:

Termination Date

The SPV will cease purchasing Eligible Notes on September 30, 2020, unless the Board and the Treasury Department extend the Facility. The Reserve Bank will continue to fund the SPV after such date until the SPV’s underlying assets mature or are sold.

The BDA will continue to provide updates as they become available.

Bond Dealers of America

April 9, 2020




Press Release: BDA Statement on the Federal Reserve Municipal Liquidity Facility

We welcome the Fed’s support for the market and we are hopeful this facility will provide needed help to municipal issuers. We are looking particularly at how smaller issuers will access the facility. We look forward to working with the Fed and others to ensure that any extraordinary help for the market is applied as effectively as possible. We also urge the Fed to use its CARES Act authority to provide support as needed for the secondary market for municipal bonds – providing much needed liquidity, benefiting the overall market.

The Bond Dealers of America is the only Washington, DC based trade association that represents securities dealers and banks whose focus is the U.S. bond markets. We work passionately to promote public policies and market practices that improve the market environment while also providing a forum for its members to learn, collaborate, debate and discuss issues of common interest.

The BDA acts as a clearinghouse for industry information and issues and provides educational opportunities for industry professionals through conferences, seminars and roundtables. By supporting the interests and prosperity of our members, we help to strengthen the companies, municipalities and investors who depend on them for both access to market liquidity and to raise the capital they need to grow and prosper.

Bond Dealers of America

April 9, 2020




Fed Treads Cautiously Into Muni Market With Loan Lifeline.

The Federal Reserve is treading carefully into the $3.9 trillion municipal-bond market.

The central bank announced on Thursday that it would lend as much as $500 billion to states and the biggest local governments to cover massive tax shortfalls brought on by the swift slowdown in the economy, preventing a wave of short-term debt sales from hitting the public markets. But it stopped short of swooping in to buy long-term debt to head off another sell-off like the one that erupted last month, as it is doing with corporate bonds, collateralized loans and commercial mortgage-backed securities.

“The Fed is throwing a lifeline to municipal governments,” said Gary Pollack, head of fixed income at DWS Investment Management. “This will provide them time to get through this difficult period.”

The step will ensure that states and the most-populous cities can raise money to keep operating as tax collections dry up while their economies grind to a virtual halt and annual filing deadlines are pushed back. Wall Street analysts had predicted that such sales would jump in the coming months, which could have put pressure on a segment of the market where interest rates surged sharply last month when money managers dumped the shortest-dated securities to raise cash.

The lending program is somewhat limited in scope, however, since it is open to states and the 10 cities and 16 counties that are big enough to meet the minimum population requirements, according to Census figures. While states would be allowed to borrow money for smaller governments that don’t qualify on their own, it’s not clear how willing they would be to do so on behalf of financially struggling municipalities.

“While today’s action helps the largest cities, it completely misses the mark for those cities, towns, and counties across our country that fall under the population minimums,” Chris Iacovella, the chief executive officer of the American Securities Association, a lobbying group for regional firms. “These areas represent the heartbeat of America and for some reason the Fed and Treasury have chosen to exclude them while backstopping the largest cities, which doesn’t make any sense.”

The Fed’s move comes after the municipal-bond market went through an unprecedented sell-off in March as investors pulled record amounts out of mutual funds and governments began to forecast huge deficits from the virus-related shutdowns in activity. That rout stopped after Congress reached agreement on the $2.2 trillion economic stimulus measure, which gave the central bank the power to lend to states and cities and fostered speculation that it would start buying already-issued bonds in order to backstop the market.

“I am a bit disappointed in that the Fed will not be buying muni bonds in the secondary market, something they are doing for investment-grade corporate bonds,” RJ Gallo, senior portfolio manager at Federated Hermes. “Perhaps that may evolve in the future if this program fails to provide sufficient capital and liquidity support.”

Bond prices gained after the Fed’s announcement Thursday, driving the yield on 10-year top-rated securities down 10 basis points to 1.24%, less than half what it hit in March. Even risky securities that feel steeply during last month’s sell-off joined in the gains, with Ohio tobacco-settlement bonds due in 2055 climbing to as much as 97.5 cents on the dollar from about 91 cents Wednesday.

The Fed’s special purpose vehicle will purchase so-called tax, revenue and bond anticipation notes, which governments sell when they’re facing temporary shortfalls in revenues or waiting to sell long-term debt. The notes that the entity purchases must mature in 24 months or less.

That will prevent a massive amount of short-term securities from being issued at a time when the municipal-debt market is only slowly reviving from last month’s turmoil, which has starkly reduced the pace of new bond sales as many large deals are put on hold.

John Mousseau, the chief executive officer of Cumberland Advisors, said the Fed’s direct lending will help guaranty that the “market will not seize up,” which could in turn take pressure off of longer-dated securities as well.

The Fed said in a statement Thursday that it would continue to watch conditions in the municipal market to see if further action is needed. That fits with the central bank’s typical approach to wading into new asset classes, said Sean Simko, head of global fixed-income management at SEI.

“What we’ve noticed from the Fed is that they do like moving in steps — they’re taking it in a measured pace,” Simko said. “It wouldn’t surprise me if they would come into the market with a step two or step three if needed.”

Bloomberg Markets

By Amanda Albright, Fola Akinnibi, and Danielle Moran

April 9, 2020, 8:35 AM PDT Updated on April 9, 2020, 11:20 AM PDT

— With assistance by Alexandre Tanzi




‘Where No Fed Has Gone’: Wall Street Reacts to Muni-Debt Program

The Federal Reserve on Thursday said it will lend as much as $500 billion to states and the biggest counties and cities, making its first direct move ever into the $3.9 trillion municipal-debt market to help limit the financial fallout of the coronavirus pandemic.

The step will help governments cover the shortfalls they are facing because of the vast shutdowns sweeping over much of the country and prevent waves of short-term borrowing by localities sold to plug budget holes from potentially destabilizing the public markets.

The move was broadly welcomed by Wall Street analysts, municipal bond investors, underwriters and lobbying groups, even though it fell short of buying already-issued debt as some had sought. Moreover, it’s only open to cities with a population above 1 million and counties with 2 million or more, limiting its direct effect on local governments to the 26 that are big enough to qualify, based on Census figures.

Bank Analysts’ Views

Buyers Weigh In

Lobbyists Want More

Bloomberg

By Danielle Moran and Amanda Albright

April 9, 2020, 12:25 PM PDT

— With assistance by Fola Akinnibi




Soaring Bond Yields Drive States, Cities to Buy Back Own Debt.

Investors’ swift retreat from a key corner of the municipal-bond market is causing state and local governments to take matters into their own hands.

Governments are wading into the variable-rate market to drive down borrowing costs on the bonds with interest rates that reset daily or weekly. The municipal-bond market’s steep sell-off last month led yields on the debt to surge as money managers dumped them to raise cash, costing municipalities as they were facing higher expenses from battling the spread of the coronavirus.

The steps by officials to buy back some of their localities’ own debt signal some concern about the health of the state and local bond market even after the Federal Reserve last month included purchases of variable-rate debt as collateral as part of its lending program for money market funds. Yields on an index of the securities fell 2.9 percentage points on Wednesday to 1.83%, still higher than the 0.92% that the index has averaged over the last five years.

Continue reading.

Bloomberg Markets

By Amanda Albright and Romy Varghese

April 7, 2020, 6:18 AM PDT




Small, Mid-Sized Cities Currently Cut Out of Direct Coronavirus Funding.

With tax revenues down sharply, all local governments are hurting. But leaders of small and mid-sized jurisdictions in particular are arguing that they need more support.

The massive coronavirus relief package President Trump signed into law at the end of last month includes a $139 billion pot of money meant to help states and local governments in dealing with the disease outbreak.

But smaller- and mid-sized cities and counties won’t get direct access to those funds.

While these smaller governments could get some money from other parts of the package or from “pass-throughs” from states or bigger counties, local officials say the federal government is going to need to provide far more financial support to help them weather the public health crisis.

A group of Democratic lawmakers in the U.S. House on Tuesday put forward a bill that would move in this direction by allotting $250 billion in local government aid for smaller jurisdictions.

And on Wednesday, House Speaker Nancy Pelosi and Senate Minority Leader Chuck Schumer issued a statement outlining Democratic priorities for an “interim” coronavirus package. As part of it, they are calling for an additional $150 billion that could be used to help state and local governments “mitigate lost revenue” from the crisis.

“We need relief,” said Vince Williams, the mayor of Union City, Georgia, which is located southwest of Atlanta and has about 22,000 residents. “This is something that’s going to cripple a lot of municipalities.”

“Especially smaller cities, we’re going to have issues when people can’t pay their property taxes,” Williams added. “They won’t be able to pay their liquor license fees, business licenses. Everything is going to hit us all at once, once all of this passes.”

In general, advocates for state and local governments and some public finance experts echo Williams’ point. They say that federal help for the states and localities is so far woefully insufficient to cover the escalating costs associated with the public health crisis and the expected tax revenue declines from the economic downturn the outbreak has caused.

The law that Trump signed last month was the third legislative package lawmakers have passed to address the pandemic. A section of it creates a $150 billion Coronavirus Relief Fund to provide payments to local governments with populations over 500,000 and to states.

Each state is guaranteed a payment of at least $1.25 billion from the fund, with money provided to local governments within their borders subtracted from the total that is allocated to them. The amount made available to each state will vary based on their populations. While the fund is $150 billion in total, $8 billion is set aside for tribal governments and $3 billion for territories.

The law specifies that this money has to be spent on “necessary expenditures” due to the public health emergency, incurred between March 1 and Dec. 30, 2020. Eligible costs are also supposed to be previously unbudgeted or unplanned.

Nan Whaley, the mayor of Dayton, Ohio, called it “incredibly concerning” that her city of 140,000 residents, along with other mid-sized municipalities in Ohio like Toledo, Akron and Youngstown, are boxed out of direct payments from the relief fund.

A Congressional Research Service report published last week estimates that Ohio will receive $4.5 billion from the relief fund and that five counties there are eligible for about $775 million.

Whaley said Dayton would fight for some of the state’s cut, but doubts the city will see any of it. “If you give the state money, they’re going to take care of themselves first. And there’s probably not going to be any money left for the cities,” she said. “These pass-throughs don’t work.”

Montgomery County, which surrounds Dayton, appears to meet the 500,000-person population threshold requirement, but Whaley is also skeptical that those dollars will flow to her city.

She and others are now looking towards the possibility of a fourth federal relief package and say that it should include a program that provides federal aid payments directly to small- and mid-sized cities and other local governments.

Michael Gleeson, the National League of Cities’ legislative manager for finance, administration and intergovernmental relations, said the population cutoff for jurisdictions to qualify for the relief fund was among the big issues for the group currently on Capitol Hill. “There are a lot of smaller cities, towns and villages that could be shut out from direct access to federal aid,” he said.

NLC has said that 36 cities meet the population threshold, and together may be eligible for up to an estimated $8.2 billion of direct funding, ranging from about $90 million for Fresno, California to $1.5 billion for New York City.

Hadi Sedigh, chief innovation officer for the National Association of Counties, said the hope is that some of the relief fund dollars would flow down from states to smaller counties.

“Based on our understanding of the intent of Congress, this state stabilization fund was generally intended to provide fiscal support for the recovery of state and local governments of all sizes,” he said. “It has some specific, direct paths for counties of 500,000 or more residents.”

“The calling out of that path doesn’t necessarily need to make a statement about how much of the money should go to those smaller counties,” Sedigh added.

Sedigh noted that NACo represents 3,000 counties of all different sizes and that roughly 130 of them appear to meet the population threshold to qualify for direct funding.

It’s possible but uncertain, he said, that Treasury Department guidelines could establish some standards for how states distribute the money they get from the relief fund to local governments. Treasury did not respond on Tuesday to emailed questions about guidance for the fund.

There’s clearly an appetite for more relief funding at the state and local levels.

In Colorado, Gov. Jared Polis, along with representatives for county and municipal groups, signed onto a letter last week urging the state’s congressional delegation to back at least $500 billion in aid for state and local governments—including those with populations below 500,000.

Rep. Joe Neguse, a Colorado Democrat, is one of the sponsors of the new House bill that aims to provide additional funding to local governments. Neguse’s office noted that mid-sized municipalities in his district, like Boulder, Fort Collins and Loveland, are too small to have access to direct funds through the existing Coronavirus Relief Fund program.

The bill that Neguse and at least three other Democratic lawmakers are backing would make $250 billion available specifically for local jurisdictions with 500,000 people or less.

NLC has been working with staff for the lawmakers who are supporting that bill, and one of the advocacy group’s goals is to get direct federal aid funding for localities with populations under 500,000 people included in the next federal relief package.

Williams, the mayor in Georgia, said it is not clear to him yet whether he would have to go through the county where Union City is located, or the state government, to try to secure money from the relief fund. But either way, he’s dissatisfied with the status quo. “I’m totally opposed to them leaving this as only cities of 500,000 or more will get direct funding,” the mayor said.

Michael Wallace, NLC’s legislative director for community and economic development, said that it has been clear that the $150 billion relief fund would not provide enough assistance for states and localities to get through the public health crisis.

“Small towns, very small cities and towns, are having to do the exact same things cities over 500,000 are doing. It’s just a different scale,” he added.

The legislation that created the fund—the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security, or CARES, Act—does also contain other provisions to help state and local governments.

For instance, there’s $25 billion for transit infrastructure grants, $5 billion for Community Development Block Grants and $4 billion for homeless assistance grants. The bill also opens the door for around $454 billion to go towards Federal Reserve initiatives designed to bolster lending to eligible states and municipalities, as well as businesses.

Wallace described the CARES Act as good legislation for helping communities deal with the immediate economic blow that the coronavirus has dealt. But the financial challenges for state and local governments keep stacking up as the virus outbreak drags on.

Across the country, authorities have ordered a range of business to shut their doors and are urging people to stay at home as much as possible, as the nation battles the spread of Covid-19, the highly contagious respiratory illness the virus causes.

With businesses closed and unemployment skyrocketing, government revenues like sales and income taxes are expected to drop sharply compared to projected levels.

“Think about all the sales taxes we’re going to miss,” said Williams, the Union City mayor.

Meanwhile, local governments are covering costs tied directly to the public health response, as well as trying to assist small businesses and renters. They’re also waiving fines and fees and granting leeway on utility payments to reduce financial pressure on residents.

“All of these things are good public policy, but all of them negatively impact local budgets,” Wallace said. “Every kind of revenue is down,” he added.

A plain reading of the language in the CARES Act doesn’t seem to provide flexibility for states and localities to use the relief fund money to backfill lost tax revenues. NLC’s Gleeson said that, based on what he’s hearing, that’s the way that the Treasury Department sees things as well.

This stands in contrast to the “mitigate lost revenue” wording that Pelosi and Schumer used to describe the additional state and local aid that they proposed on Wednesday.

Tom Kozlik, head of municipal strategy and credit with Hilltop Securities suggested in a brief last week that federal lawmakers will need to deliver a fourth relief package that includes at least an additional $300 billion to $600 billion of “unencumbered aid” for state and local governments.

Like other cities in Ohio, Dayton relies heavily on income taxes. When people aren’t working, Whaley said, it undercuts revenue and hampers the city’s ability to provide services. The virus has dealt at least a temporary blow to Dayton’s municipal workforce. Whaley said the city has furloughed the equivalent of 479 full-time employees of its roughly 1,900 workers.

The mayor said she hadn’t seen figures yet for how severely the outbreak will affect tax collections. But asked about what spending cuts the city might make to offset revenue declines, she said Dayton’s budget was already stretched tight. “There is nothing to cut but police, fire, and trash,” Whaley said. “There’s nothing left. And that’s the challenge.”

It’s a similar story elsewhere in Ohio, she added, noting that cities received less support from the state after the last recession and that the job market in Dayton still hadn’t recovered to pre-2009 levels.

“One of the things this pandemic is displaying,” Whaley said, “is where we have not invested in the safety net, and where we don’t have depth of government services anymore.”

Route Fifty

by Bill Lucia

APRIL 8, 2020




Client Alert: Federal Reserve Creation of a Municipal Liquidity Facility

Effective April 9, 2020, the Federal Reserve created a Municipal Liquidity Facility (the “Facility”) to purchase state and local municipal debt. The Municipal Liquidity Facility was authorized pursuant to Section 13(3) of the Federal Reserve Act and will provide lending to states and cities with populations over 1 million, and counties with populations over 2 million using funds appropriated under the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”), enacted March 27, 2020. The terms described herein may be adjusted by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Board”) and the Secretary of the Treasury, which such changes will be announced on the Board’s website.

Lending Under the Facility. The Federal Reserve Bank (the “Reserve Bank”) will lend money to a Special Purpose Vehicle (“SPV”) on a recourse basis and the SPV will purchase Eligible Notes directly from Eligible Issuers at the time of original issuance. The Reserve Bank will be secured by all of the assets of the SPV. The Department of the Treasury will make an initial $35 billion equity investment in the SPV in connection with the Facility. The SPV will have the ability to purchase up to $500 billion of Eligible Notes.

Eligible Notes. Eligible Notes are TANS (tax anticipation notes), TRANS (tax and revenue anticipation notes), BANS (bond anticipation notes), and other short-term notes with a maximum maturity of 24 months from the date of issuance. Each note’s eligibility will be subject to review by the Federal Reserve and will require relevant legal opinions and disclosures, as determined by the Federal Reserve, prior to purchase.

Eligible Issuers. An Eligible Issuer is a state, city, or county, or an instrumentality that issues on behalf of a state, city, or county for the purpose of managing its cash flows. ONLY ONE ISSUER PER STATE, CITY, OR COUNTY IS ELIGIBLE. However, an Eligible Issuer may use the proceeds of its purchased notes to purchase similar notes or otherwise to assist political subdivisions or instrumentalities of the relevant state, city, or county for the uses specified below.

Limitations. The Federal Reserve limits the amount of purchase to one or more issuances up to an aggregate of 20 percent of general revenue or utility revenue from the state, city, or county’s own sources, measured by fiscal year 2017 revenues. States may request purchases in excess of the limit to assist political subdivisions and instrumentalities not otherwise eligible for the facility.

Terms of the Notes. Pricing will be based on the issuer’s rating at the time of purchase with details to be provided later. The notes are callable at any time at par.

Fees. There is an origination fee of 10 basis points of the principal amount of notes purchased, payable from note proceeds.

Uses. The proceeds of the notes may be used to help manage the cash flow impact of income tax deferrals, the potential reduction of tax, and other revenues or the increases of expenses resulting from Covid-19, and debt service payments on obligations of the relevant state, city, or county.

Termination Date. The SPV will cease purchasing Eligible Notes on September 30, 2020, unless the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the Treasury Department extend the Facility. The Reserve Bank will continue to fund the SPV after such date until the SPV’s underlying assets mature or are sold.

April 9 2020

Shumaker Loop & Kendrick – Sheila Kles




The Fed Will Buy State and Local Muni Bonds. It Might Not Cover the Virus Shortfall.

State and local governments will get budgetary breathing room from the Federal Reserve to cover at least some revenue lost in coronavirus-related shutdowns, but likely not enough to fully plug shortfalls.

The Fed’s program, called the municipal liquidity facility, can directly buy up to $500 billion in municipal bonds from states, cities with more than one million people, and counties with more than two million people. That means the program isn’t open to most local governments as there are only 10 cities and 16 counties in the U.S. that meet the Fed’s criteria. Each muni-bond issuer must obtain Fed approval to use the facility, and states can ask the Fed to lift their borrowing caps on behalf of smaller municipalities and other entities that are ineligible.

State and local governments will be able to sell only bonds maturing in two years or less to the Fed. Each transaction’s pricing will depend on the credit rating of the state or municipal government at the time of the bonds’ purchase, according to the central bank’s term sheet.

It isn’t clear whether the $500 billion will be enough to cover the shortfall that state and local governments will face from the pandemic. The answer to that question depends on the size of the budget gaps that remain once Congress’s $150 billion appropriation for coronavirus relief for domestic governments is taken into account.

There is a threshold for Fed success, however: The Fed’s facility will be able to cover municipalities’ budget gaps if they lose no more than 20% of their normal tax revenues.

Here’s why: The Fed says it will buy new municipal notes worth up to 20% of each municipality’s 2017 revenues, the most recent data available, excluding intra-governmental transfers and including utility revenues. For state and local governments across the entire country, those revenues added up to nearly $2.6 trillion in 2017. And 20% of that total is $515 billion, only a slightly larger sum than the $500 billion of financing the Fed will make available.

In other words, if state and local governments lose nearly 20% of one year’s revenues from income taxes, property taxes, sales taxes and utilities, the Fed should be able to lend them money to cover all of that with a two-year loan.

But once that two years is over, the municipalities will need to either refinance their Fed-owned notes with bonds, or hope that the economy has recovered enough to repay the principal.

What’s more, some Wall Street strategists don’t think the program will even be enough to patch up the hole that the coronavirus will create near-term state and municipal budgets.

“This program does not plug state government budget gaps,” wrote Goldman Sachs. “We continue to expect Congress to provide [an additional] $100-200bn in fiscal aid.”

Barron’s

By Alexandra Scaggs

Updated April 10, 2020 9:39 am ET / Original April 10, 2020 9:10 am ET

Write to Alexandra Scaggs at alexandra.scaggs@barrons.com




Fed to Buy Municipal Debt for First Time, Underscoring Peril Facing Cities.

The central bank is targeting short-term debt because states and cities nationwide have seen an alarming drop-off in revenue.

The Federal Reserve will directly buy bonds issued by states and cities for the first time, in a move that highlights the danger faced by local governments as the fallout from the coronavirus pandemic slams their budgets.

The Fed said Thursday it would purchase up to $500 billion in short-term municipal debt to ease turmoil in the market. It was part of a slew of emergency facilities totaling more than $2 trillion that the central bank unveiled, mainly to boost small and medium-sized companies that are especially vulnerable to a severe economic slump.

The central bank is targeting short-term debt because states and cities nationwide have seen an alarming drop-off in revenue as businesses shutter due to the virus outbreak. Job losses have cut deeply into sales tax income, with the federal government announcing Thursday that more than 16 million Americans have filed jobless claims in the last three weeks. A shift in the federal tax deadline also created unexpected holes in local budgets as officials chose to delay their own deadlines in tandem.

“This is a significant move by the feds to enter the municipal market and in a pretty big way,” said Micah Green, a partner at Steptoe & Johnson and former co-head of the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association. Still, he said, “There’s much more to be seen as to what role, if any, they will play in the longer-term debt market, which would be an even further step of unprecedented activity by the Federal Reserve.”

The Fed has come under increasing pressure to help out municipalities, but it has long resisted that because of concern about getting involved in political issues that come along with local financing decisions. But now it is skirting the need to make political decisions about which debt to buy by setting up a program under its emergency powers that will allow any state or large city that meets the qualifications to participate.

Federal Reserve Chair Jerome Powell said in February at a House oversight hearing that the Fed has “limited authority” to buy short-term municipal debt and historically hasn’t waded very deeply into state and local government finance. And nine years ago, then-Chair Ben Bernanke told the Senate Budget Committee that “we have no expectation or intention to get involved in state and local finance,” as local budgets were flailing after the Great Recession.

Regulators sounded a different note today, saying the emergency lending would be accessible to states and the District of Columbia, as well as cities with populations over 1 million residents and counties with populations over 2 million residents. The Treasury Department will use $35 billion from the stimulus package enacted in late March to cover any losses from states or cities that default.

Eligible kinds of debt include tax anticipation notes, tax and revenue anticipation notes, bond anticipation notes and “other similar short-term notes” with maturities no longer than 24 months.

Generally, those kinds of notes allow governments to access a larger amount of money upfront in the form of debt instruments using estimations of future revenue. Each debt issuance will be subject to Fed review.

Total debt issuance will be capped at 20 percent of the “general revenue from own sources and utility revenue” of each government applying for the aid, based on fiscal year 2017, the Fed said.

Some issues to watch as this facility rolls out include which individual states the central bank will allow to seek debt purchases in excess of the cap, an exception it provided to help ineligible governments access credit. And the Fed said in its announcement that pricing details for issuing this debt will be provided later.

Analysts and research groups have cited Tennessee, Illinois and New Jersey as among the states at particular risk in the downturn, citing a heavy dependence on sales tax revenue, low level of reserves or high levels of debt.

“We are hopeful this facility will provide needed help to municipal issuers,” the Bond Dealers of America, a Washington-based trade group representing banks and securities firms active in the bond market, said in a statement. “We are looking particularly at how smaller issuers will access the facility.”

Looking beyond the short-term lending action, the Bond Dealers of America urged the central bank “to use its CARES Act authority to provide support as needed for the secondary market for municipal bonds — providing much needed liquidity, benefiting the overall market,” referring to the stimulus bill that President Donald Trump signed into law last month.

Bolstering state and local balance sheets will help the secondary market, but the Fed clearly left open the possibility of broader action, according to its announcement.

“The Federal Reserve will continue to closely monitor conditions in the primary and secondary markets for municipal securities and will evaluate whether additional measures are needed to support the flow of credit and liquidity to state and local governments,” the central bank said.

Unless extended, purchases established by this facility cease on Sept. 30, 2020.

POLITICO.COM

By KELLIE MEJDRICH and VICTORIA GUIDA

04/09/2020 06:52 PM EDT




Muni-Bond Market Reviving After Fed Moves to Ease Cash Crunch.

(Bloomberg) — The Federal Reserve is helping revive the $3.9 trillion municipal bond market.

Underwriter Raymond James Financial Inc. estimates that as many as 200 new negotiated state and local debt offerings will price over the next few days, almost double the amount issued last week, fixed-income strategist Kevin Giddis said in a note to clients.

That would mark a turnaround for a segment of the capital markets that had virtually shut down after concerns about the coronavirus prompted a series of steep sell-offs last month when investors pulled out their funds. The market has since been steadied, with the Federal Reserve last month moving to increase liquidity for money-market funds and last week rolling out a plan to lend as much as $500 billion to states and local governments to help them avoid a cash crunch in the middle of the pandemic.

Since March 9, there have only been about $15 billion of new municipal bonds issued, a drop of 56% from the same period a year earlier. Many big sales have been placed on so-called day-to-day status, meaning underwriters will sell them when market conditions warrant.

“This improvement in issuance is largely due to the Fed and Treasury’s unprecedented support for these markets and it appears to be working,” Giddis wrote.

Bloomberg Markets

by Danielle Moran

April 13, 2020




Complimentary Resource for NFMA Members.

IMTC’s NOVA platform is a cloud-based fixed income portfolio management tool designed to help investment professionals save time and focus on high-value work.

During the Coronavirus crisis, IMTC is providing investment managers with free fixed income market data to combat the WFH struggles brought on by legacy technology systems.

Benefits of IMTC’s Market Data:

If you or a colleague is interested in learning more about our free market data offering, please follow the link to get in touch: click here (or cut and paste https://imtc.com/contact into your browser).




Capitol Hill Update: Infrastructure Push Slowed

Congress Turns Focus Back to Direct Funding to Cities

Last week, the House of Representatives announced its push to include a massive infrastructure package into a future “stimulus phase 4” bill. This idea ran into strong Republican push-back in the Senate, and seems to have been tabled for the potential April stimulus legislation.

This week, both Chambers seem to be coalescing around the idea of more direct funding to cities, particularly smaller cities that were left behind in “phase 3,” and the potential for another round of checks to qualified Americans.

While a major infrastructure package now seems unlikely, the BDA and our partners in the issuer community continue to push for member priorities in the potential phase 4 package including:

Administration Considering “Coronavirus Bonds”

Yesterday, Larry Kudlow, Director of the National Economic Council teased an idea of Treasury creating a long duration Coronavirus bond program equivalent to a war-bond to help spur the economy. While Congress has yet to adopt this thinking, the administration continues to look at long-term paper options if the initial $2 trillion dollar stimulus package fails to deliver enough economic punch.

The BDA will continue to provide updates as they become available

Bond Dealers of America

April 7, 2020




COVID-19 And Marijuana: Can Cannabis Municipal Bonds Help Government Budgets?

Cannabis Based Municipal Bonds (CMBs) could offer governments and financial institutions a viable and creative way to aid in the recovery of lost revenues due to the COVID-19 pandemic, says a newly released report from cannabis and hemp advisory firm MPG Consulting.

As the cannabis industry continues to grow at a rapid pace and regulations mature, it is time for state and local governments, as well as traditional financial institutions, to start taking a serious look at the validity of CMBs as a source of financing for local initiatives and infrastructure, MPG analysts argue. In fact, they point to similar initiatives in place in the form of special tax bonds, typically backed by taxes, on certain activities or assets classes like tobacco, alcohol and gaming — the so called “sin taxes.”

How This Could Work

To demonstrate how this could work, MPG conducted a theoretical analysis, using Denver as an example.

Continue reading.

Forbes

Javier Hasse

Apr 7, 2020




Aging Populations Strain State Budgets, Pension Funding Varies.

Link to Fitch Ratings’ Report(s): Demographic Trends and Pension Pressures (Aging Populations and Underfunded Pensions May Present Fiscal Challenges for States)

Fitch Ratings-New York-25 February 2020: The aging US population poses a range of challenges to state finances, including providing pensions for the swelling ranks of retired public workers. However, a state’s demographic profile does not necessarily determine its pension funding, Fitch Ratings says. States with weaker demographic profiles are likely to face slower revenue growth and expenditure pressures but some of these states have maintained an approach to pension funding that alleviates pension pressure.

The population profiles of pension systems are aging, with the number of retirees drawing benefits growing, even as the number of active workers lags behind. For many plans, the number of retirees now exceeds the number of active employees. As states see populations age, revenue growth prospects slow and demand for services climb the concurrent demand for higher pension contributions in order to address underfunding may limit fiscal flexibility.

Fitch’s report assesses these pension burdens and demographic trends and differentiates states based on their position relative to 50-state medians, highlighting examples that illustrate the nuances of states’ funding considerations and the importance of sustained policy actions in managing the trajectory of pension burdens over time.

States are categorized by their position above or below the median projected labor force growth of 0.12% annually over the 2017-2026 period as projected by the US Census, and the median pension burden, which Fitch defines as the ratio of state net pension liabilities adjusted to a standard 6% discount rate as a percentage of personal income. The median pension burden measured 3.1% in 2018. Quadrants created by this comparison indicate whether states are well placed to manage their pension obligations based on the size of the liability and their active population.

States with the twin challenges of weaker demographics and higher underfunded pensions are arguably more vulnerable to fiscal pressures over time. Dominated by those in the Northeast and Midwest, many of these states are aging faster than the median, with a rising share of the population aged 65 and older, and barely growing or even declining working age populations. Some states within this quadrant, however, have shown commitment to pension funding that has resulted in an improved funding status.

An equal number of states are in the relatively more favorable situation of having both stronger demographic trends and carrying relatively lower pension burdens. Fiscal vulnerabilities stemming from either demographic trends or pension contributions pressures are likely to be lower for states in this quadrant. Pensions are either well funded, or if not, represent a smaller burden relative to the state’s wealth base.

The remaining states in the other two quadrants either have solid demographic trends but higher pension burdens, or lower pension burdens, despite weaker demographic trends. While still vulnerable based on weakness that could hamper full pension funding, these states arguably retain more fiscal flexibility than those in the upper left quadrant.

Most governments have taken steps to shore up their pensions by shifting to more reasonable assumptions, increasing contributions to the actuarial level and cutting future benefits for new workers. These corrective actions have less of an effect in the context of maturing pension systems. The problem is magnified for states in which pensions are a material burden relative to the state’s resource base.

Contact:

Douglas Offerman
Senior Director, US Public Finance
+1 212 908-0889
Fitch Ratings, Inc.
Hearst Tower
300 W. 57th Street
New York, NY 10019

Olu Sonola, CPA
Group Credit Officer
+1 212 908-0583

Sarah Repucci
Senior Director, Fitch Wire
+1 212 908-0726

Media Relations: Sandro Scenga, New York, Tel: +1 212 908 0278, Email: sandro.scenga@thefitchgroup.com

Additional information is available on www.fitchratings.com.




Bonds Backed By Special Taxes Hit By Virus, Moody's Says.

The economic slowdown resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic will challenge state and local governments to service their municipal bonds, especially those secured by taxes on hospitality, travel and leisure businesses, a report by Moody’s has said.

Tax revenues from hotel occupancy and restaurant sales are the most vulnerable to the slowdown, with monthly collections expected to fall by up to 85% through midsummer and not recover until March 2021, the report issued Monday by Moody’s Investors Service said.

Sales and income tax revenues will decline to a lesser extent because they rest on broader tax bases, the report added.

Municipal special tax revenue will be sharply curtailed by “unprecedented restrictions” on social interaction and travel, the report said. The downturn will be especially strong in economic areas connected to the hospitality industry: hotels, casinos, car rentals, parking, and food and beverage services, it said.

Declines in consumption will be marginally offset by federal stimulus measures such as the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act, it said.

Most bonds backed by special taxes have a reserve for debt service that boosts their creditworthiness against a temporary tax revenue shortfall, Moody’s said.

If state or local governments lack the reserves to make bond payments, their willingness to cover any shortfalls can boost a bond’s ratings, the report said. A parent government’s willingness to step in is not guaranteed, however, and depends on political factors and others that are unpredictable, the report said.

How long the decline lasts depends on the steps taken to contain the virus, Moody’s said. It has already projected a 4.3% decline in the U.S. economy for the first two quarters of 2020 and a 2% drop for all of 2020, it said.

A Moody’s representative did not respond to requests for comment.

State and local governments have reported tax revenues declining due to the COVID-19 pandemic. New York state’s tax receipts will fall by at least $4 billion for the 2020-21 budget year, Comptroller Thomas P. DiNapoli said in March. A more severe decline in stock markets or a sharp recession could lower revenue by up to $7 billion, he said.

Florida also faces a decline in sales tax revenues as business for its tourist attractions dries up from the COVID-19 pandemic. The state will need to draw from its $4 billion reserve fund to make up the shortfall, a sales tax compliance expert recently told Law360.

Law 360 Tax Authority

By David Hansen · April 1, 2020, 6:03 PM EDT

–Editing by Robert Rudinger.




S&P: Outlooks Revised To Negative On Transportation-Related GO Special District Ratings Due To COVID-19, Global Recession

CENTENNIAL (S&P Global Ratings) March 31, 2020–S&P Global Ratings revised its outlook to negative from stable on several long-term and underlying general obligation (GO) ratings. The affected ratings consist primarily of debt secured by ad valorem property tax revenue, issued by special districts that have transportation-related operations, regardless of the purpose of issuance. These issuers include airport authorities, port districts, and mass transit operators. The negative outlooks provide notification to market participants that the affected credits face at least a one-in-three likelihood of a negative rating action over the intermediate term (generally up to two years).

This action applies to the ratings of 18 issuers, and 86 issue level ratings.

Continue reading.




S&P: All U.S. Public Finance Sector Outlooks Are Now Negative

Table of Contents

Following mobility restrictions and closure of large segments of the economy due to COVID-19 and the swift onset of recession, all of S&P Global Ratings’ sector outlooks in U.S. public finance are now negative. At the start of 2020 all sector outlooks were stable with the exception of higher education, ports, and mass transit. The shift in our outlooks to end the first quarter reflects the expectation of sharp decline in the economy through at least the second quarter and uncertainty about the rate of spread and peak of COVID-19 as well as the timing of economic recovery.

Sector outlooks are an indication of credit trends in the year ahead and may be informed by existing outlook distributions or existing and emerging risks that could influence rating actions. By themselves, we do not expect that these sector outlook revisions will lead to immediate issuer- or issue-specific negative rating actions. However, given the confluence of events from COVID-19 and the ensuing recession, we believe that rapid expenditure increases and precipitous revenue declines will generate more negative than positive rating actions across U.S. public finance for the remainder of 2020.

The financial position of governments and not-for-profits was generally healthy at the beginning of the year, which we believe provides flexibility to respond to the evolving situation. However, we see real fiscal challenges ahead across all sectors (see table 1). The rapid onset of the recession with projections of sharp GDP decline, surging unemployment, and decreased consumer spending will pressure credit quality.

Continue reading.




S&P: Outlooks On Certain U.S. Convention Center And Sports Authorities Revised To Negative From Stable On COVID-19 Impact

Table of Contents

FARMERS BRANCH (S&P Global Ratings) April 1, 2020–S&P Global Ratings revised the ratings outlook to negative from stable on certain U.S. convention center and sports authorities in the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic. The negative outlooks provide notification to market participants that the affected entities face at least a one-in-three likelihood of a negative rating action over the medium term (generally up to two years). At the same time, S&P Global Ratings affirmed its ratings on the entities.

“The negative outlook reflects our belief that the advent of “social distancing” and subsequent cancellations of major events, as well as material declines in travel and closing of businesses in response to the global spread of COVID-19, have affected, and will negatively affect convention center and sports authorities’ revenue streams,” said S&P Global Ratings credit analyst Andy Hobbs. The current negative outlooks are reflective of entities where the operating risk is associated with the particular convention center or sports authority. S&P Global Ratings recognizes that with almost 200 million Americans either under shelter-in-place orders or being urged to stay at home in a concerted effort to contain the spread of the new coronavirus, the longest economic expansion in U.S. history has come to an abrupt end. The toll on GDP will be far more severe than we once thought–with the contraction showing up in the first-quarter figure and worsening substantially in the April-June period. (see “It’s Game Over For The Record U.S. Run; The Timing Of A Restart Remains Uncertain ,” published on March 27, 2020, on RatingsDirect).

Continue reading.




Fitch U.S. Water and Sewer Rating Criteria.

This criteria report details Fitch Ratings’ methodology for assigning Issuer Default Ratings (IDRs), Standalone Credit Profiles (SCPs),and issue-and obligation-specific ratings to U.S. municipal water and sewer (including wastewater and stormwater) utilities, whether operating as a stand-alone legal entity or an enterprise of a local government. This rating methodology also applies to certain municipally owned combined utilities, for which water and sewer revenue accounts for, or is expected to account for, the largest share of total revenue on an ongoing basis.

Read the Report.

April 3, 2020




Fitch U.S. Public Power Rating Criteria.

This criteria report details Fitch Ratings’ methodology for assigning Issuer Default Ratings, (IDRs), Standalone Credit Profiles (SCPs) and issue- and obligation-specific ratings to U.S. public power utilities, including electric systems that are municipally or federally owned, and electric cooperatives.

Read the Report.

March 30, 2020




Helping Public Entities Navigate the COVID-19 Financial Crisis: Squire Patton Boggs

As we’ve said, The Thing touches everything. Indeed, to quote No Country For Old Men: “It’s the dismal tide. It’s not the one thing.” State and local governments are no exception. Our public policy and public finance groups have a four-point action plan for state and local governments to start to pick up the pieces. We’re ready to help.

The Public Finance Tax Blog

By Johnny Hutchinson on March 29, 2020

Squire Patton Boggs




Tax Anticipation Notes: An Option to Alleviate Municipal Cash Flow Shortages Due to the COVID-19 Outbreak - Day Pittney

As a result of the governmental and business shut downs employed to ease the outbreak of COVID-19, municipalities face the grim possibility of reduced or delayed revenues resulting in cash flow shortages. Faced with lower and/or slower tax collections, municipalities will still need to meet current operating expenses. Short-term tax anticipation notes (TANs) may be a means to bridge this timing gap.

Connecticut municipalities, as well as any political subdivision empowered to lay taxes, are authorized to issue notes in anticipation of their receipt of tax collections. See Conn. Gen. Stat. § 7-405a. TANs are authorized by resolution or ordinance adopted by the municipality’s legislative body and are limited to the amount required to pay current expenses and obligations. TANs may be renewed from time-to-time, but all TANs must mature and be payable by the end of the fiscal year in which the applicable tax collections are payable. The amount of TANs issued is limited to the total levy of the then current fiscal year. However, if no tax levy has been made at the time of issue, the size is limited to the tax levy of the prior fiscal year.

For purposes of authorizing TANs, a municipality’s legislative body is: (1) for towns, the town meeting; (2) for cities, the board of aldermen, the city council or other body charged with the duty of making annual appropriations; (3) for boroughs, the board of burgesses; and (4) for municipal districts, the district committee or other body charged with the duty of making annual appropriations. See Conn. Gen. Stat. § 1-1(m).

In order to issue TANs on a federally tax-exempt basis, additional requirements must be met. TANs are working capital financings, which are governed by the arbitrage regulations, more specifically those concerning replacement proceeds, temporary periods and accounting rules. These regulations determine both the sizing and the required method for accounting for expenditures.

The proceeds derived from a short-term working capital borrowing are generally permitted a 13-month temporary period. See Treas. Regs. § 1.148-2 and Rev. Proc. 2002-31. During a temporary period, the proceeds are permitted to be invested without any restriction as to yield, provided the issuer reasonably expects to spend those proceeds within the 13-month temporary period. As such, TANs should be sized to meet this 13-month spending requirement.

In order to meet the 13-month spending requirement, the municipality must demonstrate that, absent the issuance of the TANs, a zero balance or operating cash flow deficit would have occurred during the period the TANs are outstanding. The timing of the expenditures is determined by the application of a “proceeds-spent-last” accounting rule. See Treas. Regs. § 1.148-6. Pursuant to this rule, proceeds cannot be considered spent until there are no “available amounts” that could be used in place of those proceeds. “Available amounts” are, subject to limited exclusion, generally funds available to the issuer to pay the type of working capital expenditure being financed. However, a municipality is permitted to maintain a “working capital reserve.” The amount in this reserve is limited to 5 percent of the sum of the municipality’s working capital expenditures plus capital expenditures paid out of current revenues during the preceding fiscal year. In addition, the amount in the reserve may not exceed the municipality’s average balance of “available amounts” during prior annual periods of at least one year.

The 13-month period is also within the safe harbor provided in the regulations against the creation of “other replacement proceeds,” which can be the product of an issue being outstanding for a period that is longer than necessary. See Treas. Regs. § 1.148-1.

Even though the statutory time limitation for paying off a TAN should result in the issue meeting the 13-month temporary period, consideration still must be given to the amount expected to be expended during that period when determining the issue’s size.

TANs are a borrowing and not a replacement for lost revenues, they do address the timing issues created by delays in revenue collections. For more information, please contact any of the municipal finance attorneys at Day Pitney.

March 25, 2020

Day Pitney Author(s) Glenn G. Rybacki, Judith A. Blank, Douglas W. Gillette, Namita Tripathi Shah, Richard J. Wasserman

Publisher: Day Pitney Alert




A Proposal for the Coronavirus Anticipation Note (CAN).

John Mousseau and I have combined our professional experience with our views of the municipal finance market. With the help of our Cumberland staff, we want to offer a format for immediate assistance designed to address urgent state and local government financing problems. This proposal is only a framework. There are many skilled professionals who can quickly weigh in with ideas; and, ultimately, a final version of our proposed instrument will have to be crafted and brought to fruition at the federal level, combining the U.S. Treasury, the Federal Reserve, and the Congress (maybe?) if the CARES Act doesn’t have enough authority.

Here is the basic issue. Under these present emergency conditions, the nearly 90,000 separate municipal identities in the United States are experiencing deferred or permanently lost cash flow. Examples: Tax collections fall or cease. Revenues for services fall or cease. Use and sales taxes, various fees, and all associated sources of revenues decrease suddenly or cease for an unknown period of time. What can these diverse entities do to avoid reducing their important governmental functions and furloughing their labor forces, and to continue to provide essential services?

We propose the creation of a coronavirus cash-flow deficiency anticipation note. Let’s call it the Coronavirus Anticipation Note, or CAN, for short. We would model the CAN after other types of anticipation notes. That way, the system does not have to “discover a new wheel.” We are already used to tax anticipation notes (TAN), bond anticipation notes (BAN), revenue anticipation notes (RAN), tax increment financing (TIF), and various other types of financing instruments which raise money now and then get repaid after an event is completed or a project is fulfilled or some other target goal is met.

CAN needs a federal backup and a rapid issuance method, either through a national pooled vehicle or a state-by-state pooled vehicle. Because of diverse state taxation rules, we believe that the state-by-state method is probably more suitable. The federal government can backstop the state with a U.S. Treasury guarantee. The guarantee can be pooled. The states can determine allocation to cities and counties and to local or state agencies. Most states have such allocation mechanisms already in place for their various budgets and services. The CANs would have state income tax exemption in the state where they are issued, in addition to being exempt from federal taxes.

Think of the national CAN pool in a form such that the Federal Reserve can add CAN pool notes to the assets on its balance sheet. The Treasury backstop transfers the default risk to the U.S. Treasury, and the states can direct their CAN usage internally, since each state has a better handle on where the cash flow deficiencies reveal themselves. The Treasury already has a municipal information arm in place with the Municipal Issuers Oversight Unit, which was formed in 2014.

Municipal entities are transparent and have audits and usually adopt their budgets in a public meeting. The databases for these entities already exist in regulatory filings of various types, such as MSRB and EMMA.

The idea is to provide a bridge loan to a municipal entity to cover the shortfall in its cash flow during the crisis period. The entity can issue CANs to fill the gap. The states can pool them, as they usually do now with the various forms of pooled vehicles that already exist in the states.

When we get to the other side of this crisis, the CANs can be repaid from revenues, or they can be “termed out” into longer-term bonds with easy amortization. The municipal market is quite capable of handling this process in the normal course of business.

CANs can be the gap funding mechanism for what may be one or two quarters, or one or two years. The timing for launching CAN is important, as those municipal entities are now seeing revenues shrinking every day. One final note: CANs must not be used to make up pension funding gaps or for other longer-term solutions for preexisting structural problems. The purpose of CAN financing is to raise the cash to bridge the coronavirus chasm and its funding gap. Keep it focused and not diluted or diverted to other purposes. There will be infrastructure program proposals for other types of long-term project financing.

We propose that CANs be discussed and developed as a manageable and timely tool for states and municipalities that must now weather both COVID-19 and its impacts on cash flow.

David R. Kotok is the chairman and chief investment officer for Cumberland Advisors. He holds a B.S. in economics, an M.S. in organizational dynamics and an M.A. in philosophy. He serves as a Director of the Global Interdependence Center, is a member of the National Business Economics Issues Council, the National Association for Business Economics, and served on the Research Advisory Board of BCA Research. His monograph, “Lessons from Thucydides” detailing information asymmetries and their implications for investors and world affairs, is freely available in PDF form. He appreciates hearing from readers. Contact him at feedback@cumber.com or 941-926-6279.

John R. Mousseau, CFA, is the president, chief executive officer, and director of fixed income at Cumberland Advisors. In this capacity, Mousseau is a portfolio manager and has overall responsibility for portfolio construction, management, analysis, trading and research for all tax-free and taxable bond accounts. He has over 30 years of investment management experience and appreciates hearing from readers. Contact him at feedback@cumber.com or 941-926-6279.




Fitch: CARES Act Gives Higher Education Some Relief

Fitch Ratings-Chicago/New York-06 April 2020: The $2 trillion CARES Act, signed into law on March 27, provides some relief to colleges and universities facing budget pressures, as a result of the coronavirus pandemic and subsequent decisions to shut down campuses, but will not be sufficient to fully compensate for revenue losses and increased expenses, according to Fitch Ratings.

A prorated decline in some student fees, auxiliary and other revenues, coupled with increased operating expenses, including the shift to online learning, without offsetting revenue has affected the higher education sector. These pressures will be most acutely felt by those with less liquidity, lower margins, and greater budget gaps, and smaller, residential colleges reliant on student-fee revenue. Many institutions are evaluating expense reduction actions, including support-staff layoffs or furloughs. Higher-rated institutions with strong financial cushions should have sufficient resources to cover budget gaps at least through the end of the 2020 fiscal year.

The CARES Act establishes a $31 billion Education Stabilization Fund supporting both K-12 and higher education. Colleges and universities will receive $14.3 billion, 10% of which is divided between historically black colleges and universities (HBCUs) and grants for small institutions with unmet needs related to coronavirus. Seventy-five percent of the remaining 90% will be distributed based on enrollment of full-time students who receive Pell Grants. We expect this will favor those with disproportionately large numbers of low-income students and community colleges. The remaining portion will be allocated by the relative share of enrollment that is not Pell Grant supported. Institutions must use half of the funding for student aid, before the remainder can be used to offset lost revenues or increased expenses.

Two federally chartered entities, Howard University (BBB-/Stable) and Gallaudet University, will receive direct appropriations of $13 million and $7 million, respectively. An additional $99.5 million will benefit research universities that are conducting coronavirus research. Teaching hospitals may also benefit from a $100 billion emergency fund for healthcare providers. Small universities with less than 500 employees may benefit from the Payroll Protection loan program under the Act with up to a maximum loan amount of $10 million.

Using 2018-2019 enrollment data, Fitch estimates the enrollment-based aid equates to roughly $1,400 per Pell student and $200 per non-Pell student if applied uniformly across eligible students. Larger, highly-rated institutions are likely to have more resources available to manage through the coronavirus disruption but are also likely to receive the most aid. Smaller private colleges with thinner financial cushions, typically rated ‘BBB’ and lower, may be in more need of federal assistance. Even with funds earmarked specifically for small institutions with unmet coronavirus-related financial needs, the demand for, and method of, disbursement for these funds is yet unknown and may leave some smaller institutions to face heightened financial strain and rating pressure.

Budget pressures are likely to continue into fiscal 2021 without further federal aid if coronavirus restrictions persist beyond our current expectation of two to three months. Building a 2021 budget will be very challenging given uncertainty of fall enrollment prospects for both first time and returning students, and consequently some universities may have meaningful gaps next year, which would need to be addressed via other funding sources or significant expense reductions.

Broadly, we expect margins will tighten across the sector. Funding of $3 billion provided to states under the Act does include a requirement that state governments not reduce funding for higher education, similar to the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 stimulus funds provided during the prior recession. This should help stabilize this important source of funding, although states are facing their own budget and short-term liquidity crunch in the face of delayed tax revenues and coronavirus expenses. Public universities are generally less dependent upon state funding than they were heading into the 2008 recession, although the shift toward more tuition dependence may not be sustainable in the face of the economic crisis and its effects on individual income.

Contacts:
Emily Wadhwani
Director, US Public Finance
+1 312 368-3347
Fitch Ratings, Inc.
One North Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606

Sarah Repucci
Senior Director, Fitch Wire
+1 212 908-0726

Media Relations: Sandro Scenga, New York, Tel: +1 212 908 0278, Email: sandro.scenga@thefitchgroup.com

The above article originally appeared as a post on the Fitch Wire credit market commentary page. The original article can be accessed at www.fitchratings.com. All opinions expressed are those of Fitch Ratings.




The Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act: Assistance Available to Passenger Airlines and Airports - Mintz Levin

On March 27, 2020, President Trump signed into law the “Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act” (the “CARES Act”), a $2+ trillion stimulus package intended to ease the economic and social disruptions facing the country in the wake of the COVID-19 outbreak. Unsurprisingly, the new law includes funding and financing for passenger airlines and airports, which are among those expected to be hardest hit by the outbreak.

While the CARES Act includes targeted funding for certain transportation programs, such as $56 million for the Essential Air Service program, the largest aviation related relief programs are:

Below is a description of these programs.

Continue reading.

By Timothy J. McKeon, William W. Kannel

© 2020 Mintz, Levin, Cohn, Ferris, Glovsky and Popeo, P.C.




Cannabis Municipal Bonds Could Be The Future.

MPG Consulting has recently authored a report looking at the potential of Cannabis Municipal Bonds (CMB). Adam Orens, Founder of MPG and Sal Barnes, Managing Director, MPG have conducted a theoretical analysis using Colorado showing how the state can translate its cannabis revenue into a short-term bond amount of $166 million and long-term bond issued in the amount of $591 million resulting in $123 million and $438 million available for educational initiatives and infrastructure, respectively.

States and municipalities already use revenue bonds as a way to pay for large projects. The investors of such bonds feel that the risk for these investments is lower since there is a captive source of revenue to pay the interest. The report gives Iowa as an example. That state allocates $55 million in gaming taxes every year to pay the debt on revenue bonds that were issued in 2009 and 2010. That money raised selling these bonds was then used for community revitalization, flood mitigation, and bridge improvement efforts.

Test Case: Colorado

MPG used Colorado as an example of how state and municipal governments could tap into this revenue stream as a way to fund large projects. Although the report stresses, that while Colorado makes a good test case because of its well-tracked tax revenue, it isn’t necessarily a good candidate for a CMB. Mostly because the state has already been able to capitalize on the growing tax revenue for various projects – mostly involving education. The authors believe it is a concept worth exploring for newly legalized states.

In Colorado’s case, Denver collected $46.8 million in tax and license revenue in 2018. The estimated amount for 2019 is $63.3 million. MPG suggests this revenue will grow 21.6% on an annual basis. Using these figures and calculating future growth, MPG thinks that Denver could offer three-year CMB’s at a 1.5% interest rate. The city could issue a $166 million three-year bond resulting in potentially giving $123 million to the education allocation. A 10-year bond issue of $591 million would result in $438 million for education and other purposes.

Since Denver’s education needs seem to be met with this new influx of cannabis tax revenue, a CMB would not have as much impact. However, a city that is new to legalization and has more pressing and expensive needs like housing – a CMB might be an attractive solution.

Minneapolis As An Example

MPG Consulting looked at Minneapolis Minnesota as a city that could benefit from CMB. The state has not legalized cannabis, but if it did it could a large city like Minneapolis use the money to address its housing problems. MPG calculated that if the state legalized adult-use cannabis its first-year sales could hit $64 million and eventually reach $182 million in the tenth year. MPG believes that the tax revenue in the first three years would be roughly $63million reaching $343 million in ten years.

The hypothetical case for Minneapolis is that the city could issue $49.4 million in three-year bonds raising $44 million for affordable housing in year one. The current balance for the Affordable Housing Trust Fund is $21 million, so an influx of $49 million would be substantial. A ten-year bond could generate $233 million in the first year. The report also looks at the state in the same hypothetical calculation where the state would reap $385 million from a three-year bond and $2 billion in a 10-year bond.

Banking

Of course, the cannabis industry is challenged with a lack of banking and most of the major debt underwriters want nothing to do with cannabis until it is federally legal. With the current pandemic crisis and an upcoming election, the possibility of any cannabis legislation getting enacted in the near term is remote. The authors though believe that CMB’s could still be issued in the current environment.

“When state and local governments collect cannabis tax revenue, the funds are commingled in the general fund with revenue from other sources. The funds then enter the Federal Reserve System,” said the report. “Capital raised from CMB’s would be no different than any other tax revenue and therefore, in our opinion, would not require any sort of special regulation.” The authors do concede that convincing the banks and underwriters to offer the products could still be difficult.

Potential CMB States

The report notes that demand for such a bond could grow as cities and states grapple with the economic fallout of the COVID19 virus. The report suggests that seven states could see the potential in CMB’s. These states hold the most promise of legalizing adult-use cannabis in the near term. Those states are Arizona, Connecticut, Montana, Missouri, New Jersey, New York, and Vermont. However, the report notes that only the major east coast markets, Missouri and Arizona could support the CMB. Vermont would not have the tax revenue to make it worthwhile.

“States looking to open adult-use cannabis markets should consider utilizing CMB’s to finance crucial infrastructure or strategic public initiatives,” read the report. “Strong and accurate estimation of cannabis demand, tax revenue, growth rates, and other market development factors are imperative to calculating proper bond issue size, yield and maturity dates. Finally, banks who sell CMB’s must develop diligence methods and models to effectively price these securities.”

MPG Consulting said that cannabis revenues are steadier than alcohol and tobacco and more like casino tax revenue. While the idea of Cannabis Municipal Bonds may be novel, it isn’t completely unfeasible. The question isn’t if they will happen, but when. MPG might be correct that COVID could push states and cities to issue CMB’s. Financial institutions may also ease their opposition as they too may need additional underwriting revenue. CMB’s could be the next step in legitimizing cannabis.

Green Market Report

by Debra Borchardt

April 1, 2020




Bi-Partisan Push for Infrastructure Emerges.

BDA Leading Advocacy for Member Priorities

The President and Congressional leaders have this week turned their focus to infrastructure investments as a major component of the next round of stimulus in response to the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic. Discussions are still in the initial phases, but bi-partisian support for a “phase 4” package that includes direct funding for infrastructure seems to be gaining support.

In anticipation of the next stimulus measures, the BDA is leading advocacy for member priorities, partnering with our state and local partners in calling for Congress to support such measures as:

The BDA will continue to provide updates as the become available and in the coming days, provide membership with a targeted, grassroots advocacy plan.

Bond Dealers of America

April 1, 2020




Pelosi Says Infrastructure Talks With Mnuchin Are Accelerating.

House Speaker Nancy Pelosi said talks between Treasury Secretary Steven Mnuchin and Ways and Means Chairman Richard Neal on funding for infrastructure are accelerating.

Pelosi told reporters Thursday that she spoke with Mnuchin the previous night about implementing last week’s coronavirus stimulus bill quickly and looking ahead to the next legislation, which could include infrastructure spending.

“Whatever communication we need to move forward, that will be happening,” Pelosi said.

The California Democrat said she and Mnuchin also discussed making sure seniors won’t need to file special tax returns to get the payments included in last week’s stimulus law.

“We also have to implore the Fed to do what it can to help municipalities and states,” she said. “They don’t really need more debt.”

She said Fed Chairman Jerome Powell told her to think big, “and we want him to think big, too.”

On Wednesday, Pelosi and other Democratic leaders said the next coronavirus stimulus bill should include at least $760 billion for water projects, broadband and transportation, as well as additional support for community health centers, education and housing to strengthen U.S. infrastructure and the economy.

Senate Majority Leader Mitch McConnell told the Washington Post later Wednesday that Pelosi’s comments about a phase-four coronavirus response measure were “premature.”

“She needs to stand down on the notion that we’re going to go along with taking advantage of the crisis to do things that are unrelated to the crisis,” McConnell told the Post.

Bloomberg

By Billy House and Erik Wasson

April 2, 2020, 8:58 AM PDT




Fitch: U.S. Local Government Liquidity to Face Stress Due to Coronavirus

Fitch Ratings-New York-03 April 2020: Challenges to U.S. local governments’ ability to maintain historically sound liquidity levels in light of the coronavirus pandemic will come from multiple sources, according to Fitch Ratings. As with states, Fitch considers liquidity to be the most significant near-term risk to local government credit quality related to the pandemic (see ‘Tax Filing Delays Will Hit Near-Term Liquidity for State Govts’, March 2020). While Fitch expects most local governments — with an average Issuer Default Rating (IDR) of ‘AA’ — to retain sufficient liquidity to offset significant near-term revenue declines, some will undergo enough strain to trigger rating downgrades. Fitch expects even financially stressed issuers to take whatever measures are possible and necessary to continue to make full and timely debt service payments during this challenging period, which may include deficit financing or other cash flow conservation measures considered unusual through normal economic cycles. Failure to create adequate liquidity and financial buffers that protect debt repayment capacity even during a potentially protracted crisis would be inconsistent with an investment-grade rating. A missed debt service payment, even if on a temporary basis, would be treated by Fitch as a default.

Cash management tools are not typically the focus of Fitch’s analysis of U.S. local governments, as liquidity is sufficient for operating needs for nearly all issuers through cyclical downturns. However, given the uncertain nature of the coronavirus pandemic and the depth and duration of its impact on the economy, Fitch believes many local governments may explore extraordinary cash flow support measures in the near term, particularly those governments that do not carry large liquidity balances relative to operating needs. These may include financial market solutions such as lines of credit and tax/revenue anticipation notes, either through public sales or private placements. Since local governments are generally labor-intensive, these working capital management measures might also include layoffs and furloughs that necessitate service reductions, or payroll deferrals. In addition, Fitch expects some entities to delay vendor payments, reduce equipment purchases and postpone capital spending.

Liquidity strains are more likely for local governments that exhibited negative financial trends prior to the outbreak, or those with lower IDRs and financial resilience assessments, reflecting more limited flexibility to address the emerging economic and revenue challenges. Local governments with a disproportionately large exposure to economically-sensitive revenues such as sales and income taxes, or economies with significant tourism and retail sector dependence, are also considered more vulnerable.

Property taxes, which typically are due annually or semi-annually, have been a predictable and stabilizing factor for revenues but even those may be subject to uncertainty. Fitch is not aware of any local governments proposing to delay property tax due dates, although at last count 38 of the 44 states that levy a personal income tax have extended their filing or payment deadlines to as late as July 15, in line with the federal filing delay. For many taxpayers who have mortgages, escrowed property tax payments have historically contributed to high current property tax collection rates. However, a relaxation of mortgage payment due dates, already instituted for Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac borrowers, could result in delays in property tax collections. Fitch expects to develop an analytical framework for measuring this risk relative to an issuer’s available cash management options. In addition, the coronavirus pandemic could negatively affect home prices, thereby eroding tax base values and property taxes, although the impact on tax revenues would not be felt until future fiscal years (see ‘Coronavirus Could Precipitate Decline in U.S. Home Prices’, March 2020).

Fitch also views state aid, upon which school districts and counties typically rely heavily, as at higher risk to cutbacks in fiscal 2021, which begins on July 1 for many. The ability to reduce or delay local government transfers is an important financial tool for states. Fitch believes this flexibility is likely to be invoked given states’ near-term revenue and liquidity stress. While the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security (CARES) Act will distribute $150 billion in aid to state and local governments in the near term, it provides expense reimbursement rather than a pure cash flow infusion. The high IDRs in the local government sector indicates most will be able to withstand even this period of unprecedented stress; Fitch is reviewing the adequacy of each issuer’s available tools as well as management’s willingness to utilize them.

Contact:

Amy Laskey
Managing Director
+1 212 908-0568
Fitch Ratings, Inc.
300 West 57th Street
New York, NY 10019

Michael Rinaldi
Senior Director
+ 1 212 908-0833

Arlene Bohner
Managing Director
+1 212 908-0554

Media Relations: Sandro Scenga, New York, Tel: +1 212 908 0278, Email: sandro.scenga@thefitchgroup.com

Additional information is available on www.fitchratings.com




Why State and Local Debt Is Fraught Territory for the Fed.

The central bank is weighing what it can do to help local bond markets. Here’s why Democrats’ big ask — direct purchases — is so tough.

Rhode Island will miss out on $300 million in revenue in March and early April as coronavirus delays income tax filings, while shuttered casinos cost state coffers another $1 million per day. Expenses, meantime, are through the roof — the state spent $7 million on ventilators on Monday alone.

Seth Magaziner, the state’s general treasurer, takes comfort in the fact that the federal government should soon cover some coronavirus-related costs, like medical equipment, thanks to legislation President Trump signed last week. But Mr. Magaziner remains worried about the municipal bond market, which state and local governments tap to fund everything from road construction to schools. It could turn messier as government income streams dry up amid quarantines and furloughs, making debt harder to issue. Like many other state finance officials around the country, he’s looking to the Federal Reserve for help.

“Things are very volatile, and we don’t know what the future can bring,” Mr. Magaziner said. “This is a crisis unlike any other that the country has faced in generations.”

Continue reading.

The New York Times

By Jeanna Smialek

April 1, 2020




Pelosi, Warren Press Fed to Ride to Rescue of Cities Slammed by Pandemic.

Congress has given the Federal Reserve a $454 billion pot of money and broad authority to back up the municipal bond market with direct purchases.

House Speaker Nancy Pelosi and Sen. Elizabeth Warren are among top Democrats pressing the Federal government to do more to help salvage municipal finances as the coronavirus wallops state and local budgets.

“We need to do more by way of our appropriations, by way of our tax code, and by way of policy,” Pelosi said Tuesday on MSNBC. “And also by way of the Fed doing more to help the state and local governments with the challenges that they face, which are massive.”

Congress has given the Federal Reserve a $454 billion pot of money and broad authority to back up the municipal bond market with direct purchases. But the fund is also available to corporations and will be administered at the discretion of Treasury Secretary Steven Mnuchin and Fed officials, and the rescue package does not specify how much help local government-backed debt will get.

Continue reading.

POLITICO

By KELLIE MEJDRICH

03/31/2020 03:27 PM EDT




States Start Grappling With Hit to Tax Collections.

COVID-19 has triggered a state budget crisis. States, tribes, and local governments are incurring huge new costs as they seek to contain and treat the coronavirus and respond to the virus-induced spike in joblessness and related human needs. At the same time, they are projecting sharply lower tax revenues due to the widespread collapse of economic activity brought about by the virus’ spread and needed containment activities. The federal stimulus bills to date include fiscal relief — but it’s already clear that it will fall far short of what states, tribes, and localities will need.

It’s impossible to predict what the precise impact of the pandemic will be on the economy, but the consensus is that the country appears to have already entered a recession that could be much worse than the Great Recession. For example, Goldman Sachs projects that the unemployment rate will hit 15 percent in the third quarter (July-September) and remain at 7 percent through the end of the year.

States have only just begun to forecast the pandemic’s likely impacts on their revenues based on the best economic projections available and their experience with past recessions and other shocks to state economies (see Table 1). The early reports are sobering, and as the full scale of the downturn becomes clearer, revenue projections will likely fall further.

Continue reading.

Center On Budget And Policy Priorities




How Will States and Localities Divide the Fiscal Relief in the Coronavirus Relief Fund?

The new bipartisan economic stimulus legislation — known as the CARES Act — contains significant new resources to help states address massive, immediate budget problems due to COVID-19, though states will almost certainly need more aid in coming months.

The centerpiece of this aid is the $150 billion Coronavirus Relief Fund, which state, tribal, and local governments can use this year to meet costs connected to the virus. Each state will receive at least $1.25 billion, while the most populous states (California and Texas) will receive over $10 billion each, we estimate. (See Table 1 for total state allocations.)

A portion of each state’s allocation will go to local governments. Only local governments with populations over 500,000 are eligible for funding. In states with no city or county over 500,000 people, the state government will receive the entire allocation.

Continue reading.

Center On Budget Policy And Priorities

March 27, 2020




Democrats Push for Fed to Decide Who Gets Municipal Rescue.

Congressional Democrats are pushing to have the Federal Reserve take over the rescue of state and local debt markets — cutting the Treasury Department out of the decision-making.

The central bank is expected to announce a new emergency facility to support municipal debt, part of the $2 trillion stimulus approved last week. It had the backing of progressive Democrats and conservative Republicans alike, including Senators Elizabeth Warren and Mike Crapo. They’re urging the Fed and Treasury to move quickly.

The coronavirus pandemic has crimped sources of tax revenue for states and localities at a time when resources, including paramedics and hospitals, are being committed to combat the threat to public health.

In the next round of legislation, House Speaker Nancy Pelosi and some congressional Democrats want to push further. They favor taking decisions about where to use the money out of the political realm and giving them solely to the independent Fed.

The notion has been circulating for months among progressives in Congress. If the law is changed, it would give the Fed another congressionally mandated goal — beyond stable prices and maximum employment — by designating the Federal Open Market Committee to be the buyer of last resort of the debt of troubled states and municipalities.

“If you want money to go somewhere quickly, everybody’s idea right now is to get the Fed involved,” said Ian Katz, an analyst at Capital Alpha Partners in Washington. “That doesn’t take into account that the Fed has to build these facilities and structures to do something they’ve never done before.”

Permanent Change

Legislation introduced by Democratic Senator Robert Menendez would create a permanent change to the Federal Reserve Act to allow the central bank to purchase municipal debt “under unusual and exigent circumstances” through direct purchases via open market operations.

Currently, the Fed and Treasury are operating under Section 13.3 of the Federal Reserve Act. It allows the Fed, with Treasury permission, to open a broad-based facility to support troubled areas of the financial markets in an emergency.

Municipal bonds have rallied in anticipation of the intervention. Last week was the best for state and local debt since 1982, according to Bloomberg Barclays indexes. A handful of debt issuers have been able to price deals in the last few days after billions in transactions were scuttled earlier this month, a signal that the market is starting to regain its footing.

The virus threatens the finances of U.S. states, cities and counties, which rely on taxes on income, sales and stock-market gains. With the much of the country on lockdown, that revenue has slowed to a trickle. New York, home of the most U.S. cases of Covid-19, is projected to lose between $10 billion and $15 billion of revenue in the fiscal year that starts April 1. Ohio state agencies are looking to cut spending by 20%, and Cincinnati is furloughing 1,700 city workers.

Eric Kim, head of state-government ratings at Fitch Ratings Inc., said the $150 billion set aside in the stimulus bill for state and local governments is limited to reimbursement and may not be spent.

Pandemic Hotspots

“Outside of pandemic hotspots like New York, new spending is not the problem for most states, but rather lost revenue brought on by severely reduced economic activity,” he said March 27.

Fed Chairman Jerome Powell recently expanded the central bank’s lending authority to include support for corporations and medium-sized businesses. Democrats have had a long-standing interest, however, in the Fed using its power to operate in open markets to do something directly for troubled localities.

Congresswoman Rashida Tlaib, a Michigan Democrat, had a sharp exchange with Powell in February over his authority to support municipal debt.

Fed’s Job

“Do you not believe that the governments of Detroit and Puerto Rico also play a vital role that should be preserved, even if a financial crisis makes it hard for them to borrow money?” Tlaib asked Powell.

“That’s not a job for the Fed,” Powell said. “Lending to state and local governments and supporting them when they’re in bankruptcy is not — that’s not part of our mandate.”

Tlaib finished by saying: “We are going to strongly disagree.”

Pelosi has also taken an interest in Powell’s ability to directly support states and localities.

“I hope that in this next bill that we will be able to address the concerns of our state and local governments,” Pelosi told MSNBC on Tuesday. “We need to do more by way of our appropriations, by way of our tax code and by way of policy and also by way of the Fed.”

Bloomberg Markets

By Daniel Flatley, Craig Torres, and Amanda Albright

March 31, 2020, 1:09 PM PDT Updated on April 1, 2020, 6:47 AM PDT

— With assistance by Erik Wasson




States, Cities Already Cutting Jobs With Financial Toll Mounting.

State and local governments are eliminating jobs as they brace for the financial impacts of the coronavirus, offering a potential early glimpse of the steps they may have to take as the unprecedented shutdown of local economies devastates tax collections.

The swift action stands in contrast to the approach during the last recession, showing the severity of the revenue losses that some governments expect as businesses are shuttered, millions of workers are idled and tourism grinds to a halt. The shift from a record-setting expansion to a deep contraction in a matter of weeks has caused surpluses to turn into deficits and left mayors and governors racing to gauge the impact, even with Congress discussing a fresh round of stimulus spending that may pump at least $760 billion into local infrastructure projects.

“State and local governments are going to have huge declines in revenue,” said David Cooper, a senior economic analyst at the Economic Policy Institute. “We should definitely anticipate further cuts if there is not additional support provided to state and local governments from Congress.”

The economic slowdown is hitting virtually every major source of government revenue, from sales and income taxes to those drawn from casinos or hotels. Moody’s Analytics has advised states to expect a drop of at least 10% in their general fund budgets. That would amount to almost $100 billion, based on the National Association of State Budget Officers figures.

This week, Cincinnati, Ohio, decided to furlough as many as 1,700 workers after revised budget estimates projected a $27.5 million deficit, a stark reversal from the previous estimate of a $24 million surplus. Mayor John Cranley fought back tears as he announced the decision.

Pennsylvania laid off 2,500 seasonal, temporary and part-time employees, along with interns, due to the “unprecedented impact” of the virus. Wichita, Kansas, has implemented a hiring freeze and a furlough that will affect roughly 300 employees, according to the city.

Akron, Ohio, also furloughed 600 of its 1,800 workers, until further notice. A special park district in Beaverton, Oregon, laid off 792 part-time and seasonal workers as well, or nearly 80% of the staff, with recreational facilities expected to remain closed because of the virus.

The impact is small compared with the business cutbacks that caused 6.65 million Americans to file for unemployment benefits last week alone, and it has excluded public safety workers like police and firefighters. But even the initial moves show a more aggressive approach than during the last recession, when states and cities held their payrolls steady until well after the contraction had gotten underway. Eventually, they cut more than 700,000 jobs, according to U.S. Labor Department figures, exerting a drag on the recovery.

While the more than $2 trillion federal stimulus package will provide relief for the costs governments face in responding to the virus, it won’t cover budgetary gaps caused by reduced revenue. The bill includes a $150 billion coronavirus fund for states and municipalities.

But there may be another round of help coming from Washington. House Speaker Nancy Pelosi has said it should provide a boost for state and local governments and spend significantly on local construction projects.

“There’s got to be a phase four as far as we’re concerned,” Lee Saunders, president of the American Federation of State, County and Municipal Employees, a labor union, said on a media conference call.

Local governments didn’t start cutting until deep into last recession
Protecting the jobs of government employees would prevent budget cuts from worsening the economic downtown. There’s currently about 20 million workers on state and local government payrolls, accounting for about 13% of the workforce, according to the Labor Department.

“State and local governments still haven’t recovered fully from the last recession in terms of employment,” said Tracy Gordon, a senior fellow with the Urban-Brookings Tax Policy Center. “They were a drag on the national economy for a while because of both job losses and declines in investment.”

Bloomberg

By Fola Akinnibi

April 2, 2020, 6:00 AM PDT

— With assistance by Alexander Ebert, Reade Pickert, and Danielle Moran




Billion-Dollar Blows to U.S. States Crater Spending Plans.

The coronavirus is threatening to blow a massive hole in U.S. state and city budgets as millions of people stay home, workers are idled and the stock market flounders.

New York, the epicenter of the U.S. outbreak, is projected to lose between $10 billion and $15 billion of revenue in the fiscal year that starts Wednesday. Ohio state agencies are looking to cut 20% in spending, and Cincinnati is furloughing 1,700 city workers. Georgia may have to renege on a $1,000 pay raise for teachers that state House lawmakers had budgeted for in the coming year. California is already dipping into reserves and has warned state agencies not to expect full funding next year.

States, cities and counties rely on revenue from taxes on income, sales of goods and even on gains from the stock market — all sources of money that the virus threatens to wipe out as the U.S. is poised for a recession. Despite the unprecedented federal stimulus package that includes $150 billion for states and municipalities, officials like New York City Mayor Bill de Blasio say more help is needed to make up the funds that local governments are losing, and House Speaker Nancy Pelosi has called for “significantly more” aid for states.

Moody’s Analytics is advising policy makers to expect no less than a 10% hit to their general fund budgets, with the actual losses likely being much larger for most states, said Dan White, the firm’s head of public sector research. That’s calculated off a baseline expectation that second quarter gross domestic product will decline 15% to 20% from a year earlier, “which is almost unprecedented,” he said.

The outbreak of the virus may mark a quick reversal in state finances, which had slowly improved after the recession. States had seen steep budget cuts after 2008 that caused them to cut services and funding for infrastructure and education. Many had started to rebuild with rainy day funds at a record high before the pandemic struck.

“We had big plans for next fiscal year because the economy was clipping on really well — and then all of a sudden we are in a tail-spin headed right back to where we were before we righted the ship,” said Jay Dardenne, commissioner of administration in Louisiana, which relied on sales taxes for about 40% of revenue in its fiscal 2020 budget.

New Orleans’ outbreak of the virus has quieted the usually-bustling streets and led its annual Jazz & Heritage Festival, which attracts almost half a million people and their spending, to be rescheduled to the fall.

Unprecedented Shutdown

While the federal government’s $2.2 trillion economic stimulus package will reimburse states for some of the costs of responding to the coronavirus outbreak, it doesn’t address the revenue problem, according to Fitch Ratings. The funds, which states should receive within 30 days, are intended to be used for virus expense reimbursement, rather than “a pure cash flow injection,” according to Fitch.

And the unprecedented shutdowns in economic activity have made it difficult for revenue forecasters to predict what happens next — which is important given this is the time when states put together budgets for the coming year.

The economic shock from the coronavirus is likely to lead to a “very deep decline” in GDP during the second and third quarters followed by an improvement, whereas the slump was spread out over about nine quarters during the Great Recession, Moody’s White said. He said some states may call special sessions to update the budget.

“They are scrambling,” White said. “Best case scenario, they are going to be very cautious.”

The drop in state revenue could easily exceed the 11% drop that states saw in a two-year period after the 2008 recession, said Brian Sigritz, director of state fiscal studies for the National Association of State Budget Officers. While rainy day funds and reserves are at a peak, he said that won’t be enough for some states to cover the deficits in revenue.

“All states are going to be feeling the effects of this downturn,” he said. Sigritz said he expects the pinch to be felt in usually-smaller revenue sources like gasoline taxes as people drive less and gaming taxes as casinos are shuttered.

Budget Deadlines

New York is expected to see a loss of $10 billion to $15 billion in revenue in the fiscal year that starts April 1, according to the state budget office. Cuomo and lawmakers were negotiating the spending plan this week as the state’s number of virus-related cases keeps rising, reaching nearly 76,000 on Tuesday — as do associated medical costs. In one week alone, New York spent more than $600 million on health care supplies, such as face masks, gloves, ventilators, and portable X-ray machines, according to the budget office.

“The numbers are what the numbers are,” New York Governor Andrew Cuomo said of the state budget Tuesday at a virus briefing. “The numbers don’t lie, the numbers leave you few alternatives.”

Cuomo said he’s not counting on federal funds to balance the budget, “especially when the political process is the process that’s supposed to deliver money.”

“It’s all basically contingent,” Cuomo said. “We do a budget on the projections that we now have. If we get more funding, we increase the allocations. If we don’t get more funding, we reduce the allocations.”

New York already was facing a projected $6 billion budget gap when Cuomo released his $178 billion spending proposal in January. Cuomo planned on finding $2.5 billion in health-care savings, as Medicaid shortfalls account for a large portion of the deficit.

Michigan expects that it could see $1 billion to $3 billion in lost revenue as a result of the virus. And Alaska is facing a one-two punch from lower oil prices and the virus. The Alaska Legislative Finance Division estimates that the drop in oil prices could drive a $400 million revenue reduction for the current fiscal year, according to analyst Alexei Painter. The lower oil prices, paired with less activity from tourism and fisheries, could help drive an $800 million revenue reduction in fiscal 2021, Painter said.

Other states, like Alabama, said it was too soon to say what impact the virus would have on revenues in the current and upcoming fiscal year.

“There is a lot of uncertainty,” said Josh Goodman, senior officer for the Pew Charitable Trusts who researches public finances. “States are just starting to get a handle on how bad it might be.”

Cuts Already

At least 38 states and territories have issued some version of a stay-at-home order, shuttering parts of the economy as residents stay inside and restaurants and stores close. The result may be the steepest drop in sales taxes ever, according to the Institute on Taxation and Economic Policy, a left-leaning think tank. States like Florida, Texas and Washington are especially susceptible to the declines because the states derive over half of their revenue from sales and excise taxes, while the average is 35%, according to the group’s estimates included in a 2018 report.

The red ink also puts the municipal workforce at risk. During the last recession, states and local governments shed 110,000 jobs in a two-year period, according to a 2009 report by the Center for Economic and Policy Research, a think tank in Washington, D.C.

Ohio Governor Mike DeWine, a Republican, earlier this month announced a freeze on hiring and pay increases, saying in a statement that revenues will go down “dramatically.” He asked state agencies to find ways to cut 20% in spending for the current and upcoming fiscal year. State lawmaker John Rogers, a Democrat, said manufacturing jobs are at risk, which is especially important for the Midwestern state.

“The Covid-19 situation is affecting everyone financially,” he said. “The revenue streams are going to be depleted because people aren’t working or buying anything.”

Bloomberg Markets

By Amanda Albright, Shruti Singh, and Danielle Moran

April 1, 2020, 5:00 AM PDT

— With assistance by Keshia Clukey




Tax Filing Delays Will Hit Near-Term Liquidity for State Govts.

Fitch Ratings-New York-30 March 2020: Extension of tax filing deadlines and reduced economic activity brought on by the coronavirus pandemic will pressure states’ short-term liquidity, although Fitch Ratings says most, and potentially all, states will absorb the deterioration without materially affecting credit quality. April personal income tax (PIT) receipts are a disproportionately large share of many states’ total tax collections as final payment dates are typically aligned with the federal government’s April 15 filing deadline. Importantly, tax deadline extensions do not delay receipt of withholding taxes, the bulk of PIT collections. We do not currently anticipate any states will be unable to meet operating cash demands but consider liquidity the most significant risk the pandemic presents for states and are closely monitoring developments.

Federal aid measures enacted in recent weeks, including an enhanced federal match for Medicaid, direct aid for pandemic costs, and assistance for public transit and schools, will benefit states, although the details remain fluid. Under the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security (CARES) Act signed by President Trump on Friday, the US Treasury department will distribute $150 billion to state and local governments within 30 days, essentially on a per-capita basis. While states will receive their funding immediately, the statute intends for it to be used for coronavirus expense reimbursement rather than as a pure cash flow injection.

As of Monday morning, 38 of the 44 states that levy a PIT extended their filing or payment deadlines to as late as July 15, in line with the federal filing delay, and some have granted similar extensions for corporations. To provide additional relief, some states have extended deadlines for monthly sales and related tax payments.

April revenues for PIT states are critical to supporting liquidity and help set expectations for future collections as states prepare next fiscal year’s budgets. According to data from the Federation of Tax Administrators, more than 17% of state PIT receipts for the year ended in June 2019 were received in April. Similarly, many states’ prior cash flow projections showed April 2020 accounting for 11%-12% of total fiscal year tax receipts. Extensions will primarily affect estimated and final payments tied to non-wage income, such as capital gains. Withholding payments tied to wages will continue, although negatively affected by the sharp economic downturn.

We are monitoring states’ liquidity management closely and expect the vast majority of states to absorb the impending liquidity squeeze with limited effect on daily operations. States have an extraordinary range of fiscal powers to manage their short-term liquidity, including tapping budgetary reserves or other internal borrowable resources, reducing (temporarily or permanently) planned spending, shifting pay-go capital spending to bonding or delaying it outright, and issuing cash flow notes.

As the crisis unfolds many states have exceptionally high liquidity buffers following the decade-long economic expansion. The National Association of State Budget Officers highlighted in December 2019 in its latest fiscal survey that the median state rainy day fund stood at 7.6% of general fund expenditures in FY 2019, a record level.

Liquidity strains are more likely in some states, particularly those at the center of the pandemic, or with lower IDRs, reflecting more limited flexibility to address the emerging economic and revenue challenges. New York (AA+/Stable), the current pandemic epicenter, has a solid reserve position. The states with the lowest IDRs, Illinois (BBB/Stable) and New Jersey (A/Stable), entered the crisis with very limited reserves, while Connecticut (A+/Stable) has seen rapid reserve growth.

We anticipate, or have already observed, offsetting cash management measures including reductions to core spending (New Jersey) and pursuit of external liquidity (Rhode Island). Fitch believes all states will continue to prioritize key items including debt service, employee payroll and retirement contributions, Medicaid spending, and coronavirus response.




Coronavirus Fiscal Fallout on U.S. Muni Issuers Worries Investors.

CHICAGO, April 3 (Reuters) – Investors in the U.S. municipal bond market are growing increasingly worried over the ability of states, cities and other debt issuers to weather the financial fallout of the COVID-19 pandemic caused by the novel coronavirus.

Those concerns are creeping in to the $3.8 trillion market, where bond yields have whipsawed in recent weeks.

“Most of the activity is still being driven by liquidity factors, but credit quality will rise in importance the longer the social distancing policies remain in place,” said Tom Kozlik, head of municipal strategy and credit at Hilltop Securities Inc.

Large parts of the nation have shut down in an effort to stop the virus’ spread, with some states extending stay-at-home orders until the end of April. Sales, income and other taxes are expected to drop as unemployment skyrockets and consumer spending falls.

BofA said in a Friday research report it was turning “more cautious” on muni credits in the intermediate term due to growing financial pressures on issuers.

S&P Global Ratings’ outlooks on credit trends for 2020, which started out as stable for most public finance sectors, underwent a wholesale change to negative this week.

In New York, the nation’s epicenter for the virus, credit ratings for the city and state were given negative outlooks by Moody’s Investors Service, which cited expected severe revenue declines. Governor Andrew Cuomo on Thursday pegged revenue losses due to the health crisis at $10 billion in fiscal 2021, which began on April 1.

Some other states have also reduced their revenue projections for the current and next fiscal years. Michigan is eyeing a loss of $1 billion to $3 billion for fiscal 2020, which ends on Sept. 30, and $1 billion to $4 billion for fiscal 2021, according to the state treasurer’s office.

Total state taxes grew by 7.6% in February compared with the same month in 2019, according to Lucy Dadayan, senior research associate at the Urban Institute, based on reporting from 45 states. March tax collections from a handful of early reporting states show no major revenue drop so far, indicating April revenue reports may provide a fuller picture of the hit to state budgets.

Richard Ciccarone, president of Merritt Research Services, which provides data on muni credits, said investors will undertake a “sorting-out process” to gauge which issuers and areas of the country are financially at risk.

“Today’s regions that are not hurt may be tomorrow’s worst case,” he cautioned.

He added that so-called credit spreads for some issuers will widen significantly.

Spreads for bonds issued by Illinois, the lowest-rated state at a notch or two above junk due to its chronic structural budget deficit and huge unfunded pension liability, have done just that. After starting March at just 82 basis points over Municipal Market Data’s benchmark triple-A yield scale, the spread for the state’s 10-year bonds ended Friday at 298 basis points.

Reserve funds, management, and potentially higher pension costs due to investment losses will help determine how well governments ride out the fiscal storm.

Federal support is also a factor. The $2.3 trillion stimulus bill enacted last week earmarks $150 billion for states and local governments but only to cover expenses incurred from fighting the virus and not to replace sinking revenue.

“There may have to be another wave (of federal assistance) to deal with the recovery aspects,” said Howard Cure, managing director of municipal bond research at investment banking advisory firm Evercore.

(Reporting by Karen Pierog in Chicago Editing by Ira Iosebashvili and Matthew Lewis)




S&P: The COVID-19 Outbreak Weakens U.S. State And Local Government Credit Conditions

Key Takeaways

The COVID-19 pandemic and the consequential global economic recession will affect U.S. state and local governments to varying degrees. During this period of pronounced economic volatility, S&P Global Ratings recognizes the public health crisis across the country and the strain on state governments coordinating a response across all levels of government. As economic forecasts change, implementation of federal relief efforts emerge, and other information becomes available, we will continually evaluate our U.S. state portfolio for potential credit implications. On April 1, S&P Global Ratings revised its sector outlook to negative for all U.S. public finance sectors, reflecting in part the precipitous decline in economic conditions to end the quarter, which is anticipated to continue at least through the second quarter. (See “All U.S. Public Finance Sector Outlooks Are Now Negative,” published on April 1, 2020 on Ratings Direct).

As the pace of the COVID-19 outbreak accelerates across the country, governments continue to work to help contain its effects on the public’s health and mitigate the social and economic toll that continues to rise, in some instances, at alarming rates. A distinguishing characteristic of the COVID-19-induced recession is that efforts to contain its spread have resulted in a sharp decline in economic activity. S&P Global Economics economists now forecast that the resulting economic toll will be extensive, but will occur in a shorter time relative to the Great Recession. Their most recent year-on-year U.S. second-quarter GDP estimates suggest a contraction of at least 12.7% (See “Economic Research: It’s Game Over For The Record U.S. Run; The Timing of A Restart Remains Uncertain,” published on March 27, 2020 on RatingsDirect). The current policy responses have an immediate effect on U.S. state and local governments’ operating environment.

Continue reading.




COVID-19: A Closer Look At How It Affects 10 Major U.S. Cities

Table of Contents

Key Takeaways

The COVID-19 pandemic continues to evolve rapidly and has already plunged the entire world—and the U.S. with it–into recession. Projections for GDP contraction start in the first quarter (negative 1.3%) and worsening substantially in the second (negative 12.7%). Over the course of 2020, S&P Global Ratings forecasts an annualized decline in real GDP of 2.1%. The forecast is predicated on a precipitous drop in tax collections on consumer spending, coupled with a surge in unemployment. See S&P Global Ratings’ most recent forecast, “It’s Game Over for the Record U.S. Run; The Timing Of A Restart Remains Uncertain,” (published March 27, 2020, on RatingsDirect. As a result, all of S&P Global Ratings’ sector outlooks in U.S. public finance are now negative (See “All U.S. Public Finance Sector Outlooks Are Now Negative,” published April 1, 2020).

Prolonged Revenue Declines Will Lead To Pressure On Liquidity

In our view, American cities that entered the recession with weak liquidity and reserves or with a high amount of economically sensitive revenues will be particularly vulnerable to the looming pressures. When unbudgeted COVID-19 expenditures are added to the mix, the pressure to make ends meet becomes exponentially harder for local governments, straining already tight city budgets. Federal aid from the recently passed relief package, the CARES Act, will likely provide some help but is unlikely to make budgets whole since $150 billion in federal aid earmarked for state and local governments will likely only cover COVID-19-related expenditures and not revenue declines.

For all U.S. cities, sales and uses taxes; leisure and hospitality revenue; lottery revenue; licenses, fees, and permits; and motor fuel taxes will be the hardest hit. Those that rely less on this revenue will be more insulated in the short term. However, even property taxes are likely to be affected should the recession be prolonged.

With Revenue Down, Management Will Make The Difference

In times of crisis, proactive and nimble management with robust governance policies are critical in maintaining credit quality. This includes carefully monitoring liquidity, particularly where revenue streams start to falter, reaching out to access external liquidity sources when needed.

The cities in this article all enjoy proactive management teams focused on both current and future pressures. As the situation unfolds over the course of 2020, cities who respond quickly and adequately to major budgetary shifts will have a much better ability to allay negative credit action, particularly if they start in a position of relative financial strength.

Continue reading.




Coronavirus Is Making the Public Pension Crisis Even Worse.

The pandemic has handed the funds big losses after they ramped up their appetite for risk over the past decade.

For years, the country’s public pension plans have faced a yawning gap between what they owe and what they can pay.

From the State of California’s public employees’ retirement plan, with more than 1.6 million participants, to tiny funds for employees of local mosquito-control programs in Illinois, public pensions are the time bomb of government finance.

Now the coronavirus pandemic has it ticking faster.

Already chronically underfunded, pension programs have taken huge hits to their investment portfolios over the past month as the markets collapsed. The outbreak has also triggered widespread job losses and business closures that threaten to wipe out state and local tax revenues.

Continue reading.

The New York Times

By Mary Williams Walsh

April 2, 2020




Pension Funds Will Take a Big Coronavirus Hit.

Retirees will have to accept sharply reduced benefits that are more in line with what they would get from Social Security and Medicare.

The coronavirus crisis is still unfolding, but it’s not too soon to think about lasting financial impact and how to limit the fallout. One major financial crisis that may hit later this year or early in 2021 is the ever-looming collapse in state and local employee pension funds. Although the problem has been growing for decades, the virus may have been the event that pushed it over the edge.

Declines in the financial markets may have cost the funds as much as $1 trillion in assets, or about 25% of their total, according to Moody’s Investors Service. That would bring the aggregate funding ratio—value of assets divided by actuarial value of liabilities—from 52% based on the last report by the Census Bureau down to perhaps 37%. Markets may recover, of course, but they may not. The latest aggregate numbers we have are from 2017, and for most individual funds data is available only as of mid-2018. Asset returns are usually smoothed so it could be four or five years until the full effect of the virus is reported officially.

But it’s not aggregate numbers or official reports that will trigger a crisis. It’s the big funds in the worst shape. My back-of-the-envelope calculations suggest Connecticut could be looking at a 28% funded percentage if the numbers were available now, Kentucky 25%, New Jersey 24% and Illinois 20%.

Those figures rely on optimistic assumptions about healthcare cost increases and discount rates; the true numbers are probably worse. The important statistic is more objective: how many years’ benefits do the pension assets represent? That could be no more than about four years in Illinois if true numbers were public today, five in New Jersey and Kentucky, six in Connecticut.

All benefits for active employees, plus all benefits for everyone in the near future, will have to come from employee or state contributions. But states will be strapped for cash, and looking to cut contributions, not raise them. Employees will be unwilling to contribute more since there’s little likelihood they’ll ever see that money again, especially as post-2008 reforms have denied many of them the gold-plated benefits that employees with more seniority enjoy.

Taxpayers? The least willing of the bunch. Creditors? The states need to keep borrowing money, so they have to appease creditors. Some of the money will come via defaults or restructuring of state and local debts, but this is its own crisis, and it won’t fill the gap. The federal government? Maybe, but not for full payments. A more likely scenario would be absorbing retirees into Social Security and Medicare at sharply reduced benefit levels—and those programs face similar problems as state and local plans.

It’s true that 48 states have constitutional or other legal protections for pension benefits. These will improve union bargaining power, but it won’t squeeze anywhere near the full amounts promised. Courts will both unwilling and unable to force governments to hand over money the governments don’t have and can’t get.

Will deaths tied to the Covid-19 pandemic save the day? After all, deaths will likely be concentrated among retired employees getting benefits rather than active employees paying contributions. Moreover, active employees who succumb to the virus will be replaced. If we exclude Hollywood disaster scenarios, the highest projections are U.S. death rates doubling in 2020 and remaining 2.5% higher thereafter. Using the age distribution of coronavirus deaths for which information is available, that could cause liabilities to fall by about half the amount that assets fell. But in that scenario assets would probably fall much farther. It’s hard to come up with a scenario in which additional coronavirus deaths improve pension funded ratios.

Will these events trigger Illinois or some other state to default? It’s plausible. Will that cause other states and municipalities to follow? That’s likely, mainly because creditors will stop lending to states with big unfunded pension liabilities. Will that provide the cover for every state except maybe Utah and Wisconsin from seizing the opportunity to renege on promises? I’d bet on that as well.

What we do today is start treating pensions as an issue that must be addressed rather than a can to be kicked down the road. Admit that promises to employees will not be kept, and start figuring out how to direct the cuts to where they will do the least harm: younger workers with more time to prepare and richer workers with more ability to pay. Collecting the maximum contributions possible, but in realistic forms employees can count on rather than unreliable promises about future. Releasing timely and complete data on assets and cash flows.

The basic terms of the fix are obvious. Pension payments will be capped, probably at something like the Social Security maximum of $3,011 per month for someone who retires at age 65. Tax the benefits, again probably like the rules for Social Security (50% of benefits for single filers with total income between $25,000 and $34,000, 85% of benefits for higher income individuals). Make healthcare plans more Medicare-like, with lower provider payments. Employee contributions to be directed either to Social Security/Medicare or individual retirement accounts rather than underwriting payments to retired workers.

This will provoke fierce fights. First to accept the inevitable and second to set the precise terms. How will police officers be treated versus teachers versus Division of Motor Vehicle clerks? Will all state and local plans be put in one bucket, or will employees from more prudent states do better than employees from profligate ones? How will scarce funds be directed to pensions versus health benefits? How much will taxpayers and creditors kick in? These fights will take place in legislatures, courtrooms and union elections. It won’t be pretty or fun. But the sooner we admit the problem and start to solve it, the sooner it’s behind us.

Bloomberg

By Aaron Brown

April 1, 2020, 3:00 AM PDT




Underfunded Public Plans Facing a New Round of Woes.

The coronavirus has increased pressure on underfunded public pension plans that were already facing significant stress before the crisis.

Not only have plans’ investment portfolios taken double-digit losses as a result of the pandemic, but government plan sponsors will need to increase their contributions at a time when revenues are down and expenditures are up.

“This has put a lot of strain and stress on pension deficits, and it’s going to get worse,” said Kevin McLaughlin, head of liability risk management at Insight Investment. “Pressures that were there before are now magnifying. It’s quite worrying.”

The pandemic has unleashed havoc on markets — and plans’ portfolios. Moody’s Investors Service estimates that U.S. public plans are generally on pace for an average investment loss of about 21% for the fiscal year ending June 30.

A report issued March 24 by the New York-based credit ratings agency noted that domestic public plans are facing nearly $1 trillion in investment losses because of the economic fallout from the coronavirus. These losses could exacerbate the pension liability challenges that many state and local governments already are facing. Plus, the economic setback is reducing revenue levels and threatening the ability of state and local governments to afford higher pension costs.

“Without a significant market rebound, that’s going to result in some new unfunded liabilities that are going to be material and compounded on top of the already unfunded liabilities,” said Tom Aaron, vice president and senior analyst at Moody’s in an interview. “This will push up government contribution requirements.”

Mr. Aaron added that, “given the already unfunded positions, if governments don’t quickly increase their contributions, the longer-term consequences for pensions are severe.”

Of the 181 public plans tracked by the Center for Retirement Research at Boston College, National Association of State Retirement Administrators and the Center for State and Local Government Excellence, 31 have funding ratios that are below 60%.

And while American Enterprise Institute resident scholar Andrew G. Biggs agreed that state and local governments should increase their contributions after public plans took “a big hit on their assets,” he said that he wouldn’t be surprised if governments failed to make their full contributions this year, given the massive costs associated with responding to COVID-19.

“The coronavirus wasn’t predicted. But for years outsiders have warned that public-sector pensions have contributed too little, taken too much investment risk and failed to enact sufficiently far-reaching reforms,” Mr. Biggs added in an email. “It was only a matter of time before something went wrong.”

Budget effects

Another question the crisis poses is how the budgets of public plans will be affected.

“From a liquidity perspective, public funds have two sources to pay for benefits: existing assets and existing contributions,” said Greg Mennis, director of public sector retirement systems for Pew Charitable Trusts in Washington. “For underfunded plans, current inflows are very important.”

Mr. Mennis said that states like Connecticut and Illinois, which are already making large contributions to their plans, are better positioned to maintain liquidity and work toward their target asset allocation. But a state like New Jersey, which he said has the lowest rate of cash flow among any state, is more at risk.

Some plans facing funding challenges have been preparing for a disruption in the markets. And although none of them could expect a crisis such as COVID-19, they said they are at least better positioned to handle the resulting market volatility.

Shawn T. Wooden, state treasurer and principal fiduciary of the $37 billion Connecticut Retirement Plans & Trust Funds, Hartford, said in a phone interview that he came into office “with a clear sense that the market wasn’t going to continue to roar for the next decade.”

To prepare the portfolio for a downturn, Mr. Wooden’s investment team lowered the state’s $18.7 billion Teachers’ Retirement System’s assumed rate of return to 6.9% from 8%, decreasing its exposure to global equities while increasing its allocation to fixed income and hiring a chief risk officer to monitor risk across the entire portfolio.

The state’s TRS has a funded status of 58%, while Connecticut’s State Employees Retirement System is 38% funded.

Chicago Public School Teachers’ Pension & Retirement Fund also took steps before the crisis to make its portfolio more defensive in anticipation of a market downturn.

“We’ve been in this cycle for 10-plus years, and we knew at some point something would happen, we just didn’t know it would be at this magnitude,” said Angela Miller-May, CIO of the $10.5 billion pension plan. CTPF’s funded status is 47.9% and the expected rate of return is 7%.

Ms. Miller-May said that the board does not expect the funded status to change as a result of COVID-19.

Funding challenge

Because of its challenged funded status, Rich Robben, CIO of Kentucky Retirement Systems, Frankfort, said that the $16.8 billion pension fund went into the crisis with an already conservative asset allocation (overweight to core fixed income) and about $3 billion of dry powder.

“We were very fortunate with our liquidity position going in,” Mr. Robben added.

The funded status for Kentucky’s pension system is 32.8%. David Eager, executive director for KRS, said he “would expect the funded statuses to fall somewhat but not drastically since the asset structure is quite conservative.”

The actions of these underfunded plans are in line with the expectations of Alex Brown, NASRA’s research manager, in Washington.

“Pension plans that are poorly funded don’t necessarily behave differently than other plans,” Mr. Brown said. “They have policies in place that take their funding position into account.”

Meanwhile, New Jersey Treasurer Elizabeth Maher Muoio warned bondholders in a voluntary disclosure statement issued on March 23 that the impact of COVID-19 on New Jersey will produce “precipitous declines in revenues” for the current fiscal year ending June 30 as well as the next fiscal year affecting “revenue collections and pension funds contributions.”

Still, Assistant Treasurer Dini Ajmani said at the State Investment Council meeting on March 25 that the state remained committed to making its fiscal third- and fourth-quarter contributions to the $74.2 billion New Jersey Pension Fund, Trenton.

Following Ms. Muoio’s warning, the state’s top leaders issued a joint statement on April 1 stating they plan to push back the current fiscal year-end to Sept. 30 from June 30.

Have enough cash

Investment consultants with whom Pensions & Investments spoke said the plans they’ve worked with are not repositioning their portfolios and already have enough cash to pay out obligations.

Jay V. Kloepfer, executive vice president and director of capital markets research at San Francisco-based investment consultant Callan LLC, said that plans, even underfunded ones, “shouldn’t be making sudden changes.”

“You shouldn’t be changing the wheels of the car while you’re driving down the road,” he said, adding that the big question plans should ask themselves is if they have enough liquidity. But based on the conversations he’s had with clients, that hasn’t been an issue.

“We’ve addressed liquidity pretty aggressively with most plans we’ve worked with, especially those in a challenged funding position.”

Kristen Doyle, a partner and head of public funds at Aon PLC’s investment consulting business, said that many plans, particularly underfunded ones, “have a healthy allocation to investment-grade credit and cash, so parts of their portfolios will remain liquid.”

“Allocations are based on funded status. They test these different portfolios against that liability structure and test it across multiple markets, including ones like this one,” Ms. Doyle explained.

She added that the plans she’s worked with aren’t panicking, and those that are rebalancing are doing so “very carefully and prudently.”

“The plans we work with are pretty well-positioned,” Ms. Doyle said. “They have a strong risk-reducing allocation that’s liquid. And all of these plans typically have a robust process in place in where they’re managing their cash flow on a monthly or more regular basis.”

Pension obligation bonds

While revenues are down at a time when contributions need to be up, the pension obligation bond is another option that government sponsors of underfunded plans can use.

Girard Miller, a retired investment and public finance professional and former CIO of the $17.3 billion Orange County Employees Retirement System, Santa Ana, Calif., said that the pension obligation bond is a temporary measure that could put the underfunded pension plan “on firm footing.”

“They only work well if they’re issued in the depths of a recession. Now is the time for that,” Mr. Miller said. “The plan sponsor has a liability with this, but they can stretch that out over 30 years if they need to.” The cost of doing this is lower than the traditional way, so there is potential for some cost savings for the state.

But not everyone agrees.

“I don’t think (pension obligation bonds are) an option in this market right now,” Ms. Doyle said. “It’s a risky endeavor because you’re assuming the pension will outperform the interest rate of the bond, and that’s a huge gamble.”

Going forward, increased contributions alone will not keep struggling plans afloat.

“It will have to come down to structural reform,” Karel Citroen, head of municipal research at Conning said. “I just don’t see how you’re going to address pension funding issues you see in this country without addressing the entitlement side of it.”

Mr. Citroen pointed out that, if it’s not possible to make such changes for current plan participants, structural changes should be put in place for new or future plan participants.

Mr. Citroen added that “it will probably come down to an escalation of this issue for one plan, like New Jersey or Illinois, for that mindset to be accepted by other constituents as well.”

While Insight’s Mr. McLaughlin said that underfunded plans will have to engage in “firefighting” to ensure they have enough cash on hand to pay their obligations in the short term, in the long term, plans will need to craft a “liquidity strategy that’s more formal than they’ve had in the past.”

“When the dust settles, you’ll see plans making more fundamental changes to their investment strategies going forward,” Mr. McLaughlin added.

NASRA’s Mr. Brown said it’s going to take a while before the long-term impact of all of this is known.

“One should remember that these losses and gains are phased in over several years,” Mr. Brown said. “We won’t know what the returns will be until the fiscal year ends, and so it’s going to take a little while.”

PENSIONS & INVESTMENTS

by JAMES COMTOIS

April 06, 2020




The Coronavirus Crash Reveals a Big Problem In Bond Fund Pricing.

The exchange-traded fund industry just threw the mutual fund industry under the bus. BlackRock, Vanguard, and State Street have all made statements over the past—very volatile—month that bond ETF market prices are a “price discovery” tool, arguing that prices of illiquid individual bonds held in mutual funds and ETFs are “stale,” while ETFs have greater liquidity and therefore more accurately reflect the value of their underlying portfolios. That was their explanation for why so many ETFs traded at discounts to their underlying portfolio values—their net asset values, or NAVs, in Wall Street parlance.

But if bond ETF market prices are less than their NAVs—yet more accurate than them—that means similar or identical mutual fund NAVs are wrong and overpriced, since they are calculated in the same way as ETFs. (For illiquid securities like bonds, fund-pricing service accountants employ a fair value system to calculate NAV that extrapolates the price of the entire portfolio for the few individual bonds that trade.)

Vanguard’s case is particularly problematic, as some of its ETFs are really share classes of existing mutual funds and have identical portfolios. Jeff DeMaso, editor of the Independent Adviser for Vanguard Investors newsletter, has tracked the performance and discounts of the (ticker: VBTLX)—the largest bond mutual fund in the world at $269 billion—including its (BND) ETF share class. He has noticed some striking differences of late, especially since more than half of the fund’s portfolio is in ostensibly liquid Treasury and government agency bonds.

“On March 11, the mutual fund was down 0.6% while the ETF was down 1.9%,” DeMaso observes. “On the 12th, the bond market fund was down 1% and the ETF was down 5.4%. So those two days you had the ETF selling off much harder than your own mutual fund. And then on the 13th, you had the mutual fund down 0.5%. But the ETF rose 4.2%.”

DeMaso says that calling the ETF’s varying market moves a “price discovery tool” is “obfuscatory,” and believes the Total Bond Market Index’s portfolio’s “real price is probably somewhere in between” the mutual fund’s NAV and the ETF’s market price.

Vanguard’s Rich Powers is more diplomatic, stating in an email, “It’s not that one [price] is right and the other wrong. Each product has a different set of inputs that go into pricing, so there can be variations between the two. Those variations are more pronounced during times of market volatility.”

How Investors Get Hurt

The problem with the NAV being wrong for the mutual funds is that on days when the ETF’s market price trades at a discount to NAV, that means investors who bought the mutual fund essentially overpaid for its elevated NAV, while those selling received more for their sale than they should have. There is ultimately a delay, as the stale prices for the mutual fund’s bond portfolio have to adjust. Investors saw the consequences of that delay on March 13, when the Vanguard mutual fund fell 0.5% on a day when the ETF rallied 4.2%.

Such delayed pricing means that mutual fund shareholders who stay in a fund when prices are finally marked down bear the brunt of losses for those who got out early. When funds process redemptions, money managers usually sell the most liquid securities first. The remaining illiquid ones, once sold and repriced, amplify the losses for the remaining shareholders who would fare better if the entire portfolio had been repriced earlier.

“Shareholders who remained loyal have subsidized investors that had a shorter time horizon,” says Todd Rosenbluth, CFRA’s director of ETF and mutual fund research, adding that such selling can have a “snowball effect,” as “selling begets selling.”

The Worst-Case Scenario

One saw this with the infamous case of junk-bond fund Third Avenue Focused Credit, which collapsed in 2015, and in 2007 with Regions Morgan Keegan’s funds, which invested in subprime nonagency mortgage debt. More recently, there has been a similar liquidity crunch at nonagency mortgage debt funds Braddock Multi-Strategy Income (BDKAX), which fell 65% from March 18 through March 23, and AlphaCentric Income Opportunities (IOFIX), which dropped 40% from March 18 through March 25. On March 20, in particular, Braddock dropped 34% and AlphaCentric, 17%.

In an email to Barron’s, AlphaCentric stated, “We believe the NAV of the AlphaCentric Income Opportunities fund was accurately priced each day. The price reflects the fair value of its underlying portfolio of residential mortgaged backed securities, not equities.…The AlphaCentric fund’s daily pricing was done by ICE, which is one of the largest and most respected independent pricing services.”

Yet ETF experts say that such fair-valuation services employ limited data. “Only about 20% of the bond universe trades every day,” says Reggie Browne, a principal at market maker GTS with a long history developing the ETF business. “How do you go about calculating fair value for something that doesn’t trade? The ETF is priced minute by minute, not a static NAV.”

While Vanguard’s ETFs suffered discounts, they were minor compared with some niche ETFs that invest in low-quality illiquid debt like high-yield muni bonds. The share price of the SPDR Nuveen Bloomberg Barclays High Yield Municipal Bond ETF (HYMB) fell almost 10% on March 16 to trade at an 18.6% discount to its NAV, which only declined 0.7% that day. Meanwhile, the NAV of the Nuveen High Yield Municipal Bond (NHMRX) mutual fund, which invests in the same asset class and holds some of the same bonds, fell only 0.6% that day and then fell 14% over the next four days ended on March 20. Which outcome was more accurate? That depends on whom you want to believe.

Barron’s

By Lewis Braham

April 3, 2020 6:10 pm ET




Trouble Ahead for the Municipal Bond Market in a COVID-19 Pandemic Recession?

Most investors think of bonds as safer and less volatile than stocks. That may be true for Treasury securities, but going down the line of mortgage-backed securities, corporate bonds and even municipal bonds, they can be a very different story. It turns out that municipal bonds have a lot of exposure to a bad economy.

Fitch Ratings has warned that local governments in the United States may struggle to maintain historically sound liquidity levels and that the pressure is likely to come from multiple sources. The report is not full of downgrades in the municipal bond sector, but it sure sounds like a wave of credit ratings reviews is on the way. Fitch now considers liquidity to be the most significant near-term risk for the credit quality of local governments. Most local governments are expected to maintain sufficient liquidity that would offset “significant near-term revenue declines,” but some are expected to see enough strain that will trigger credit rating downgrades.

Fitch does believe that even the financially stressed issuers will do whatever they have to do to keep making full and timely debt service payments. Those efforts could include deficit financing, cash flow conservation and other measures. The report said:

Failure to create adequate liquidity and financial buffers that protect debt repayment capacity even during a potentially protracted crisis would be inconsistent with an investment-grade rating. A missed debt service payment, even if on a temporary basis, would be treated by Fitch as a default.

While liquidity is said to be sufficient for normal operations through cyclical downturns, the uncertainty from the coronavirus pandemic, as well as the depth and duration of the total economic impact, is likely to push many local governments to look for new ways to support cash flows. Those efforts could include financial market and operational solutions: tapping credit lines, issuing tax or revenue anticipation notes, layoffs and furloughs, service reductions, delaying vendor payments, cutting equipment purchases, postponing capital spending or even payroll deferrals.

Fitch further outlined more specifics about where the weakness would be seen:

Liquidity strains are more likely for local governments that exhibited negative financial trends prior to the outbreak, or those with lower IDRs and financial resilience assessments, reflecting more limited flexibility to address the emerging economic and revenue challenges. Local governments with a disproportionately large exposure to economically-sensitive revenues such as sales and income taxes, or economies with significant tourism and retail sector dependence, are also considered more vulnerable.

Perhaps the most stable historic item that contributes to local governments is property taxes, but these may now face uncertainty as the property markets enter disarray. Fitch warned that the coronavirus pandemic could negatively affect home prices in a way that could erode tax base values and could hamper total property taxes ahead if the fallout remains in place. Fitch indicated that local governments have not proposed delaying property tax due dates. While escrowed property tax payments inside a mortgage have helped high property tax collections, the recent and coming mortgage payment relaxations could push out property tax collections.

Fitch counted 38 of the 44 states that have personal income taxes have extended their filing or payment, out to as late as July 15, to be in line with the recent federal tax filing delay.

Another source of risk coming to the local markets is from the state aid that school districts and counties typically rely heavily. Those are at a higher risk of being cut back in fiscal year 2021. Fitch further said:

The ability to reduce or delay local government transfers is an important financial tool for states. Fitch believes this flexibility is likely to be invoked given states’ near-term revenue and liquidity stress. While the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security (CARES) Act will distribute $150 billion in aid to state and local governments in the near term, it provides expense reimbursement rather than a pure cash flow infusion. The high IDRs in the local government sector indicates most will be able to withstand even this period of unprecedented stress; Fitch is reviewing the adequacy of each issuer’s available tools as well as management’s willingness to utilize them.

Investors often look for safe havens in times of turmoil. The lesson here is that not all bonds are created equal, and the risks often become much more clear in times of market turmoil and economic pain.

247wallst.com

by Jon C. Ogg

April 3, 2020




Case for Fed Rescue of Muni Market Builds With Rout Returning.

In the past 48 hours, the $3.9 trillion municipal-bond market is making the case for the Federal Reserve to use its new powers to wade in, whether buyers want it to or not.

That’s because the market where states and local governments raise cash is veering back toward the dysfunction that gripped it last month. Bond prices have dropped sharply, sending yields on 30-year debt surging by nearly 0.75 percentage point since Monday morning. Big bond deals are in limbo, effectively shutting off market access. Frightened investors are pulling out.

The liquidity crisis that initially raced through the market has given way to more measured fears about the massive financial toll that the unprecedented economic shutdown will deliver to states, cities, transit agencies, airports and others that stand behind municipal bonds.

The sell-off in the past few days “makes the case that the Fed should get engaged in some capacity in the muni market,” said Michael Nicholas, chief executive officer of the Bond Dealers of America, a lobbying group representing banks and dealers. “No doubt.”

Groups like the Government Finance Officers Association and National Association of State Treasurers this week sent a letter urging the Fed to start buying municipal bonds in the secondary market, saying that the central bank should purchase longer-dated debt and include both states and smaller entities like towns.

The organizations said they would like to see the creation of a temporary facility to buy municipal debt, as well as a low-interest loan program to help cash-strapped governments that are affected by tax filing deadlines being pushed back.

The central bank is expected to announce a new emergency facility to support municipal debt, as allowed by the $2 trillion stimulus approved last week. House Speaker Nancy Pelosi said on Thursday that she wants Fed chairman Jerome Powell to “think big” about how to help.

Karissa McDonough, chief fixed-income specialist at People’s United Advisors, said now the market is waiting for more “clarity” from the central bank.

“We need a little bit in terms of details or actual purchase activity,” she said.

Currently, the Fed and the U.S. Treasury Department are operating under Section 13.3 of the Federal Reserve Act. It allows the Fed, with Treasury permission, to open a broad-based facility to support troubled areas of the financial markets in an emergency.

There are questions about what bonds the Fed would buy, given it could open the central bank up to criticism that it’s picking winners and losers among states and cities. There’s also uncertainty over how it would implement a municipal purchasing program — including whether the central bank would turn to an asset management firm like BlackRock Inc, which it’s doing with three of its bond-buying programs.

Even allowing the central bank to help rescue the market from a crisis is a divisive topic in the industry. Citigroup Inc. strategists led by Vikram Rai found in a survey of over 1,146 clients this week that a majority of them would prefer that primary dealers run the Fed’s muni buying program instead of an investment-management firm.

Still, the strategists added later that the results of the survey “ripped through the industry and created much controversy.”

They noted some respondents had particularly strong views: “We have filtered out the racy comments,” the bank strategists said, adding they “tried to synthesize the popular response for most questions.”

Bloomberg Law

by Amanda Albright

April 2, 2020

–With assistance from Danielle Moran and Craig Torres.




Skanda Amarnath, Yakov Feygin, And Elizabeth Pancotti On Municipal Bond Market Intervention And The CARES Act As Responses To COVID-19.

Summary

Continue reading.

Seeking Alpha

by David Beckworth

Apr. 2, 2020




What’s Going On In the Municipal Bond Market? And What Is the Fed Doing About It?

When state and local governments need to borrow money, they often do so by selling municipal bonds—promises to pay investors a fixed amount of money at a future date. Before the pandemic began, state and local governments were mostly in very good shape, most of their bonds were considered very safe, and interest rates were low, so they could borrow at low rates without any trouble.

As the coronavirus outbreak worsened, that changed. Investors began withdrawing from municipal mutual funds: For the week ending March 18th, investors withdrew a record-setting $12 billion—almost 2.5 percent of assets—and another $13.7 billion the following week. Between March 9th and March 20th, state and local governments managed to sell only about $6 billion of the $16 billion in bonds they were seeking to issue. These withdrawals were accompanied by sharp increases in the interest rates borrowers were required to pay. From March 9th to March 24th, the Municipal Market Data yield—a measure of municipal bond yields produced by Thomson Reuters and commonly used as a pricing gauge by state and local bond issuers—went up by roughly 2 percentage points, a huge increase for this market.

At a time when they are already under enormous stress from the coronavirus outbreak, state and local governments suddenly found it hard to borrow.

Continue reading.

The Brookings Institution

by Finn Schuele and Louise Sheiner

March 31, 2020




Cracks in Municipal Debt Markets Raise Questions about Future Fed Action.

The coronavirus is taking its toll on state and local governments across the country, as funding strains force municipalities into balancing layoffs against providing essential services to Americans that were laid off themselves.

Investors fleeing from the municipal debt market also means municipalities are having difficulty issuing debt to finance themselves. In Jersey City, Mayor Steven Fulop is trying to plug a $70 million hole; $50 million of unanticipated revenue losses and $20 million in higher expenses to continue offering its community services.

“While layoffs are a last resort, the public should be aware that just because we’re government, we’re not immune from what’s happening.” Fulop told Yahoo Finance.

Continue reading.

Yahoo Finance

by Brian Cheung

March 30, 2020




How the Muni Market Became the Epicenter of the Liquidity Crisis.

A concentration of power and risk has resulted from a fundamental shift in how municipal bonds are bought and sold

The coronavirus triggered a liquidity crisis in municipal bonds, but the volatility that resulted has been brewing for a decade.

Desperate sellers across most markets sold assets at deep discounts last month as the spreading new coronavirus left investors fearful and hungry for cash. Perhaps no investment flipped from coveted haven to spurned hot potato as quickly as municipal bonds.

Prices have started to recover as U.S. lawmakers authorized the Federal Reserve to prop up a wide swath of state and local government debt. But the marketwide breakdown exposed a new vulnerability in the nearly $4 trillion municipal market: a concentration of power and risk resulting from a fundamental shift in how muni bonds are bought and sold on Wall Street and on Main Street.

Continue reading.

The Wall Street Journal

By Heather Gillers and Gunjan Banerji

April 2, 2020 6:30 am ET




BDA Urges Fed to Provide Additional Support for Muni Market.

Today, following extensive work with the Muni Exec Committee, the BDA submitted a letter to the Federal Reserve and Treasury urging them to take action in the municipal market due to historic price volatility, cancellation or postponements of new issuance, and significant deterioration of liquidity.

The letter can be viewed here.

This call to action follows a March 18th letter in which the Fed followed BDA recommendations to expand the Money Market Mutual Fund Liquidity Facility to include a wider range of securities, including municipal variable rate demand notes and as a response to the passage of the CARES Act.

Background of CARES Act (H.R. 748)

Section 4003 of the Cares Act provides the Treasury and Fed with broader standby authority to support the bond markets during times of particular distress and dysfunction, to the immediate benefit of issuers, investors, tax payers.

H.R. 748 would allocate up to $454 billion of cash from the Treasury Department to:

This includes:

The bill would also provide up to $125 billion in direct support to localities that can help bridge the gap with lagging revenues, especially in light of delayed tax filing deadlines.

Bond Dealers of America

April 3, 2020




Case for Fed Rescue of Muni Market Builds With Rout Returning.

In the past 48 hours, the $3.9 trillion municipal-bond market is making the case for the Federal Reserve to use its new powers to wade in, whether buyers want it to or not.

That’s because the market where states and local governments raise cash is veering back toward the dysfunction that gripped it last month. Bond prices have dropped sharply, sending yields on 30-year debt surging by nearly 0.75 percentage point since Monday morning. Big bond deals are in limbo, effectively shutting off market access. Frightened investors are pulling out.

The liquidity crisis that initially raced through the market has given way to more measured fears about the massive financial toll that the unprecedented economic shutdown will deliver to states, cities, transit agencies, airports and others that stand behind municipal bonds.

The sell-off in the past few days “makes the case that the Fed should get engaged in some capacity in the muni market,” said Michael Nicholas, chief executive officer of the Bond Dealers of America, a lobbying group representing banks and dealers. “No doubt.”

Groups like the Government Finance Officers Association and National Association of State Treasurers this week sent a letter urging the Fed to start buying municipal bonds in the secondary market, saying that the central bank should purchase longer-dated debt and include both states and smaller entities like towns.

The organizations said they would like to see the creation of a temporary facility to buy municipal debt, as well as a low-interest loan program to help cash-strapped governments that are affected by tax filing deadlines being pushed back.

The central bank is expected to announce a new emergency facility to support municipal debt, as allowed by the $2 trillion stimulus approved last week. House Speaker Nancy Pelosi said on Thursday that she wants Fed chairman Jerome Powell to “think big” about how to help.

Karissa McDonough, chief fixed-income specialist at People’s United Advisors, said now the market is waiting for more “clarity” from the central bank.

“We need a little bit in terms of details or actual purchase activity,” she said.

Currently, the Fed and the U.S. Treasury Department are operating under Section 13.3 of the Federal Reserve Act. It allows the Fed, with Treasury permission, to open a broad-based facility to support troubled areas of the financial markets in an emergency.

There are questions about what bonds the Fed would buy, given it could open the central bank up to criticism that it’s picking winners and losers among states and cities. There’s also uncertainty over how it would implement a municipal purchasing program — including whether the central bank would turn to an asset management firm like BlackRock Inc, which it’s doing with three of its bond-buying programs.

Even allowing the central bank to help rescue the market from a crisis is a divisive topic in the industry. Citigroup Inc. strategists led by Vikram Rai found in a survey of over 1,146 clients this week that a majority of them would prefer that primary dealers run the Fed’s muni buying program instead of an investment-management firm.

Still, the strategists added later that the results of the survey “ripped through the industry and created much controversy.”

They noted some respondents had particularly strong views: “We have filtered out the racy comments,” the bank strategists said, adding they “tried to synthesize the popular response for most questions.”

Bloomberg Markets

By Amanda Albright

April 2, 2020, 11:46 AM PDT

— With assistance by Danielle Moran, and Craig Torres




Muni Market Rout Returns With Record Exodus Fueling Cash Strains.

Municipal-bond prices tumbled sharply, retreating from the rally triggered last week by the federal government’s more than $2 trillion stimulus plan, as the growing economic shutdown to stem the coronavirus deals a deep financial hit to states, cities and other agencies that borrow in the $3.9 trillion market.

The drop underscores the unprecedented volatility that has whipsawed the state and local government debt market for the past three weeks, when a record exodus from municipal-bond mutual funds triggered rounds of forced selling by managers who needed to raise cash. That sell-off through mid-March was the steepest in at least four decades, only to abruptly shift course last week when prices rallied as the stimulus program extended the Federal Reserve the power to step in if another liquidity crisis breaks out.

On Wednesday, some yields surged as much as they did during the deepest one-day sell-offs that shook the market in March. Those on top-rated 30-year bonds surged 50 basis points to 2.53%, while 10-year yields rose 31 basis points to 1.74%. Those on securities due in six months climbed 11 basis points to 1.16%.

The jump comes after individuals pulled record amounts from municipal-debt funds in the two weeks through March 25 after the market was battered by losses. Such outflows tend to persist for weeks during down markets and the price drop this week may be driven by fund managers who need to raise cash to meet redemptions.

Dave Isaak, head trader at Isaak Bond Investments, said the market is veering right back to where it was two weeks ago. The number of bonds being put out for bids remains elevated, with the amount that investors were looking to sell on Bloomberg’s platform alone rising to $1.9 billion on Tuesday. He said the “difficult news” surrounding the pandemic is pushing investors back toward only the safest securities.

“It’s a liquidity squeeze of some sort again,” he said.

High-yield bonds were especially hard hit during the sell-off, losing 11% through the end of March despite last week’s rebound, and some slid Wednesday. That niche includes debt backed by airlines, nursing homes, convention centers and projects like the American Dream shopping mall in New Jersey that are being affected by the swift shutdown to much of the nation’s economy.

As the human toll rises and federal and state officials warn of longer shutdowns, investors have a renewed focus on the pandemic’s impact on almost all municipal bonds, said Jason Ware, head of institutional trading at brokerage 280 CapMarkets.

“You have to start looking at the trickle down effect for what all this means for redevelopment projects, conventions centers, hospitals, property taxes, foreclosures — your mind can go in so many different directions,” Ware said. “We need the time-frame of this coronavirus and the effect of the shutdown to be shorter, otherwise you’re going to continue to see more weakness.”

Puerto Rico’s sales-tax backed bonds, which are among the most actively traded by high-yield municipal funds, dropped to about 89 cents on the dollar Wednesday from 96 cents Tuesday. Ohio debt backed by the state’s tobacco-settlement payments, whose prices swung wildly in last month’s rout and recovery, slid to 84 cents from 92 cents, according to data compiled by Bloomberg.

Daniel Solender, head of municipals at Lord Abbett & Co., said some money had started to wade back into the market last week as it rebounded. But he said the sentiment seems to have grown more negative this week, making it difficult for new deals to price.

“The points of view are so volatile — we have to keep reassessing the market because the sentiment keeps changing,” he said. “The trend seems to be turning. There has definitely been some outflows this week and because of that its hard to get investors to commit to the new deals.”

Bloomberg Markets

By Danielle Moran, Amanda Albright, and Martin Z Braun

April 1, 2020, 10:28 AM PDT Updated on April 1, 2020, 12:17 PM PDT




Fitch Ratings Updates Public Sector, Revenue-Supported Entities Rating Criteria

Link to Fitch Ratings’ Report(s): Public Sector, Revenue-Supported Entities Rating Criteria

Fitch Ratings-New York-27 March 2020: Fitch Ratings has made minor updates to its “Public Sector, Revenue-Supported Entities Rating Criteria” (the Revenue Master) as part of the routine criteria review process.

Primary revisions to the criteria are: introducing the use of Stand-alone Credit Profiles (SCPs) to assess the stand-alone credit quality of U.S. enterprises that are related to a municipal government; clarifying when issue ratings may be capped by the related government’s Issuer Default Rating (IDR); specifying the use of cash operating expenses in calculating liquidity cushion; and defining healthcare-related entities for which sector specific attribute assessments may be used in assessing Revenue Defensibility.

There is no impact on existing ratings from this update; however, Fitch did place three utility ratings on Rating Watch Negative and one Under Criteria Observation following the January revision of the “U.S. Public Finance Tax-Supported Rating Criteria” outlining the aforementioned related government rating cap. See ‘Fitch Places 17 USPF Ratings on RWN/UCO Following Release of Revised Tax-Supported Rating Criteria’ dated Jan. 17, 2020 for additional information.

This report replaces the criteria report of the same name dated Nov. 7, 2019.

Contact:

Tipper Austin
Director
+1-212-908-9199
Fitch Ratings, Inc.
300 W. 57th Street
New York, NY 10019

Vladimir Redkin
Senior Director
+7 495 956 2405

Raj Sanghvi
Analyst
+1-212-908-0746

Media Relations: Sandro Scenga, New York, Tel: +1 212 908 0278, Email: sandro.scenga@thefitchgroup.com

Additional information is available on www.fitchratings.com




Impact of COVID-19 on Municipal Finance: Restructurings Inevitable (Part 1): Sheppard Mullin

“Only when the tide goes out do you discover who’s been swimming naked” – Warren Buffet

The tide has gone out on the municipal finance market.

While much of the discussion about the financial fall-out of the COVID-19 virus has focused on the massive wealth destruction in stock markets and pressure on corporates around the world, the impact on the largest financial market in the world- the $3 trillion US municipal finance market- cannot be ignored. Simply put, the market is imploding.

In a market primarily driven by mammoth mutual funds and institutional investors, the “flight to cash” is clearly on. Selling pressure this week has pushed muni prices into free-fall, particularly on the short end of the curve. The primary market (where states, cities and other municipal issuers borrow and refinance) is essentially closed.

This is not a short-term correction. The longer-term implications of COVID-19 on the market and municipalities is daunting. Consider:

Municipal reserves, where available, will help, but funding pressures will force many states and cities to turn to the Federal Government to maintain essential services. Recently announced Federal stimulus programs, including the expansion of the Federal Reserve’s Money Market Mutual Fund Liquidity Facility to include purchases of certain types of municipal securities, may help in the short-term.

But the challenges will be daunting and will reveal themselves only gradually. States and cities with strong reserves, a diversified tax base, well-funded pension and employee benefit plans and low debt will undoubtedly weather the storm. Other municipalities without those virtues will be pressured to adopt debt restructuring strategies, including debt adjustments under Chapter 9 of the Bankruptcy Code, on a scale that could eclipse the wave that followed the “Great Recession” of 2008-09.

Monday, March 23, 2020

Copyright © 2020, Sheppard Mullin Richter & Hampton LLP.




U.S. Income Tax Delay to Strain States.

Many state budgets run from July 1 to June 30, so new July 15 filing date means officials can’t count on that money for current fiscal year

The Trump administration’s decision to move the deadline for filing income taxes to July 15 because of the new coronavirus crisis is creating a cash crunch for state governments that were counting on an infusion of state income-tax revenue next month to pay bills.

Many state budgets run from July 1 through June 30, so the new filing date—instead of April 15—means state officials can’t count on that tax money for the current fiscal year. States could have to borrow in volatile financial markets or cut into their budgets between now and the end of June. The agreement reached early Wednesday between lawmakers and the Trump administration could also help if it includes general aid for state governments. Unlike the federal government, states must balance their budgets.

So far this week, states including Delaware, Colorado and Alabama have announced they would extend their filing deadline in line with the federal shift.

“You can have unintended consequences with the best of intentions,” said Verenda Smith, deputy director of the Federation of Tax Administrators. “The choices that it left the state officials are all so gruesome,” she said.

The Treasury Department’s decision caught states by surprise. Although the move was intended to help struggling households and businesses, it left state officials in a bind, she said.

In most cases, taxpayers need to know how much they will pay in federal income tax before filing their state income taxes—and many states tie their deadlines to the federal government calendar. So postponing the federal filing deadline effectively postpones the filing deadline for state income taxes as well.

That means states can no longer count on that tax revenue coming in before the fiscal year ends on June 30. Last year, states collected $65 billion in income tax revenue in the month of April, almost 18% of the annual total.

Income-tax dollars make up about a third of total state and local tax collections in California, New York and Massachusetts and even more in Oregon and Maryland, according to a Tax Foundation analysis. Overall, about 23.5% of total state and local tax dollars came from income taxes in 2016, the most recent year for which data was available. Roughly the same amount came from sales taxes, which analysts also expect will be hit hard amid the slowdown in consumption. A handful of states—including Florida, Texas and Nevada—don’t have a state income tax.

Over the past few days, states have been scrambling to figure out how to relieve that budget pressure. One option is to cut programs or furlough state workers, something officials are loath to do, especially now that so many people are out of work due to the coronavirus-related layoffs. Another option would be to issue short-term debt.

“April 15 is just around the corner, that’s when they would have counted on a big infusion of cash from income taxes, that’s going to be pushed off for three months so that puts them in a big bind,” said Don Boyd, co-director of the State and Local Government Finance Project at Rockefeller College.

The income-tax dollars most states and some big cities collect on a continuing basis from workers’ paychecks are likely to begin declining even sooner, Mr. Boyd said, as companies lay off employees and workers’ income falls. He expects the sales taxes that states and many cities rely on will also fall beginning in April when vendors generally send in taxes collected on transactions in March.

“They are going to be strapped for cash,” he said.

Borrowing against future revenues could also be costly. Prices have jumped in the municipal-bond market as investors have fled to cash and Treasurys, causing a spike in short-term interest rates last week. Rates fell somewhat after the announcement of a Federal Reserve liquidity program Monday but remained well above normal levels.

Compounding the problem is the fact that many state legislatures, whose approval is often required to make major spending decisions, have been sent home as a precautionary measure. So far, statehouses in 22 states have shut down due to coronavirus concerns.

The new filing deadline means Rhode Island could run out of cash in weeks, said Seth Magaziner, the state’s treasurer. State officials are exploring short-term borrowing and moving pots of money from one state account to another to make up the shortfall, Mr. Magaziner said.

Since Rhode Island lawmakers aren’t meeting because of the virus, a special emergency board will convene this week to authorize the moves.

“Our immediate concern is on solving our cash flow issues in the coming weeks and months and then we will turn our attention to those longer-term issues,” Mr. Magaziner said.

Last year, about 16.4% of the state’s personal income tax revenue came during the month of April.

Pennsylvania is also anticipating that the tax-filing delay will push “a significant amount” of revenue out of this fiscal year into the next, said Matthew Knittel, director of the state’s Independent Fiscal Office. The office anticipates an immediate, large reduction in motor vehicle sales tax following the closure of car dealerships.

The Wall Street Journal

By David Harrison and Heather Gillers

March 25, 2020 9:42 am ET




S&P: U.S. State Unemployment Insurance Claims Are Not An Immediate Challenge To State Liquidity

NEW YORK (S&P Global Ratings) March 23, 2020–While the economic fallout from potentially massive unemployment levels will be a credit challenge for U.S. states, S&P Global Ratings does not believe that near-term state liquidity pressure will stem directly from payments on unemployment insurance claims that have recently spiked because of the coronavirus pandemic.

This is because the program structure allows states to receive federal loans, if necessary, to cover state unemployment insurance trust fund deficiencies, if any, under current law. These federal loans must eventually be paid back to the federal government, however, through higher taxes on businesses or through other means.

During the Great Recession, some of these federal loans became quite substantial (see “Unemployment Insurance Fund Bonds Help States Pay Off Federal Unemployment Loans,” published Sept. 6, 2012, on RatingsDirect) and in some cases prompted states to issue bonds carrying lower interest rates to pay off higher-interest federal unemployment insurance loans. In the first quarter of 2012, loans from the federal unemployment account reached $40.7 billion. In 2011, California’s unemployment loan from the federal government peaked at $11.0 billion alone. As of Dec. 31, 2019, federal unemployment account loans were only $63.3 million, attributable entirely to the Virgin Islands, and aggregate state unemployment trust fund balances were $75.7 billion. While the federal government has indicated that certain states have below-optimal levels of state trust fund balances (such as California at $3.3 billion as of Jan. 1, 2020), we believe the ability to tap into federal loans relieves short-term unemployment trust fund liquidity pressures for any particular state.

If states meet certain technical requirements and maintain a certain threshold of unemployment insurance tax rates on businesses over time, they can initially receive these federal unemployment trust fund loans interest-free. Qualifying states receive interest-free federal unemployment loans if a state takes a federal advance after Jan. 1, and repays it by Sept. 30, of the same year. After that, interest charges are imposed and if the state continues to fail to repay the loan by Nov. 10, of the year in which a second Jan. 1, has passed, then all taxable employers in a state will be subject to a reduced credit of 0.3% on the Federal Unemployment Tax Act tax, for which the credit reduction grows in subsequent years depending on state tax rates and changes in state law. For 2020, 31 states meet the eligibility criteria for interest-free borrowing.

The Louisiana Workforce Commission announced on March 19 that employers within the state will get a temporary deferral from paying their first-quarter 2020 unemployment taxes to June 30. If similar deferrals spread to other states, it could cause the amount of federal unemployment loans to rise higher than what they might be otherwise, but again would be unlikely to cause near-term state liquidity issues. These funds would still need to be repaid to the federal government from later business taxes, but potentially at a higher tax rate.

S&P Global Ratings will continue to monitor unemployment insurance trust funds and the extent to which higher taxes that are imposed on businesses to replenish these funds could reduce economic competitiveness, or cause a state to issue tax-backed debt to repay federal loans. However, we believe the short-term credit effects are limited.

This report does not constitute a rating action.




S&P: Mass Transit Agencies' Priority Lien Revenue Bond Outlooks Revised To Negative On Anticipated COVID-19 Pressures

CENTENNIAL (S&P Global Ratings) March 27, 2020–S&P Global Ratings revised its outlook to negative from stable on several long-term and underlying ratings on bonds issued by mass transit agencies and secured by priority lien tax revenue pledges. The negative outlooks provide notification to market participants that the affected credits face at least a one-in-three likelihood of a negative rating action over the intermediate term (generally up to two years).

This action applies to the ratings of approximately 20 issuers, and 215 unique ratings.

We simultaneously published an outlook revision for all ratings in scope of our Mass Transit criteria (see our article published March 26, 2020). We believe that there is at least a one-in-three chance that the general creditworthiness of the transit obligors could be downgraded in the intermediate term, which could pressure the associated priority lien ratings on bonds issued by mass transit agencies.

As the COVID-19 virus spreads and social distancing efforts intended to slow the infection rate and flatten the curve of the virus slows local economies to a virtual halt, S&P Global Ratings is of the view that the nation and world have entered a recession, with firmer projections under our base case forecasts for a slowdown in global GDP growth, and 1.3% decline in U.S. GDP in 2020 (please see our articles “It’s Game Over For The Record U.S. Run; The Timing Of A Restart Remains Uncertain”, published March 27, 2020 on RatingsDirect, and “Global Macroeconomic Update, March 24: A Massive Hit To World Economic Growth”, published March 24, 2020 on RatingsDirect.) The outlook revisions reflect our view that the emerging recession and social distancing-driven declines in activity levels will likely place material pressure on the credit profiles of priority lien tax revenue bonds issued by mass transit operators.

Per our priority-lien criteria, we assign issue ratings based on both the strength and stability of the pledged revenue, as well as the obligor’s general credit quality. For the credits included in this outlook revision, we assess the obligor’s general credit quality by applying our criteria, Mass Transit Enterprise Ratings: Methodology and Assumptions.

The mass transit operators that we rate under “priority-lien” criteria derive a significant share, and often a substantial majority of total revenue from taxes, typically locally levied sales with a minor portion from other dedicated taxes. We believe potential rating actions or outlook revisions may occur and will likely be driven by the magnitude of several factors, each of which may pressure pledged revenue streams and obligors’ general creditworthiness. These may include:

The prospect for state and federal aid, in addition to these issuers’ generally strong credit profiles may limit downside pressure for some or all of these credits. In addition, we view favorably the $2 trillion federal stimulus package, which identifies a total of $25 billion for transit operators expected to be administered through existing Federal Transit Administration using fiscal 2020 formula funding mechanisms. While there is potential that the stimulus bill could positively affect this portfolio, we will be evaluating the implications for individual transit operators as part of our ongoing reviews.




S&P Ratings Outlooks On U.S. Transportation Infrastructure Issuers Revised To Negative Due To COVID-19 Pandemic.

BOSTON (S&P Global Ratings) March 26, 2020–S&P Global Ratings today revised to negative the outlooks on nearly all long-term debt ratings in the U.S. transportation infrastructure sector due to the severe and ongoing impacts associated with the COVID-19 pandemic. We believe the dramatic contraction of the global and U.S. economies and virtual collapse of travel and mobility across the transportation subsectors is a demand shock without precedent, with no definitive indication at this time regarding its duration and severity as well as the follow-on effects of an economic recession. The outlook revisions to negative of each issuer and issuer credit rating follows on our updated overall view of the sector (see “U.S. Transportation Infrastructure Sector Outlook Update: Now Negative For All Sectors” published March 16, 2020, on RatingsDirect).

We are affirming the ratings and outlooks for transportation infrastructure issuers with existing negative outlooks and not modifying the ratings or outlooks of debt secured by federal transportation grants.

The expected passage into U.S. law of an approximately $2 trillion federal stimulus package that includes direct financial aid to airport operators ($10 billion) and transit authorities ($25 billion) is viewed favorably and will alleviate immediate liquidity pressures, as well as assist with near-term operational funding requirements including debt service. Aid to the airline industry, in the form of loans and loan guarantees, should also support payments from airline tenants to airport operators. However, long-term credit implications across all sectors have yet to unfold, and we expect greater visibility on the broader impacts on issuers’ financial and business profiles in the coming months.

Continue reading.




Empty College Dorms Pose Payback Dilemma for Bond Issuers.

Students and professors at universities aren’t the only ones wondering when schools will re-open. Bondholders and stockholders also have a vested interest in getting them back on campus.

As colleges across the country send students home and transition to online learning amid the coronavirus pandemic, managers of student housing that rely on dorm-room revenue are rushing to figure out whether or not students can terminate their leases and how to pay back bondholders financing those projects.

“When the schools will reopen again with normal occupancy schedules remains a question for bondholders,” Eric Kazatsky, senior municipals strategist at Bloomberg Intelligence, said in a recent report.

S&P Global Ratings cut its outlook for the private student housing sector to negative on Wednesday, citing expected challenges from the sudden and potentially prolonged decline in student housing occupancy and associated loss of rental revenue.

Student housing projects that are lower-rated or have “cash cushions” of less than 90 days are most at risk, Kazatsky said. Of 252 student-housing projects, 144 have cash-on-hand levels of less than a year and 32 have less than 90 days of cash available, he added. About 67% of those student-housing projects are backed by an entity not related to the university while the rest are supported by the colleges.

Refunds

Some of the richest schools have already said they would refund room and board, including Harvard, Amherst and Princeton. Brown University said students will receive a credit if they return when school resumes or they will get a prorated refund if they graduate.

But for some colleges like West Chester University outside Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, issuing refunds threatens the cash flow backing debt.

“Refunding or crediting rents would have an adverse impact on (university student housing) cash flow, and savings from reduced operating expenses would not be sufficient to make up for the revenue reduction,” the Chester County Industrial Development Agency said in notice to bondholders March 16.

Companies that build and manage student housing are scrambling to figure out what do now that students have fled home. American Campus Communities Inc., the largest owner, manager and developer of student housing in the U.S., said it will temporarily waive all late fees and financial-related eviction proceedings and said it will work with residents and families who endure financial hardship on a case-by-case basis.

The company’s stock price rebounded Monday after it said it wouldn’t offer lease terminations and refunds at its private off-campus apartments as students leave colleges. It rose 5.4% to $29.84 on Thursday.

Provident Resources Group, with more than 21,000 beds of student housing across country, has been “inundated with inquiries about the impact of COVID-19,” Steve Hicks, chairman and chief executive officer, said in an interview.

Hicks said Provident is not in the position to unilaterally decide that it can issue refunds, adding that it’s the universities that are making the decisions to close the schools, sometimes due to government guidelines.

“They’re making the decision and we would expect the university, which has a lot more resources than one student housing property, to make the refund to the students through the student’s account at that one particular campus,” Hicks said.

Hicks said any decision on refunds needs to be made in concert with its bondholders, investors and the universities.

Around $14 billion of the stimulus package passed by the Senate would go to colleges and universities as they respond to the pandemic.

It is too early to tell what relief Provident’s higher education projects might be able to obtain as a result of this legislation, Hicks said. As of Thursday afternoon, Provident’s chief legal officer and outside counsel were reviewing the bill to determine which projects might be eligible for financial assistance.

“We are focusing on which of the projects, if any, might quality for a loan or an SBA loan to assist in some of the challenges we are facing from COVID-19,” Hicks said.

Still, there will probably be some leniency on bond payments, said Steven Agran, managing director at Carl Marks Advisors, where he leads the restructuring firm’s higher education practice.

“This is really extraordinary so I think extraordinary responses will be the norm more than you’d usually expect,” Agran said.

Bloomberg Markets

By Mallika Mitra and Janet Lorin

March 27, 2020, 6:30 AM PDT

— With assistance by Amanda Albright




Fitch Ratings Updates U.S. Public Finance College and University Rating Criteria.

Link to Fitch Ratings’ Report(s): U.S. Public Finance College and University Rating Criteria

Fitch Ratings-Chicago-26 March 2020: Fitch Ratings has published the following updated report: “U.S. Public Finance College and University Rating Criteria.” This report updates the prior report published on June 3, 2020. The key elements of Fitch’s college and university rating criteria remain consistent with those of its prior criteria report (which has been retired), and include an update to two appendices related to sector scenario analysis. This update will not impact ratings.

Contact:

Emily Wadhwani
Director
+1-312-368-3347
Fitch Ratings, Inc.
One North Wacker Street
Chicago, IL 60606

Arlene Bohner
Managing Director
+1-212-908-0554

Media Relations: Sandro Scenga, New York, Tel: +1 212 908 0278, Email: sandro.scenga@thefitchgroup.com

Additional information is available on www.fitchratings.com




Hospitals Putting Bond Issues on Hold Amid COVID-19 Outbreak.

A number of not-for-profit health systems have postponed sizable new bond issuances given the significant uncertainty COVID-19 has thrown into the municipal bond market.

It’s not just healthcare—the trend is happening across the municipal market. Volatility has prompted interest rates to skyrocket and has made pricing bond offerings extremely difficult. Billions in new issuances have been put on hold since last week.

“It happened pretty drastically,” said Rick Kes, healthcare senior industry analyst with RSM. “This is unlike anything we’ve seen before.”

Evanston, Ill-based NorthShore University Health System, for example, is delaying a roughly $400 million debt issuance. TriHealth in Cincinnati, Ohio is delaying its $200 million issuance. Stanford Health Care has postponed issuances worth more than $940 million.

It’s a sharp departure from where the municipal bond market had been weeks ago. In November, health systems had been issuing bonds at a feverish pace to lock in historically low interest rates.

The municipal bond market is typically viewed as being one of the more secure options for investors, until now.

“In most previous downturns, municipal bonds are held off as an offset for market declines,” said Sudip Mukherjee, a senior municipal credit strategist in UBS’ Chief Investment Office. “In this one, pretty much all bets are off.”

Mutual funds selling is lowering prices and driving up yields market-wide, which is making it more expensive to sell securities right now, Lisa Washburn, managing director and chief credit officer with Municipal Market Analytics, wrote in an email.

“It’s just not a jumping in point right now for those that can wait until the market settles down a bit; there is too much uncertainty at this point,” Washburn said.

Stanford’s postponed issuances include about $420 million tax-exempt debt and about $520 million in taxable debt, said Howard Sitzer, senior municipals analyst with CreditSights. Stanford did not return a request for comment. Sitzer said the health system indicated it tentatively plans to access the market as early as next week on a day-to-day basis.

NorthShore said its delay is due to the national emergency related to COVID-19 and the related “turmoil” in the financial markets.

TriHealth planned to use the proceeds of its bond offering to refinance debt and build a new heart hospital on its Bethesda North campus, spokesman Rob Whitehouse wrote in an email. The health system has not yet determined when it will issue the debt. Administrators weren’t available for an interview because they were involved in COVID-19 planning, Whitehouse said.

Sitzer said he’s not concerned about hospital finances because most of them have “exceptionally” liquid balance sheets due to the demands of bond analysts and rating agencies, which require they have lots of days cash on hand.

That said, until the number of new COVID-19 diagnoses peaks in the U.S., Sitzer said he doesn’t expect to see much new issue activity in the municipal bonds market, including from healthcare providers.

“The market is such that it’ll be extremely costly and difficult to price because you’ve got to have some sense on a daily basis of what the demand is,” he said. “I just think the vast majority of municipal bond issuers are going to be on hold for a while now.”

Despite the uncertainty facing healthcare more broadly, Mukherjee said he expects children’s hospitals and large health systems with a national footprint and strong liquidity will remain financially stable through the downturn.

Not all health systems are holding off, however. Kevin Holloran, a senior director with Fitch Ratings, said Froedtert Health in Wisconsin is moving ahead with issuances. The health system did not return a request for comment.

Holloran said this is quite the switch for the municipal market, which had been a seller’s market for the past decade.

“All of a sudden, in a period of weeks, pendulum may swing back to make it more of a buyer’s market,” he said. “I want more protections, more covenants, because there are more unknowns.”

MODERN HEALTHCARE

by TARA BANNOW

March 19, 2020 04:43 PM




S&P Not-For-Profit Acute Care Sector Outlook Revised To Negative Reflecting Possible Prolonged COVID-19 Impact.

Key Takeaways

S&P Global Ratings is revising its sector outlook on the not-for-profit acute health care sector to negative from stable due to the rapidly evolving COVID-19 pandemic that has created additional and significant uncertainty in the industry and may lead to a higher than typical rate of negative outlook revisions or rating changes in 2020 if the crisis is prolonged. For all health care organizations, we believe the pandemic will result in sizeable increases in operating costs, particularly for labor and supplies, reduced volume and revenues related to elective and non-essential health care needs, reliance on working capital lines of credit, and material declines in unrestricted reserves and non-operating revenue as the investment markets weaken. These added constraints are coming at a time when organizations were already under some revenue and expense pressure related to industry dynamics and balance sheet strength had been a stabilizing factor. (See “U.S. Not-for-Profit Health Care 2020 Sector Outlook: A Precarious Balance As Evolution Continues,” published Jan. 9, 2020, on RatingsDirect.)

The duration of this pandemic is certainly one of the key unknowns and if contained to the second quarter of the year, we believe many of our rated organizations will be able to manage through it, although we believe there are certain hospitals and health systems that may not be positioned to hold their ratings and outlooks primarily due to weak pre-COVID-19 credit characteristics. About 30% of our not-for-profit acute health care credits are in the ‘BBB’ category and below, and 45% in the ‘A’ category. These credits could feel a more pronounced impact to credit ratings depending on the trajectory of the outbreak, their unrestricted reserves and liquidity, their reliance on non-operating revenue to attain required debt service coverage, and high contingent liabilities including strict covenants that may be breeched. Hospitals located in regions where the virus’ prevalence is high, such as urban and suburban providers in densely populated regions, will also likely experience disproportionate cost and revenue pressure. Conversely, multi-state health care systems may be able to use their diversity to help offset the risks in one market with another and some regional systems could use their facilities and locations to manage some of the capacity and resource challenges.

We expect the COVID-19 outbreak will have an overall negative impact on hospital profitability for many not-for-profit systems and standalones, and the extent of that negative impact will be a function of duration, severity, and location of outbreaks. In addition to higher expenses related to labor and supplies, we believe the deferral of elective outpatient services and procedures by hospitals and patients will result in a sizeable negative impact to hospitals and the duration of deferral of those services, as well as the time to ramp operations back up to normal, remains unknown. While some of this is likely to be offset by inpatient revenue related to COVID-19 patients, it will likely not compensate for that full amount. Higher bad debt expense and uncompensated care could also be a factor as individuals face unemployment or underemployment given the secondary impact of certain businesses needing to shut down. For management teams that were focused on operating improvements and new strategic initiatives, those strategies are likely to take a back seat at this time.

Healthy balance sheets were one of the factors supporting our stable outlook in January, but that strength and flexibility will be challenged due to both potential weaker cash flow as a result of operating losses and limited non-operating income, as well as lower reserves caused by investment market declines. Many of the not-for-profit systems and hospitals have built up unrestricted reserves over the last several years. However, we believe that investment market volatility and a recession could put a squeeze on that flexibility depending on the specific credit. In addition, the weakening economy and a recession will have secondary impacts, such as reduction in philanthropy.

While some credits are more insulated than others, analytical considerations that we will monitor related to the COVID-19 pandemic and that could determine credit rating impact include:

In addition to the recent investment volatility, short-term borrowings and the long-term bond market have been challenged over the last week and to the extent that this continues, that could be added pressure to access capital and manage liquidity. Any credit rating changes or outlook revisions would be credit-specific.

We recognize that there may be more clarity over the next few months for how long this pandemic will remain in an acute stage, what types of therapies may be available, and how the U.S. health care system will respond and adjust over time. State or federal assistance could support hospitals with funding which could help to offset some of the costs and losses and we expect this will be an ongoing area of discussion. As this remains a very fluid situation, we will continue to review and update our view on the sector as more information is made available.

This report does not constitute a rating action.




Schools, Transit, Hospital Funding Included in Senate Coronavirus Bill.

Senate leaders agreed on a package that includes $340 billion for relief efforts boosting schools, hospitals and state and local governments, as well as a $150 billion fund specifically to help states and localities fight the pandemic.

The Senate’s historic $2 trillion relief package to address fallout from the coronavirus outbreak would provide billions to assist local and state governments with both their escalating economic challenges and efforts to respond to the disease.

A summary detailing new expenditures as authorized by the Appropriations Committee shows the measure includes $340 billion for relief efforts targeting schools, hospitals and state and local governments. The package includes expansion of all kinds of aid administered at the state and local level, from heating assistance to food stamps, as well as funding to bolster deserted transit systems and airports.

The measure also include $150 billion to help compensate states and localities for the money they are spending to respond to and attempt to contain the pandemic.

After days of sometimes barbed exchanges between Republicans and Democrats on priorities for the package—the third one Congress has worked on in response to the the coronavirus—the Senate approved the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (CARES) Act in a unanimous 96-0 vote. The sprawling legislation agreed to by senators and the White House would send $1,200 direct payments to many Americans, as well as provide funding for loans for both small and large businesses and aid to people who’ve been forced out of work by coronavirus shutdowns.

However, disagreements over one provision in the bill emerged Wednesday as a small group of Republican lawmakers said they were concerned that a benefit included in the package giving unemployed people a $600 weekly supplement for four months could incentivize them to not return to the workforce. The $600 benefit paid by the federal government would be in addition to the variable weekly benefits paid by states.

Eventually, the lawmakers offered an amendment to change the benefit, which failed. After the Senate’s approval, the bill now heads to the House.

Included in the appropriations portion of the bill is a $30 billion Education Stabilization Fund for states, school districts and colleges and universities. The fund would help schools develop and implement plans to provide online learning for students, which is something many school systems across the country are trying to implement as schools close to prevent the spread of the virus.

About $13.5 billion of the money for schools would be awarded through formula grants to local school districts. The money could be used for basics like cleaning supplies, as well as educational technology like hardware, software and connectivity devices to aid students. Another $3 billion would be provided to states and could be used at governors’ discretion to fund local education agencies that have been most significantly impacted by the outbreak.

The National Education Association and other groups wrote to lawmakers this week asking them to bolster funding for hotspots, connection devices and mobile wireless service that they said would aid students who lack access to the internet and are unable to connect to virtual classrooms.

“We urge Congress to include in the final bill the robust remote and distance learning provisions found in the House’s version of this bill and ensure that all students can continue their education online for the duration of this national emergency,” the groups wrote.

The measure also includes $100 billion in grant funding for hospitals and other public health providers that could be used to cover lost revenues and unreimbursed healthcare related expenses related to the coronavirus outbreak.

The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention would also provide $4.3 billion in support for federal, state, and local public health agencies that could be used to prepare for and respond to the pandemic. Money could be used to purchase personal protective equipment, virus surveillance, laboratory testing, and to pay for personnel to conduct contact tracing to identify how the virus is being spread.

Transit services, which have seen ridership plummet as businesses have shut down and Americans have been ordered to stay home, would also see a boost. The bill includes $25 billion that would be distributed via formula grants.

“$25 billion will help alleviate the worst of the crisis in the short term but we also don’t know how long the crisis is going to go on,” said Steve Davis, a spokesman for Transportation for America.

A report out this week from TransitCenter estimates transit agencies across the country could see an annual shortfall of $26 billion to $38 billion.

The $340 billion detailed in the appropriations document is in addition to $150 billion allotted for a Coronavirus Relief Fund specifically designated to provide state, local, and tribal government with additional resources to address the pandemic.

Two governors on Wednesday said the direct aid to states as outlined in the Senate’s aid package was not enough and indicated they would continue to lobby lawmakers in the House to increase the amount.

New York Governor Andrew Cuomo was particularly critical of the Senate’s aid package, saying the $3.8 billion it provided directly to his hard-hit state “is a drop in the bucket as to need.” A rival proposal drafted by House Democrats would have provided $17 billion directly to New York, Cuomo said.

“We need the House to make adjustments,” Cuomo said.

States are largely shouldering much of the initial cost of the response to the pandemic outbreak, and Cuomo said New York’s response could top $15 billion.

Maryland Governor Larry Hogan, who serves as chairman of the National Governors Association, urged senators to pass the bill. But he also emphasized that governors had made a pitch for their states to receive much more from the aid package.

“Last week, the governors requested that one half of the federal stimulus package go directly to the states,” Hogan said. “The good news is the Senate has agreed to some aid to the states. And while it is not enough, I know they are negotiating back and forth with the House and it is encouraging that both parties have come to an agreement.”

Route Fifty

By Andrea Noble,
Staff Correspondent

MARCH 25, 2020




States Need Coronavirus Relief for Pensions and Health Care.

(Bloomberg Opinion) — States and localities have been leading the nation’s response to the coronavirus — and unless Congress further intervenes, they’re going to pay for it.

While the Senate’s $2 trillion stimulus bill includes relief for individuals, families and businesses limping through the current slowdown, it’s barely going to dent the impending budget increase for state and local governments. Medicaid and retiree pension costs — already the two most problematic spending areas for governments — will balloon as result of the Covid-19 crisis. Congress can help with both.

Start with Medicaid spending, which has rapidly grown over the past decade thanks to expansion and the rising cost of health care. It now accounts for 17% of state spending, up from 14% in 2008. In New York State, the epicenter of the coronavirus outbreak, Medicaid costs are already a whopping 28% of the budget.

Anticipating the skyrocketing costs to come, the nation’s governors have asked Congress to temporarily increase federal matching funds by a minimum of 12 percentage points. The previous relief bill, the Families First Coronavirus Response Act signed last week, does allow for a temporary 6.2 percentage point increase in the regular federal matching rate for the emergency period. But it does not apply to qualified adults under the Affordable Care Act, even though it requires that states provide free coronavirus-related testing and treatment to all enrollees.

The current Senate bill includes $300 billion in combined aid for hospitals and state and local governments. But it’s likely this will go to supplies and personnel, not mounting Medicaid bills. If Congress were serious about helping states, it would give governors the larger federal match they asked for. At a minimum, it would extend the current 6.2-point increase to cover ACA expansion adults.

Pensions are another matter. The stock market has lost about one-third of its value since mid-February and public pensions, which are heavily invested in stocks, are likely to have their worst year since the 2008 financial crisis. Pension assets still haven’t recovered from those losses, and making up for these new losses over the next few years will be all but impossible.

Congress doesn’t — and shouldn’t — have control over state and local pensions. But it can offer a tool for public pensions to help with what Moody’s Investors Service estimates will be a $1 trillion loss in investments. Pension obligation bonds, when governments issue debt and put the proceeds into pension systems, are generally frowned upon as a gamble by public finance experts. Such bonds are taxable, so governments pay a higher interest rate for them, and correctly timing investments made with the bond proceeds requires some luck. But this is a moment when they may be worth it.

Stocks are cheap now, and so are borrowing costs. The federal government can sweeten the deal even more by making these bonds tax-exempt for qualifying governments, which would lower borrowing costs even more. In fact, before the 1986 tax reform, these bonds were tax exempt.

Such a move might not be advisable for every pension plan; after all, pension bonds turn “soft” pension debt into hard bond debt with penalties for nonpayment. But for many, a boost in assets now would likely produce a welcome return on investment over the next few years and ultimately help stabilize government pension bills.

Unlike any economic crisis in the modern era, the driver of this slowdown isn’t a familiar industry like tech or finance. It’s a virus about which very little is known and which requires people staying away from one another. The usual government policy response — an economic stimulus to get people out and working again — isn’t a viable option. It’s a daunting prospect for local leaders.

And yet those leaders have been on the front lines of the Covid-19 crisis anyway, making difficult but necessary policy decisions that are blowing holes in their budgets. It took nearly a decade for most state and local governments to recover financially from the last economic crisis. Congress can and should do a lot more for them this time around.

Bloomberg Opinion

by Liz Farmer

March 26, 2020

This column does not necessarily reflect the opinion of Bloomberg LP and its owners.

Liz Farmer, a research fellow for the Rockefeller Institute of Government and a former fiscal policy reporter for Governing magazine, is a freelance writer who lives in Maryland.




U.S. Public Pension Funds Face Nearly $1 Trillion in Losses - Moody's

CHICAGO, March 24 (Reuters) – The market crash and the economic fallout from the coronavirus has led to nearly $1 trillion in investment losses for U.S. public pension funds, Moody’s Investors Service said on Tuesday. The credit rating agency said the funds are generally facing an average investment loss of about 21% in the fiscal year that ends June 30, based on a March 20 snapshot of market indices.

“Without a dramatic bounceback of investment markets, 2020 pension investment losses will mark a significant turning point where the downside exposure of some state and local governments’ credit quality to pension risk comes to fruition because of already heightened liabilities and lower capacity to defer costs,” said Tom Aaron, a Moody’s vice president, in a statement.

(Reporting By Karen Pierog Editing by Sonya Hepinstall)




S&P Pension Brief: Liquidity Is A Rising Concern For U.S. Public Pensions In Down Markets

Table of Contents

Given the current market downturn, U.S. public pension plans may experience liquidity stress to cover benefit payments. Through periods of continued volatility, assets in plans with weak liquidity are likely to be sold at a loss and may contribute to decreasing funded ratios. In our opinion, poorly funded plans and high discount rates may be indicators of excessive liquidity risk.

In the U.S., plans have an average of 1% of their target portfolios held in cash and short-term investments to pay ongoing expenses, such as benefit payments and administrative costs. A liquidity-to-assets ratio can be useful in determining the liquidity risk, if any, of a pension plan.

Continue reading.




Commentary: The Time is Ripe for Public Pension Obligation Bonds

It’s finally now time for public pension funds and their sponsoring employers to make lemonade from lemons. The market value of public pension stock portfolios has shrunk dramatically in the shadows of the COVID-19 crisis, coupled with the recessionary impact of the Saudi-Russian oil price war. Stock indexes are down 35% or more from their peaks just earlier this year, in a dramatic sell-off.

As trustees and chief investment officers scramble to quell fears of stakeholders, and public finance officers watch their sales and income tax revenues plummet, liquidity and even solvency fears are resurfacing in some places. The potential inability of state and local governments to sustain their pension promises is once again making the news.

Before we start ringing the alarm about pension funding and pension deficits, it’s now the time to revisit a worthwhile public finance strategy and instrument that may be able to come to the rescue of public employers. It works for both their underfunded pension funds as well as their often unfunded retiree medical benefits, known as other post-employment benefits, or OPEB. The pension obligation bond, and its more appropriate “benefits bond” cousin for OPEB plans, could never be more timely — and more vital to the future health of states and municipalities.

Continue reading.

Pensions & Investments

by Girard Miller

March 25, 2020




NABL Pushing for Municipal Bond Relief Measures in Response to COVID-19: McNeese

The National Association of Bond Lawyers (“NABL”) recently sent a letter to Congress, outlining some measures it recommends Congress adopt to combat the economic downturn related to the Coronavirus COVID-19 Pandemic. The suggestions are a mix of previously-made requests and new suggestions to inject additional liquidity into the market.

NABL’s recommendations, addressed to the top Republican and Democrat members in both the House and Senate, consist of the following:

As Congress is still debating additional stimulus measures in response to the growing crisis, it is possible that some of these suggestions may appear in a final bill. The attorneys of the McNees Public Finance Group will continue to monitor this fast-moving situation as it develops.

by Timothy Horstmann

March 24, 2020

McNees Wallace & Nurick LLC






Copyright © 2026 Bond Case Briefs | bondcasebriefs.com